UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-Q

/X/ QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1934

For the Quarterly Period ended March 31, 2012

Commission File Number 0-18082

GREAT SOUTHERN BANCORP, INC.


(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Maryland
 
43-1524856
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation
or organization)
 
(IRS Employer Identification Number)
     
1451 E. Battlefield, Springfield, Missouri
 
65804
(Address of principal executive offices)
 
(Zip Code)
     
(417) 887-4400
(Registrant's telephone number, including area code)
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  
Yes /X/     No /  /
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data file required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes/X/   No /  /
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See definition of “accelerated filer,” “large accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
 
(Check one):
Large accelerated filer /  /
Accelerated filer /X/
Non-accelerated filer /  /
Smaller reporting company /  /
   
(Do not check if a smaller
reporting company) 
 
 
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). 
Yes /  /   No /X/
 
The number of shares outstanding of each of the registrant's classes of common stock:  13,499,498 shares of common stock, par value $.01, outstanding at May 8, 2012.
 


 
 
 
1
 
 
 


PART I FINANCIAL INFORMATION
ITEM 1. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

GREAT SOUTHERN BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
(In thousands, except number of shares)

 
MARCH 31,
 
DECEMBER 31,
 
 
2012
 
2011
 
 
(Unaudited)
     
ASSETS
       
Cash
$
85,229
 
$
87,911
 
Interest-bearing deposits in other financial institutions
 
374,844
   
248,569
 
Federal funds sold
 
337
   
43,769
 
Cash and cash equivalents
 
460,410
   
380,249
 
Available-for-sale securities
 
874,273
   
875,411
 
Held-to-maturity securities (fair value $2,043 – March 2012;
           
     $2,101 - December 2011)
 
1,865
   
1,865
 
Mortgage loans held for sale
 
19,121
   
28,920
 
Loans receivable, net of allowance for loan losses of
           
     $41,532 – March 2012; $41,232 - December 2011
 
2,119,054
   
2,124,161
 
FDIC indemnification asset
 
84,087
   
108,004
 
Interest receivable
 
12,828
   
13,848
 
Prepaid expenses and other assets
 
106,007
   
85,175
 
Foreclosed assets held for sale, net
 
69,244
   
67,621
 
Premises and equipment, net
 
92,918
   
84,192
 
Goodwill and other intangible assets
 
6,633
   
6,929
 
Investment in Federal Home Loan Bank stock
 
11,965
   
12,088
 
Current and deferred income tax asset
 
--
   
1,549
 
          Total Assets
$
3,858,405
 
$
3,790,012
 
             
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
           
Liabilities:
           
Deposits
3,078,066
 
$
2,963,539
 
Federal Home Loan Bank advances
 
147,102
   
184,437
 
Securities sold under reverse repurchase agreements with customers
 
199,594
   
216,737
 
Short-term borrowings
 
522
   
660
 
Structured repurchase agreements
 
53,077
   
53,090
 
Subordinated debentures issued to capital trusts
 
30,929
   
30,929
 
Accrued interest payable
 
2,014
   
2,277
 
Advances from borrowers for taxes and insurance
 
2,460
   
1,572
 
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
 
12,721
   
12,184
 
Current and deferred income tax liability
 
297
   
--
 
          Total Liabilities
 
3,526,782
   
3,465,425
 
Stockholders' Equity:
           
Capital stock
           
Serial preferred stock – SBLF, $.01 par value; authorized 1,000,000 shares; issued
     and outstanding March 2012 and December 2011 - 57,943
 
57,943
   
57,943
 
Common stock, $.01 par value; authorized 20,000,000 shares;
issued and outstanding March 2012  – 13,498,873 shares;
           
December 2011 - 13,479,856 shares
 
134
   
134
 
Additional paid-in capital
 
17,391
   
17,183
 
Retained earnings
 
242,080
   
236,914
 
Accumulated other comprehensive gain
 
14,075
   
12,413
 
          Total Stockholders' Equity
 
331,623
   
324,587
 
          Total Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity
$
3,858,405
 
$
3,790,012
 
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


 
 
 
2
 
 
 

GREAT SOUTHERN BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
(In thousands, except per share data)
 
 
THREE MONTHS ENDED
MARCH 31,
 
 
 
2012
 
 
2011
 
INTEREST INCOME
 
(Unaudited)
 
Loans
 
$
37,897
 
 
$
42,084
 
Investment securities and other
 
 
6,780
 
 
 
6,956
 
TOTAL INTEREST INCOME
 
 
44,677
 
 
 
49,040
 
INTEREST EXPENSE
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deposits
 
 
5,784
 
 
 
7,486
 
Federal Home Loan Bank advances
 
 
1,274
 
 
 
1,297
 
Short-term borrowings and repurchase agreements
 
 
687
 
 
 
756
 
Subordinated debentures issued to capital trusts
 
 
159
 
 
 
140
 
TOTAL INTEREST EXPENSE
 
 
7,904
 
 
 
9,679
 
NET INTEREST INCOME
 
 
36,773
 
 
 
39,361
 
PROVISION FOR LOAN LOSSES
 
 
10,077
 
 
 
8,200
 
NET INTEREST INCOME AFTER PROVISION FOR LOAN LOSSES
 
 
26,696
 
 
 
31,161
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NON-INTEREST INCOME
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commissions
 
 
2,626
 
 
 
2,437
 
Service charges and ATM fees
 
 
4,492
 
 
 
4,063
 
Net realized gains on sales of loans
 
 
1,150
 
 
 
907
 
Net realized gains on sales and impairments of available-for-sale securities
   
28
   
 
--
 
Late charges and fees on loans
 
 
173
 
 
 
122
 
Net change in interest rate swap fair value
   
96
     
--
 
Accretion (amortization) of income related to business acquisitions
 
 
(1,748
)
 
 
(9,754
)
Other income
 
 
1,648
 
 
 
453
 
TOTAL NON-INTEREST INCOME
 
 
8,465
 
 
 
(1,772
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NON-INTEREST EXPENSE
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Salaries and employee benefits
 
 
13,879
 
 
 
11,573
 
Net occupancy and equipment expense
 
 
4,959
 
 
 
3,690
 
Postage
 
 
827
 
 
 
755
 
Insurance
 
 
1,123
 
 
 
1,446
 
Advertising
 
 
369
 
 
 
275
 
Office supplies and printing
 
 
397
 
 
 
278
 
Telephone
 
 
767
 
 
 
625
 
Legal, audit and other professional fees
 
 
869
 
 
 
762
 
Expense on foreclosed assets
 
 
439
 
 
 
429
 
Other operating expenses
 
 
3,180
 
 
 
1,776
 
TOTAL NON-INTEREST EXPENSE
 
 
26,809
 
 
 
21,609
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES
 
 
8,352
 
 
 
7,780
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES
 
 
855
 
 
 
1,887
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NET INCOME
 
 
7,497
 
 
 
5,893
 
Preferred stock dividends and discount accretion
 
 
144
 
 
 
845
 
NET INCOME AVAILABLE TO COMMON SHAREHOLDERS
 
$
7,353
 
 
$
5,048
 
BASIC EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE
 
$
0.54
 
 
$
0.38
 
DILUTED EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE
 
$
0.54
 
 
$
0.36
 
DIVIDENDS DECLARED PER COMMON SHARE
 
$
.18
 
 
$
.18
 
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


 
3
 
 


GREAT SOUTHERN BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
(In thousands)



   
Three Months Ended March 31,
 
   
2012
   
2011
 
       
             
Net Income
  $ 7,497     $ 5,893  
                 
Unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on available-for-sale securities, net of
               
taxes (credit) of $939 and $(949), for 2012 and 2011, respectively
    1,744       (1,763 )
                 
Non-credit component of unrealized gain (loss) on available-for-sale debt
               
securities for which a portion of an other-than-temporary impairment
               
has been recognized, net of taxes (credit) of $(34) and $47, for
               
2012 and 2011, respectively
    (64 )     87  
                 
Less reclassification adjustment for losses included in net income,
               
net of taxes (credit) of $(10) and $0 for 2012 and 2011, respectively
    (18 )     --  
                 
Comprehensive Income
  $ 9,159     $ 4,217  
                 
                 
                 
                 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 


 
 
 
4
 
 
 

GREAT SOUTHERN BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(In thousands)
 
 
THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31,
 
 
 
2012
 
 
2011
 
 
 
(Unaudited)
 
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income
 
$
7,497
 
 
$
5,893
 
Proceeds from sales of loans held for sale
 
 
59,587
 
 
 
52,100
 
Originations of loans held for sale
 
 
(50,684
)
 
 
(36,831
)
Items not requiring (providing) cash:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Depreciation
 
 
1,596
 
 
 
1,206
 
Amortization of other assets
 
 
1,461
 
 
 
561
 
Compensation expense for stock option grants
   
111
     
119
 
Provision for loan losses
 
 
10,077
 
 
 
8,200
 
Net gains on loan sales
 
 
(1,150
)
 
 
(907
)
Net gains on sale or impairment of available-for-sale investment securities
   
(28
)
 
 
--
 
Net losses on sale of premises and equipment
 
 
189
 
 
 
168
 
(Gain) loss on sale of foreclosed assets
 
 
(1,013
)
 
 
266
 
Amortization (accretion) of deferred income, premiums, discounts
 
 
     
 
 
 
and fair value adjustments
 
 
(3,591
)
 
 
9,510
 
(Gain) loss on derivative interest rate products
   
(96
)
 
 
--
 
Deferred income taxes
 
 
(195
)
 
 
(4,245
)
Changes in:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest receivable
 
 
1,020
 
 
 
961
 
Prepaid expenses and other assets
 
 
18,237
 
 
 
4,988
 
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
 
 
216
 
 
 
(1,207
)
Income taxes refundable/payable
 
 
1,146
 
 
 
4,947
 
Net cash provided by operating activities
 
 
44,380
 
 
 
45,729
 
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net increase in loans
 
 
(16,929
)
 
 
(27,545
)
Purchase of loans
 
 
(12,107
)
 
 
--
 
Purchase of additional business units
   
--
   
 
(2
)
Purchase of premises and equipment
 
 
(10,519
)
 
 
(3,537
)
Proceeds from sale of premises and equipment
 
 
8
 
 
 
86
 
Proceeds from sale of foreclosed assets
 
 
9,352
 
 
 
4,635
 
Capitalized costs on foreclosed assets
 
 
(101
)
 
 
(164
)
Proceeds from sales of available-for-sale investment securities
   
1,224
   
 
--
 
Proceeds from maturing held-to-maturity investment securities
   
--
   
 
1,202
 
Proceeds from called investment securities
 
 
5,810
 
 
 
6,645
 
Principal reductions on mortgage-backed securities
 
 
30,355
 
 
 
32,999
 
Purchase of available-for-sale securities
 
 
(34,826
)
 
 
(112,823
)
Redemption of Federal Home Loan Bank stock
 
 
123
 
 
 
48
 
Net cash used in investing activities
 
 
(27,610
)
 
 
(98,456
)
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net increase in certificates of deposit
 
 
32,332
 
 
 
19,967
 
Net increase in checking and savings deposits
 
 
82,483
 
 
 
60,188
 
Repayments of Federal Home Loan Bank advances
 
 
(32,573
)
 
 
(1,059
)
Net increase (decrease) in short-term borrowings and structured repo
 
 
(17,281
)
 
 
8,922
 
Advances from borrowers for taxes and insurance
 
 
888
 
 
 
177
 
Dividends paid
 
 
(2,799
)
 
 
(3,146
)
Stock options exercised
 
 
341
 
 
 
4
 
Net cash provided by financing activities
 
 
63,391
 
 
 
85,053
 
INCREASE  IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
 
 
80,161
 
 
 
32,326
 
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING OF PERIOD
 
 
380,249
 
 
 
429,971
 
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF PERIOD
 
$
460,410
 
 
 
462,297
 
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 


 
 
 
5
 
 

GREAT SOUTHERN BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1: BASIS OF PRESENTATION
 
The accompanying unaudited interim consolidated financial statements of Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. (the "Company" or "Great Southern") have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America for interim financial information and with the instructions to Form 10-Q and Rule 10-01 of Regulation S-X. The financial statements presented herein reflect all adjustments which are, in the opinion of management, necessary to fairly present the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Company for the periods presented. Those adjustments consist only of normal recurring adjustments. Operating results for the three months ended March 31, 2012 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the full year. The consolidated statement of financial condition of the Company as of December 31, 2011, has been derived from the audited consolidated statement of financial condition of the Company as of that date.   Certain prior periodsamounts have been reclassified to conform to the current period presentation.  These reclassifications had no effect on net income.
 
Certain information and note disclosures normally included in the Company's annual financial statements prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America have been condensed or omitted. These condensed consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included in the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for 2011 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

NOTE 2: OPERATING SEGMENTS
 
The Company's banking operation is its only reportable segment. The banking operation is principally engaged in the business of originating residential and commercial real estate loans, construction loans, commercial business loans and consumer loans and funding these loans through deposits attracted from the general public and correspondent account relationships, brokered deposits and borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank ("FHLBank") and others. The operating results of this segment are regularly reviewed by management to make decisions about resource allocations and to assess performance.
 
Revenue from segments below the reportable segment threshold is attributable to three operating segments of the Company. These segments include insurance services, travel services and investment services. Selected information is not presented separately for the Company's reportable segment, as there is no material difference between that information and the corresponding information in the consolidated financial statements.
 
NOTE 3: RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS


In December 2011, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2011-12 to amend FASB ASC Topic 220, Comprehensive Income .  The Update defers the effective date for amendments to the presentation of reclassifications of items out of accumulated other comprehensive income in ASU No. 2011-05.  The Update was effective for the Company January 1, 2012, and did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

In September 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-08 to amend FASB ASC Topic 350, Intangibles – Goodwill and Other:  Testing Goodwill for Impairment .  The purpose of the Update is to simplify how entities test goodwill for impairment.  The amendments allows entities the option of considering qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount.  The results of this consideration are then used to determine whether the two-step goodwill impairment test described in Topic 350 must be performed.  The more-likely-than-not threshold is defined as having a likelihood of more than 50 percent.  The Update was effective for the Company January 1, 2012.  While early adoption was permitted, the Company did not choose to do so.  The adoption of this Update did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-05 to amend FASB ASC Topic 220, Comprehensive Income:  Presentation of Comprehensive Income .  The purpose of the Update is to improve the comparability, consistency and transparency of financial reporting related to other comprehensive income.  It eliminates the option to present the
 
 
 
6
 
 
 
 
components of other comprehensive income as part of the statement of stockholders’ equity.  Instead, the components of other comprehensive income must either be presented with net income in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or as a separate but consecutive statement following the statement of income.  The Update was effective for the Company January 1, 2012, on a retrospective basis for interim and annual reporting periods.   The new required disclosures are included in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income, which follow the Consolidated Statements of Income.

In May 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-04 to amend FASB ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurement:  Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurements and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRSs .  The Update amends the GAAP requirements for measuring fair value and for disclosures about fair value measurements to improve consistency between GAAP and IFRSs by changing some of the wording used to describe the requirements, clarifying the intended application of certain requirements and changing certain principles.  The Update was effective for the Company January 1, 2012, on a prospective basis for interim and annual reporting periods, and did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.


In April 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-03 to amend FASB ASC Topic 860, Transfers and Servicing .  ASC 860 outlines when the transfer of financial assets under a repurchase agreement may or may not be accounted for as a sale.  Whether the transferring entity maintains effective control over the transferred financial assets provides the basis for such a determination.  The previous requirement that the transferor must have the ability to repurchase or redeem the financial assets before the maturity of the agreement is removed from the assessment of effective control by this Update.  The Update was effective for the Company January 1, 2012, on a prospective basis for interim and annual reporting periods, and did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.


NOTE 4: STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
 
Previously, the Company's stockholders approved the Company's reincorporation to the State of Maryland. Under Maryland law, there is no concept of "Treasury Shares." Instead, shares purchased by the Company constitute authorized but unissued shares under Maryland law. Accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America state that accounting for treasury stock shall conform to state law. The cost of shares purchased by the Company has been allocated to Common Stock and Retained Earnings balances.


NOTE 5: EARNINGS PER SHARE

   
Three Months Ended March 31,
 
   
2012
   
2011
 
   
(In Thousands, Except
 
   
Per Share Data)
 
             
Basic:
           
Average shares outstanding
    13,491       13,454  
Net income available to common shareholders
  $ 7,353     $ 5,048  
Per share amount
  $ 0.54     $ 0.38  
                 
Diluted:
               
Average shares outstanding
    13,491       13,454  
Net effect of dilutive stock options and warrants – based on the treasury
               
stock method using average market price
    62       569  
Diluted shares
    13,553       14,023  
Net income available to common shareholders
  $ 7,353     $ 5,048  
Per share amount
  $ 0.54     $ 0.36  
                 
 
 
 
7
 
 
 

 
Options to purchase 465,067 and 498,535 shares of common stock were outstanding at March 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, but were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share for each period because the options’ exercise prices were greater than the average market prices of the common shares for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.


NOTE 6: INVESTMENT SECURITIES
 
   
March 31, 2012
 
         
Gross
   
Gross
         
Tax
 
   
Amortized
   
Unrealized
   
Unrealized
   
Fair
   
Equivalent
 
   
Cost
   
Gains
   
Losses
   
Value
   
Yield
 
   
(In Thousands)
 
                               
AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE SECURITIES:
                         
U.S. government agencies
  $ 20,000     $ 21     $     $ 20,021       1.12 %
Collateralized mortgage obligations
    5,187       230       332       5,085       5.24  
Mortgage-backed securities
    633,867       14,314       277       647,904       3.01  
Small Business Administration
                                       
loan pools
    53,618       1,221             54,839       1.78  
States and political subdivisions
    138,668       5,995       858       143,805       5.69  
Corporate bonds
    49       246             295       47.36  
Equity securities
    1,230       1,094             2,324        
    $ 852,619     $ 23,121     $ 1,467     $ 874,273       3.34 %
                                         
HELD-TO-MATURITY SECURITIES:
                                 
States and political subdivisions
  $ 1,865     $ 178     $     $ 2,043       4.40 %

   
December 31, 2011
 
         
Gross
   
Gross
         
Tax
 
   
Amortized
   
Unrealized
   
Unrealized
   
Fair
   
Equivalent
 
   
Cost
   
Gains
   
Losses
   
Value
   
Yield
 
   
(In Thousands)
 
                               
AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE SECURITIES:
                         
U.S. government agencies
  $ 20,000     $ 60     $     $ 20,060       1.12 %
Collateralized mortgage obligations
    5,220             380       4,840       5.53  
Mortgage-backed securities
    628,729       13,728       802       641,655       3.12  
Small Business Administration
                                       
loan pools
    55,422       1,070             56,492       1.68  
States and political subdivisions
    145,663       5,478       903       150,238       5.72  
Corporate bonds
    50       245             295       39.65  
Equity securities
    1,230       601             1,831        
    $ 856,314     $ 21,182     $ 2,085     $ 875,411       3.44 %
                                         
HELD-TO-MATURITY SECURITIES:
                                 
States and political subdivisions
  $ 1,865     $ 236     $     $ 2,101       4.39 %


 
8
 
 


The amortized cost and fair value of available-for-sale securities at March 31, 2012, by contractual maturity, are shown below.  Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because issuers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.
 
   
Amortized
   
Fair
 
   
Cost
   
Value
 
   
(In Thousands)
 
             
One year or less
  $ 1,209     $ 1,208  
After one through five years
    1,445       1,465  
After five through ten years
    12,151       12,545  
After ten years
    197,530       203,742  
Securities not due on a single maturity date
    639,054       652,989  
Equity securities
    1,230       2,324  
                 
    $ 852,619     $ 874,273  
                 

The held-to-maturity securities at March 31, 2012, by contractual maturity, are shown below.  Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities because issuers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.
 
   
Amortized
   
Fair
 
   
Cost
   
Value
 
   
(In Thousands)
 
             
One year or less
  $ 840     $ 840  
After five through ten years
    1,025       1,203  
                 
    $ 1,865     $ 2,043  

Certain investments in debt securities are reported in the financial statements at an amount less than their historical cost. Total fair value of these investments at March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively, was approximately $150.1 million and $172.6 million, which is approximately 17.1% and 19.7% of the Company’s available-for-sale and held-to-maturity investment portfolio, respectively.
 
Based on evaluation of available evidence, including recent changes in market interest rates, credit rating information and information obtained from regulatory filings, management believes the declines in fair value for these debt securities are temporary at March 31, 2012.


 
9
 
 


The following table shows the Company’s gross unrealized losses and fair value, aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position at March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011:
 
   
March 31, 2012
 
   
Less than 12 Months
   
12 Months or More
   
Total
 
   
Fair
   
Unrealized
   
Fair
   
Unrealized
   
Fair
   
Unrealized
 
Description of Securities
 
Value
   
Losses
   
Value
   
Losses
   
Value
   
Losses
 
   
(In Thousands)
 
                                     
Collateralized mortgage
                                   
obligations
  $     $     $ 1,094     $ (332 )   $ 1,094     $ (332 )
Mortgage-backed securities
    74,622       (163 )     46,839       (114 )     121,461       (277 )
States and political
                                               
subdivisions
    23,345       (313 )     4,205       (545 )     27,550       (858 )
    $ 97,967     $ (476 )   $ 52,138     $ (991 )   $ 150,105     $ (1,467 )

   
December 31, 2011
 
   
Less than 12 Months
   
12 Months or More
   
Total
 
   
Fair
   
Unrealized
   
Fair
   
Unrealized
   
Fair
   
Unrealized
 
Description of Securities
 
Value
   
Losses
   
Value
   
Losses
   
Value
   
Losses
 
   
(In Thousands)
 
                                     
Collateralized mortgage
                                   
obligations
  $ 3,760     $ (110 )   $ 1,460     $ (270 )   $ 5,220     $ (380 )
Mortgage-backed securities
    61,720       (365 )     91,824       (437 )     153,544       (802 )
States and political
                                               
subdivisions
    6,436       (44 )     7,381       (859 )     13,817       (903 )
    $ 71,916     $ (519 )   $ 100,665     $ (1,566 )   $ 172,581     $ (2,085 )

Gross gains of $28,000 and $0 and gross losses of $0 and $0 resulting from sales of available-for-sale securities were realized for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.  Gains and losses on sales of securities are determined on the specific-identification method.

Other-than-temporary Impairment.   Upon acquisition of a security, the Company decides whether it is within the scope of the accounting guidance for beneficial interests in securitized financial assets or will be evaluated for impairment under the accounting guidance for investments in debt and equity securities.

The accounting guidance for beneficial interests in securitized financial assets provides incremental impairment guidance for a subset of the debt securities within the scope of the guidance for investments in debt and equity securities.  For securities where the security is a beneficial interest in securitized financial assets, the Company uses the beneficial interests in securitized financial asset impairment model.  For securities where the security is not a beneficial interest in securitized financial assets, the Company uses the debt and equity securities impairment model.  The Company does not currently have securities within the scope of this guidance for beneficial interests in securitized financial assets.

The Company conducts periodic reviews to identify and evaluate each investment security to determine whether an other-than-temporary impairment has occurred.  The Company considers the length of time a security has been in an unrealized loss position, the relative amount of the unrealized loss compared to the carrying value of the security, the type of security and other factors.  If certain criteria are met, the Company performs additional review and evaluation using observable market values or various inputs in economic models to determine if an unrealized loss is other-than-temporary.  The Company uses quoted market prices for marketable equity securities and uses broker pricing quotes based on observable inputs for equity investments that are not traded on a stock exchange.  For non-agency collateralized mortgage obligations, to determine if the unrealized loss is other-than-temporary, the Company projects total estimated defaults of the underlying assets (mortgages) and multiplies that calculated amount by an estimate of realizable value upon sale in the marketplace (severity) in order to determine the projected collateral loss.  The Company also evaluates any current credit enhancement underlying these securities to determine the impact on cash flows.  If the Company determines that a given security position will be subject to a write-down or loss, the Company records the expected credit loss as a charge to earnings.

 
 
10
 
 
 
 
During the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011, no securities were determined to have impairment that was other-than-temporary.

Credit Losses Recognized on Investments.   Certain debt securities have experienced fair value deterioration due to credit losses.

The following table provides information about debt securities for which only a credit loss was recognized in income and other losses are recorded in other comprehensive income.
 
   
Accumulated
 
   
Credit Losses
 
   
(In Thousands)
 
Credit losses on debt securities held
     
January 1, 2012
  $ 3,598  
Additions related to other-than-temporary losses not previously recognized
     
Additions related to increases in credit losses on debt securities for which
       
other-than-temporary impairment losses were previously recognized
     
Reductions due to sales
     
         
March 31, 2012
  $ 3,598  

 
   
Accumulated
 
   
Credit Losses
 
   
(In Thousands)
 
Credit losses on debt securities held
     
January 1, 2011
  $ 2,983  
Additions related to other-than-temporary losses not previously recognized
     
Reductions due to sales
     
         
March 31, 2011
  $ 2,983  


 
11
 
 


NOTE 7: LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES
 
   
March 31,
   
December 31,
 
   
2012
   
2011
 
   
(In Thousands)
 
             
One- to four-family residential construction
  $ 23,958     $ 23,976  
Subdivision construction
    54,550       61,140  
Land development
    69,707       68,771  
Commercial construction
    117,341       119,589  
Owner occupied one- to four-family residential
    92,636       91,994  
Non-owner occupied one- to four-family residential
    146,482       145,781  
Commercial real estate
    655,402       639,857  
Other residential
    270,831       243,742  
Commercial business
    221,926       236,384  
Industrial revenue bonds
    58,972       59,750  
Consumer auto
    62,266       59,368  
Consumer other
    79,330       77,540  
Home equity lines of credit
    46,362       47,114  
FDIC-supported loans, net of discounts (TeamBank)
    110,799       128,875  
FDIC-supported loans, net of discounts (Vantus Bank)
    114,104       123,036  
FDIC-supported loans, net of discounts (Sun Security Bank)
    128,157       144,626  
      2,252,823       2,271,543  
Undisbursed portion of loans in process
    (89,483 )     (103,424 )
Allowance for loan losses
    (41,532 )     (41,232 )
Deferred loan fees and gains, net
    (2,754 )     (2,726 )
    $ 2,119,054     $ 2,124,161  
                 
Weighted average interest rate
    5.81 %     5.86 %


 
12
 
 


Classes of loans by aging were as follows:

   
March 31, 2012
 
                                       
Total Loans
 
   
30-59 Days
   
60-89 Days
   
Over 90
   
Total Past
         
Total Loans
   
> 90 Days and
 
   
Past Due
   
Past Due
   
Days
   
Due
   
Current
   
Receivable
   
Still Accruing
 
   
(In Thousands)
 
One- to four-family
                                         
residential construction
  $     $     $ 3,231     $ 3,231     $ 20,727     $ 23,958     $  
Subdivision construction
    197       95       4,844       5,136       49,414       54,550       197  
Land development
    127             1,634       1,761       67,946       69,707        
Commercial construction
                1,062       1,062       116,279       117,341        
Owner occupied one- to four-
                                                       
family residential
    1,209       866       2,478       4,553       88,083       92,636       323  
Non-owner occupied one- to
                                                       
four-family residential
          41       1,212       1,253       145,229       146,482        
Commercial real estate
    2,641       1,300       6,244       10,185       645,217       655,402        
Other residential
    638                   638       270,193       270,831        
Commercial business
    110             735       845       221,081       221,926        
Industrial revenue bonds
                2,110       2,110       56,862       58,972        
Consumer auto
    261       27       159       447       61,819       62,266       11  
Consumer other
    653       597       508       1,758       77,572       79,330       158  
Home equity lines of credit
                142       142       46,220       46,362        
FDIC-supported loans, net of
                                                       
discounts (TeamBank)
    279       79       22,019       22,377       88,422       110,799        
FDIC-supported loans, net of
                                                       
discounts (Vantus Bank)
    574       1,209       8,097       9,880       104,224       114,104        
FDIC-supported loans,
                                                       
net of discounts
                                                       
(Sun Security Bank)
    2,807       893       112       3,812       124,345       128,157        
      9,496       5,107       54,587       69,190       2,183,633       2,252,823       689  
Less FDIC-supported loans,
                                                       
net of discounts
    3,660       2,181       30,228       36,069       316,991       353,060        
                                                         
Total
  $ 5,836     $ 2,926     $ 24,359     $ 33,121     $ 1,866,642     $ 1,899,763     $ 689  


 
13
 
 



   
December 31, 2011
 
                                       
Total Loans
 
   
30-59 Days
   
60-89 Days
   
Over 90
   
Total Past
         
Total Loans
   
> 90 Days and
 
   
Past Due
   
Past Due
   
Days
   
Due
   
Current
   
Receivable
   
Still Accruing
 
   
(In Thousands)
 
One- to four-family
                                         
residential construction
  $ 2,082     $ 342     $ 186     $ 2,610     $ 21,366     $ 23,976     $  
Subdivision construction
    4,014       388       6,661       11,063       50,077       61,140        
Land development
          4       2,655       2,659       66,112       68,771        
Commercial construction
                            119,589       119,589        
Owner occupied one- to four-
                                                       
family residential
    833             3,888       4,721       87,273       91,994       40  
Non-owner occupied one- to
                                                       
four-family residential
    117             3,425       3,542       142,239       145,781        
Commercial real estate
    6,323       535       6,204       13,062       626,795       639,857        
Other residential
                            243,742       243,742        
Commercial business
    426       10       1,362       1,798       234,586       236,384        
Industrial revenue bonds
                2,110       2,110       57,640       59,750        
Consumer auto
    455       56       117       628       58,740       59,368       10  
Consumer other
    1,508       641       715       2,864       74,676       77,540       356  
Home equity lines of credit
    45       29       174       248       46,866       47,114        
FDIC-supported loans, net of
                                                       
discounts (TeamBank)
    2,422       862       19,215       22,499       106,376       128,875        
FDIC-supported loans, net of
                                                       
discounts (Vantus Bank)
    562       57       5,999       6,618       116,418       123,036       5  
FDIC-supported loans,
                                                       
net of discounts
                                                       
(Sun Security Bank)
    5,628       6,851       40,299       52,778       91,848       144,626       150  
      24,415       9,775       93,010       127,200       2,144,343       2,271,543       561  
Less FDIC-supported loans,
                                                       
net of discounts
    8,612       7,770       65,513       81,895       314,642       396,537       155  
                                                         
Total
  $ 15,803     $ 2,005     $ 27,497     $ 45,305     $ 1,829,701     $ 1,875,006     $ 406  


Nonaccruing loans (excluding FDIC-supported loans, net of discount) are summarized as follows:

   
March 31,
   
December 31,
 
   
2012
   
2011
 
   
(In Thousands)
 
             
One- to four-family residential construction
  $ 3,231     $ 186  
Subdivision construction
    4,647       6,661  
Land development
    1,634       2,655  
Commercial construction
    1,062        
Owner occupied one- to four-family residential
    2,155       3,848  
Non-owner occupied one- to four-family residential
    1,212       3,425  
Commercial real estate
    6,244       6,204  
Other residential
           
Commercial business
    735       1,362  
Industrial revenue bonds
    2,110       2,110  
Consumer auto
    148       107  
Consumer other
    350       359  
Home equity lines of credit
    142       174  
                 
Total
    23,670       27,091  


 
14
 
 


The following table presents the activity in the allowance for loan losses by portfolio segment for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.  Also presented are the balance in the allowance for loan losses and the recorded investment in loans based on portfolio segment and impairment method as of March 31, 2012 and 2011:

   
One- to Four-
                                     
   
Family
                                     
   
Residential and
   
Other
   
Commercial
   
Commercial
   
Commercial
             
   
Construction
   
Residential
   
Real Estate
   
Construction
   
Business
   
Consumer
   
Total
 
   
(In Thousands)
 
Allowance for loan losses
                                         
Balance January 1, 2012
  $ 11,424     $ 3,088     $ 18,390     $ 2,982     $ 2,974     $ 2,374     $ 41,232  
Provision charged to expense
    (1,703 )     933       6,124       4,609       567       (453 )     10,077  
Losses charged off
    (360 )           (4,410 )     (4,460 )     (542 )     (234 )     (10,006 )
Recoveries
    52       2       5       24       60       86       229  
Balance March 31, 2012
  $ 9,413     $ 4,023     $ 20,109     $ 3,155     $ 3,059     $ 1,773     $ 41,532  
                                                         
Balance January 1, 2011
  $ 11,483     $ 3,866     $ 14,336     $ 5,852     $ 3,281     $ 2,669     $ 41,487  
Provision charged to expense
    3,238       893       3,212       797       (30 )     90       8,200  
Losses charged off
    (3,201 )     (962 )     (1,743 )     (1,418 )     (792 )     (890 )     (9,006 )
Recoveries
    26       1       2       4       551       569       1,153  
Balance March 31, 2011
  $ 11,546     $ 3,798     $ 15,807     $ 5,235     $ 3,010     $ 2,438     $ 41,834  
                                                         
Ending balance:
                                                       
Individually evaluated for
                                                       
     impairment
  $ 3,168     $ 1,182     $ 4,796     $ 968     $ 795     $ 37     $ 10,946  
Collectively evaluated for
                                                       
     impairment
  $ 6,233     $ 2,841     $ 15,288     $ 2,187     $ 2,258     $ 1,734     $ 30,541  
Loans acquired and
                                                       
     accounted for under ASC
                                                       
     310-30   $ 12     $     $ 25     $     $ 6     $ 2     $ 45  
                                                         
Loans
                                                       
Individually evaluated for
                                                       
     impairment
  $ 43,259     $ 39,160     $ 103,419     $ 21,951     $ 10,134     $ 993     $ 218,916  
Collectively evaluated for
                                                       
     impairment
  $ 274,367     $ 231,672     $ 610,954     $ 165,097     $ 211,792     $ 186,965     $ 1,680,847  
Loans acquired and
                                                       
     accounted for under ASC
                                                       
     310-30   $ 118,416     $ 28,546     $ 143,232     $ 8,256     $ 21,913     $ 32,696     $ 353,059  

The following table presents the balance in the allowance for loan losses and the recorded investment in loans based on portfolio segment and impairment method as of December 31, 2011:

   
One- to Four-
                                     
   
Family
                                     
   
Residential and
   
Other
   
Commercial
   
Commercial
   
Commercial
             
   
Construction
   
Residential
   
Real Estate
   
Construction
   
Business
   
Consumer
   
Total
 
   
(In Thousands)
 
Allowance for loan losses
                                         
Individually evaluated for
                                         
     impairment
  $ 4,989     $ 89     $ 3,584     $ 594     $ 736     $ 38     $ 10,030  
Collectively evaluated for
                                                       
     impairment
  $ 6,435     $ 2,999     $ 14,806     $ 2,358     $ 2,238     $ 2,336     $ 31,172  
Loans acquired and
                                                       
     accounted for under ASC
                                                       
     310-30   $     $     $     $ 30     $     $     $ 30  
                                                         
Loans
                                                       
Individually evaluated for
                                                       
     impairment
  $ 39,519     $ 20,802     $ 99,254     $ 27,592     $ 10,720     $ 839     $ 198,726  
Collectively evaluated for
                                                       
     impairment
  $ 283,371     $ 222,940     $ 600,353     $ 160,768     $ 225,665     $ 183,183     $ 1,676,280  
Loans acquired and
                                                       
     accounted for under ASC
                                                       
     310-30   $ 109,909     $ 25,877     $ 157,805     $ 40,215     $ 28,784     $ 33,947     $ 396,537  


 
15
 
 
 
 
 
The portfolio segments used in the preceding two tables correspond to the loan classes used in all other tables in Note 7 as follows:

·  
The one-to four-family residential and construction segment includes the one- to four-family residential construction, subdivision construction, owner occupied one- to four-family residential and non-owner occupied one- to four-family residential classes
·  
The other residential and construction segment corresponds to the other residential class
·  
The commercial real estate segment includes the commercial real estate and industrial revenue bonds classes
·  
The commercial construction segment includes the land development and commercial construction classes
·  
The commercial business segment corresponds to the commercial business class
·  
The consumer segment includes the consumer auto, consumer other and home equity lines of credit classes

  Impaired loans are summarized as follows:

   
March 31, 2012
 
   
Recorded
Balance
   
Unpaid
Principal
Balance
   
Specific
Allowance
   
Average
Investment
in Impaired
Loans
   
Interest
Income
Recognized
 
   
(In Thousands)
 
       
One- to four-family residential construction
  $ 936     $ 985     $ 2     $ 915     $ 11  
Subdivision construction
    15,837       20,350       1,287       17,281       180  
Land development
    9,193       9,292       968       7,826       92  
Commercial construction
                             
Owner occupied one- to four-family residential
    4,866       5,492       615       5,224       47  
Non-owner occupied one- to four-family residential
    10,486       11,028       1,264       10,595       161  
Commercial real estate
    50,632       55,346       4,674       51,344       536  
Other residential
    12,080       12,080       1,182       12,086       118  
Commercial business
    4,155       5,184       795       4,748       76  
Industrial revenue bonds
    3,508       3,588       122       2,576        
Consumer auto
    189       210       2       176       4  
Consumer other
    575       764       23       619       22  
Home equity lines of credit
    153       165       12       163       3  
                                         
Total
  $ 112,610     $ 124,484     $ 10,946     $ 113,553     $ 1,250  


 
16
 
 


   
December 31, 2011
 
   
Recorded
Balance
   
Unpaid
Principal
Balance
   
Specific
Allowance
   
Average
Investment
in Impaired
Loans
   
Interest
Income
Recognized
 
   
(In Thousands)
 
One- to four-family residential construction
  $ 873     $ 917     $ 12     $ 1,939     $ 39  
Subdivision construction
    12,999       14,730       2,953       10,154       282  
Land development
    7,150       7,317       594       9,983       379  
Commercial construction
                      308        
Owner occupied one- to four-family residential
    5,481       6,105       776       4,748       76  
Non-owner occupied one- to four-family residential
    11,259       11,768       1,249       9,658       425  
Commercial real estate
    49,961       55,233       3,562       34,403       1,616  
Other residential
    12,102       12,102       89       9,475       454  
Commercial business
    4,679       5,483       736       4,173       125  
Industrial revenue bonds
    2,110       2,190       22       2,137        
Consumer auto
    147       168       3       192       6  
Consumer other
    579       680       22       544       10  
Home equity lines of credit
    174       184       12       227       1  
                                         
Total
  $ 107,514     $ 116,877     $ 10,030     $ 87,941     $ 3,413  
                                         
                                         

At March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, all impaired loans had specific valuation allowances.

Included in certain loan categories in the impaired loans are troubled debt restructurings that were classified as impaired. Troubled debt restructurings are loans that are modified by granting concessions to borrowers experiencing financial difficulties.  These concessions could include a reduction in the interest rate on the loan, payment extensions, forgiveness of principal, forbearance or other actions intended to maximize collection.  The types of concessions made are factored into the estimation of the allowance for loan losses for troubled debt restructurings primarily using a discounted cash flows or collateral adequacy approach.

At March 31, 2012, the Company had $8.4 million of construction loans, $18.6 million of single family and multi-family residential mortgage loans, $32.0 million of commercial real estate loans, $3.0 million of commercial business loans and $146,000 of consumer loans that were modified in troubled debt restructurings and impaired.  Of the total troubled debt restructurings, $50.5 million were accruing interest at March 31, 2012.  During the previous 12 months, three non-owner occupied residential mortgage loans totaling $165,000 and two commercial real estate loans totaling $1.6 million were modified as troubled debt restructurings and had payment defaults subsequent to the modifications.  When loans modified as troubled debt restructuring have subsequent payment defaults, the defaults are factored in to the determination of the allowance for loan losses to ensure specific valuation allowances reflect amounts considered uncollectible. At December 31, 2011, the Company had $9.0 million of construction loans, $17.0 million of residential mortgage loans, $31.3 million of commercial real estate loans, $671,000 of commercial business loans and $156,000 of consumer loans that were modified in troubled debt restructurings and impaired.  Of the total troubled debt restructurings, $53.7 million were accruing interest at December 31, 2011.

The Company reviews the credit quality of its loan portfolio using an internal grading system that classifies loans as “Satisfactory,” “Watch,” “Special Mention” and “Substandard.”  Substandard loans are characterized by the distinct possibility that the Bank will sustain some loss if certain deficiencies are not corrected.  Special mention loans possess potential weaknesses that deserve management’s close attention but do not expose the Bank to a degree of risk that warrants substandard classification.  Loans classified as watch are being monitored because of indications of potential weaknesses or deficiencies that may require future classification as special mention or substandard.  Loans not meeting any of the criteria previously described are considered satisfactory.  The FDIC-covered loans are evaluated using this internal grading system.  However, since these loans are accounted for in pools and are currently substantially covered through loss sharing agreements with the FDIC, all of the loan pools were considered satisfactory at March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively.  See Note 8 for further discussion of the acquired loan pools and loss sharing agreements.  The loan grading system is presented by loan class below:
 
 
 
17
 
 
 
 
   
March 31, 2012
 
               
Special
             
   
Satisfactory
   
Watch
   
Mention
   
Substandard
   
Total
 
   
(In Thousands)
 
One- to four-family residential
                             
construction
  $ 22,691     $ 1,267     $     $     $ 23,958  
Subdivision construction
    35,066       5,409             14,075       54,550  
Land development
    47,756       13,377       245       8,329       69,707  
Commercial construction
    117,341                         117,341  
Owner occupied one- to four-family
                                       
residential
    87,767       902             3,967       92,636  
Non-owner occupied one- to four-family
                                       
residential
    128,844       6,054       247       11,337       146,482  
Commercial real estate
    559,424       56,059       13,368       26,551       655,402  
Other residential
    231,671       26,875             12,285       270,831  
Commercial business
    211,792       5,268       628       4,238       221,926  
Industrial revenue bonds
    51,530       3,934             3,508       58,972  
Consumer auto
    62,079       1             186       62,266  
Consumer other
    78,678       20       97       535       79,330  
Home equity lines of credit
    46,209                   153       46,362  
FDIC-supported loans, net of discounts
                                       
 (TeamBank)
    110,799                         110,799  
FDIC-supported loans, net of discounts
                                       
 (Vantus Bank)
    114,104                         114,104  
FDIC-supported loans, net of discounts
                                       
 (Sun Security Bank)
    128,157                         128,157  
                                         
Total
  $ 2,033,908     $ 119,166     $ 14,585     $ 85,164     $ 2,252,823  

   
December 31, 2011
 
               
Special
             
   
Satisfactory
   
Watch
   
Mention
   
Substandard
   
Total
 
   
(In Thousands)
 
One- to four-family residential
                             
construction
  $ 21,436     $ 2,354     $     $ 186     $ 23,976  
Subdivision construction
    45,754       2,701             12,685       61,140  
Land development
    41,179       20,902       245       6,445       68,771  
Commercial construction
    119,589                         119,589  
Owner occupied one- to four-family
                                       
residential
    86,725       1,018             4,251       91,994  
Non-owner occupied one- to four-family
                                       
residential
    129,458       5,232       249       10,842       145,781  
Commercial real estate
    542,712       51,757       13,384       32,004       639,857  
Other residential
    222,940       13,262             7,540       243,742  
Commercial business
    225,664       5,403       638       4,679       236,384  
Industrial revenue bonds
    57,640                   2,110       59,750  
Consumer auto
    59,237                   131       59,368  
Consumer other
    77,006                   534       77,540  
Home equity lines of credit
    46,940                   174       47,114  
FDIC-supported loans, net of discounts
                                       
 (TeamBank)
    128,875                         128,875  
FDIC-supported loans, net of discounts
                                       
 (Vantus Bank)
    123,036                         123,036  
FDIC-supported loans, net of discounts
                                       
 (Sun Security Bank)
    144,626                         144,626  
Total
  $ 2,072,817     $ 102,629     $ 14,516     $ 81,581     $ 2,271,543  
 



 
18
 
 


NOTE 8: LOSS SHARING AGREEMENTS AND FDIC INDEMNIFICATION ASSETS
 
On March 20, 2009, Great Southern Bank entered into a purchase and assumption agreement with loss share with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) to assume all of the deposits (excluding brokered deposits) and acquire certain assets of TeamBank, N.A., a full service commercial bank headquartered in Paola, Kansas.  A detailed discussion of this transaction is included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009, under the section titled “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Information.”
 
The loans, commitments and foreclosed assets purchased in the TeamBank transaction are covered by a loss sharing agreement between the FDIC and Great Southern Bank which affords the Bank at least 80% protection against losses. Under the loss sharing agreement, the Bank will share in the losses on assets covered under the agreement (referred to as covered assets). On losses up to $115.0 million, the FDIC has agreed to reimburse the Bank for 80% of the losses. On losses exceeding $115.0 million, the FDIC has agreed to reimburse the Bank for 95% of the losses.  Realized losses covered by the loss sharing agreement include loan contractual balances (and related unfunded commitments that were acquired), accrued interest on loans for up to 90 days, the book value of foreclosed real estate acquired, and certain direct costs, less cash or other consideration received by the Bank.  This agreement extends for ten years for 1-4 family real estate loans and for five years for other loans.  The value of this loss sharing agreement was considered in determining fair values of loans and foreclosed assets acquired.  The loss sharing agreement is subject to the Bank following servicing procedures as specified in the agreement with the FDIC.  The expected reimbursements under the loss sharing agreement were recorded as an indemnification asset at their preliminary estimated fair value on the acquisition date.  Based upon the acquisition date fair values of the net assets acquired, no goodwill was recorded.  A discount was recorded in conjunction with the fair value of the acquired loans and the amount accreted to yield during the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011 was $427,000 and $748,000, respectively.
 
On September 4, 2009, Great Southern Bank entered into a purchase and assumption agreement with loss share with the FDIC to assume all of the deposits and acquire certain assets of Vantus Bank, a full service thrift headquartered in Sioux City, Iowa.  A detailed discussion of this transaction is included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009, under the section titled “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Information.”
 
The loans, commitments and foreclosed assets purchased in the Vantus Bank transaction are covered by a loss sharing agreement between the FDIC and Great Southern Bank which affords the Bank at least 80%  protection against losses. Under the loss sharing agreement, the Bank will share in the losses on assets covered under the agreement (referred to as covered assets). On losses up to $102.0 million, the FDIC has agreed to reimburse the Bank for 80% of the losses. On losses exceeding $102.0 million, the FDIC has agreed to reimburse the Bank for 95% of the losses. Realized losses covered by the loss sharing agreement include loan contractual balances (and related unfunded commitments that were acquired), accrued interest on loans for up to 90 days, the book value of foreclosed real estate acquired, and certain direct costs, less cash or other consideration received by the Bank.  This agreement extends for ten years for 1-4 family real estate loans and for five years for other loans.  The value of this loss sharing agreement was considered in determining fair values of loans and foreclosed assets acquired.  The loss sharing agreement is subject to the Bank following servicing procedures as specified in the agreement with the FDIC.  The expected reimbursements under the loss sharing agreement were recorded as an indemnification asset at their preliminary estimated fair value on the acquisition date.  Based upon the acquisition date fair values of the net assets acquired, no goodwill was recorded.  A discount was recorded in conjunction with the fair value of the acquired loans and the amount accreted to yield during the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011 was $158,000 and $276,000, respectively.

On October 7, 2011, Great Southern Bank entered into a purchase and assumption agreement with loss share with the FDIC to assume all of the deposits and acquire certain assets of Sun Security Bank, a full service bank headquartered in Ellington, Missouri.  A detailed discussion of this transaction is included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011, under the section titled “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Information.”
 
The loans and foreclosed assets purchased in the Sun Security Bank transaction are covered by a loss sharing agreement between the FDIC and Great Southern Bank.  Under the loss sharing agreement, the FDIC has agreed to cover 80% of the losses on the loans (excluding approximately $4 million of consumer loans) and foreclosed assets purchased subject to certain limitations.  Realized losses covered by the loss sharing agreement include loan contractual balances (and related unfunded commitments that were acquired), accrued interest on loans for up to 90 days, the book value of foreclosed real estate acquired, and certain direct costs, less cash or other consideration received by Great Southern.  This agreement extends for ten years for 1-4 family real estate loans and for five years for other loans.  The value of this
 
 
 
19
 
 
 
 
loss sharing agreement was considered in determining fair values of loans and foreclosed assets acquired.  The loss sharing agreement is subject to the Bank following servicing procedures as specified in the agreement with the FDIC.  The expected reimbursements under the loss sharing agreement were recorded as an indemnification asset at their preliminary estimated fair value on the acquisition date.  Based upon the acquisition date fair values of the net assets acquired, no goodwill was recorded.  The Bank recorded the fair value of the acquired loans at their estimated fair value on the acquisition date.  The Company’s estimates of its cash flows to be collected regarding the Sun Security assets has not materially changed.  A discount was recorded in conjunction with the fair value of the acquired loans and the amount accreted to yield during the three months ended March 31, 2012 was $282,000.

Fair Value and Expected Cash Flows.   At the time of these acquisitions, the Company determined the fair value of the loan portfolios based on several assumptions. Factors considered in the valuations were projected cash flows for the loans, type of loan and related collateral, classification status, fixed or variable interest rate, term of loan, current discount rates and whether or not the loan was amortizing. Loans were grouped together according to similar characteristics and were treated in the aggregate when applying various valuation techniques. Management also estimated the amount of credit losses that were expected to be realized for the loan portfolios. The discounted cash flow approach was used to value each pool of loans. For non-performing loans, fair value was estimated by calculating the present value of the recoverable cash flows using a discount rate based on comparable corporate bond rates. This valuation of the acquired loans is a significant component leading to the valuation of the loss sharing assets recorded.

The amount of the estimated cash flows expected to be received from the acquired loan pools in excess of the fair values recorded for the loan pools is referred to as the accretable yield.  The accretable yield is recognized as interest income over the estimated lives of the loans.  The Company continues to evaluate the fair value of the loans including cash flows expected to be collected.  Increases in the Company’s cash flow expectations are recognized as increases to the accretable yield while decreases are recognized as impairments through the allowance for loan losses.  During the three months ended March 31, 2012, increases in expected cash flows related to the TeamBank and Vantus Bank acquired loan portfolios resulted in adjustments of $1.2 million to the accretable yield to be spread over the estimated remaining lives of the loans on a level-yield basis. During the three months ended March 31, 2011, similar such adjustments totaling $3.4 million were made to the accretable yield.  The current year increases in expected cash flows also reduced the amount of expected reimbursements under the loss sharing agreements.  During the three months ended March 31, 2012, this resulted in a corresponding adjustment of $920,000 to the indemnification assets to be amortized on a level-yield basis over the remainder of the loss sharing agreements or the remaining expected lives of the loan pools, whichever is shorter.  The impact of adjustments on the Company’s financial results is shown below:

   
Three Months Ended
   
March 31, 2012
 
March 31, 2011
   
(In Thousands, Except Per Share Data
   
and Basis Points Data)
Impact on net interest income/
               
net interest margin (in basis points)
  $ 6,163  
72 bps
  $ 12,667  
162 bps
Non-interest income
    (4,531 )       (11,262 )  
Net impact to pre-tax income
  $ 1,632       $ 1,405    
Net impact net of taxes
  $ 1,061       $ 913    
Impact to diluted earnings per
   common share
  $ 0.08       $ 0.07    

Because these adjustments will be recognized over the remaining lives of the loan pools and the remainder of the loss sharing agreements, respectively, they will impact future periods as well.  The remaining accretable yield adjustment that will affect interest income is $13.2 million and the remaining adjustment to the indemnification assets that will affect non-interest income (expense) is $(11.1) million.  Of the remaining adjustments, we expect to recognize $7.9 million of interest income and $(6.7) million of non-interest income (expense) in the remainder of 2012.  Additional adjustments may be recorded in future periods as the Company continues to estimate expected cash flows from the acquired loan pools.
 
 

 
20
 
 


The loss sharing asset is measured separately from the loan portfolio because it is not contractually embedded in the loans and is not transferable with the loans should the Bank choose to dispose of them. Fair value was estimated using projected cash flows available for loss sharing based on the credit adjustments estimated for each loan pool (as discussed above) and the loss sharing percentages outlined in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement with the FDIC. These cash flows were discounted to reflect the uncertainty of the timing and receipt of the loss sharing reimbursement from the FDIC. The loss sharing asset is also separately measured from the related foreclosed real estate.

TeamBank FDIC Indemnification Asset.   The following tables present the balances of the FDIC indemnification asset related to the TeamBank transaction at March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011. Gross loan balances (due from the borrower) were reduced approximately $301.5 million since the transaction date because of $177.2 million of repayments from borrowers, $50.4 million in transfers to foreclosed assets and $73.9 million in charge-offs to customer loan balances.  Based upon the collectability analyses performed during the acquisition, we expected certain levels of foreclosures and charge-offs and actual results have been better than our expectations.  As a result, cash flows expected to be received from the acquired loan pools have increased, resulting in adjustments that were made to the related accretable yield as described above.
 
   
March 31, 2012
 
         
Foreclosed
 
   
Loans
   
Assets
 
   
(In Thousands)
 
Initial basis for loss sharing determination,
           
net of activity since acquisition date
  $ 134,297     $ 18,143  
Non-credit premium/(discount), net of activity since acquisition date
    (936 )      
Reclassification from nonaccretable discount to accretable discount
               
due to change in expected losses (net of accretion to date)
    (4,361 )      
Original estimated fair value of assets, net of activity since
               
acquisition date
    (110,799 )     (12,643 )
                 
Expected loss remaining
    18,201       5,500  
Assumed loss sharing recovery percentage
    80 %     80 %
                 
Estimated loss sharing value
    14,609       4,404  
Indemnification asset to be amortized resulting from
               
change in expected losses
    4,048        
Accretable discount on FDIC indemnification asset
    (2,133 )      
FDIC indemnification asset
  $ 16,524     $ 4,404  

   
December 31, 2011
 
         
Foreclosed
 
   
Loans
   
Assets
 
   
(In Thousands)
 
Initial basis for loss sharing determination,
           
net of activity since acquisition date
  $ 164,284     $ 16,225  
Non-credit premium/(discount), net of activity since acquisition date
    (1,363 )      
Reclassification from nonaccretable discount to accretable discount
               
due to change in expected losses (net of accretion to date)
    (6,093 )      
Original estimated fair value of assets, net of activity since
               
acquisition date
    (128,875 )     (10,342 )
                 
Expected loss remaining
    27,953       5,883  
Assumed loss sharing recovery percentage
    80 %     80 %
                 
Estimated loss sharing value
    22,404       4,712  
Indemnification asset to be amortized resulting from
               
change in expected losses
    5,726        
Accretable discount on FDIC indemnification asset
    (2,719 )      
FDIC indemnification asset
  $ 25,411     $ 4,712  
 
 
 
21
 
 
 

 
Vantus Bank Indemnification Asset.   The following tables present the balances of the FDIC indemnification asset related to the Vantus Bank transaction at March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011. Gross loan balances (due from the borrower) were reduced approximately $195.6 million since the transaction date because of $158.2 million of repayments from borrowers, $12.2 million in transfers to foreclosed assets and $25.2 million in charge-offs to customer loan balances.  Based upon the collectability analyses performed during the acquisition, we expected certain levels of foreclosures and charge-offs and actual results have been better than our expectations.  As a result, cash flows expected to be received from the acquired loan pools have increased, resulting in adjustments that were made to the related accretable yield as described above.

   
March 31, 2012
 
         
Foreclosed
 
   
Loans
   
Assets
 
   
(In Thousands)
 
Initial basis for loss sharing determination,
           
net of activity since acquisition date
  $ 135,970     $ 5,151  
Non-credit premium/(discount), net of activity since acquisition date
    (345 )      
Reclassification from nonaccretable discount to accretable discount
               
due to change in expected losses (net of accretion to date)
    (8,851 )      
Original estimated fair value of assets, net of activity since
               
acquisition date
    (114,104 )     (3,956 )
                 
Expected loss remaining
    12,670       1,195  
Assumed loss sharing recovery percentage
    80 %     80 %
                 
Estimated loss sharing value
    10,136       956  
Indemnification asset to be amortized resulting from
               
change in expected losses
    7,080        
Accretable discount on FDIC indemnification asset
    (1,601 )      
FDIC indemnification asset
  $ 15,615     $ 956  

     
December 31, 2011
 
         
Foreclosed
 
   
Loans
   
Assets
 
   
(In Thousands)
 
Initial basis for loss sharing determination,
           
net of activity since acquisition date
  $ 149,215     $ 3,410  
Non-credit premium/(discount), net of activity since acquisition date
    (503 )      
Reclassification from nonaccretable discount to accretable discount
               
due to change in expected losses (net of accretion to date)
    (11,267 )      
Original estimated fair value of assets, net of activity since
               
acquisition date
    (123,036 )     (2,069 )
                 
Expected loss remaining
    14,409       1,341  
Assumed loss sharing recovery percentage
    80 %     80 %
                 
Estimated loss sharing value
     11,526       1,073  
Indemnification asset to be amortized resulting from
               
change in expected losses
    9,014        
Accretable discount on FDIC indemnification asset
     (1,946      
FDIC indemnification asset
  $ 18,594     $ 1,073  


Sun Security Bank Indemnification Asset.   The following tables present the balances of the FDIC indemnification asset related to the Sun Security Bank transaction at March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011.  At March 31, 2012, the Company concluded that the assumptions utilized to determine the preliminary fair value of loans, foreclosed assets and the FDIC indemnification asset had not materially changed.  Expected cash flows and the present value of future cash flows related to these assets also did not materially change since the analysis performed at acquisition
 
 
 
22
 
 
 
 
on October 7, 2011.  Gross loan balances (due from the borrower) were reduced approximately $49.1 million since the transaction date because of $34.6 million of repayments by the borrower, $6.1 million in transfers to foreclosed assets and $8.4 million of charge-downs to customer loan balances.

   
March 31, 2012
 
         
Foreclosed
 
   
Loans
   
Assets
 
   
(In Thousands)
 
Initial basis for loss sharing determination,
           
net of activity since acquisition date
  $ 191,398     $ 12,429  
Non-credit premium/(discount), net of activity since acquisition date
    (2,379 )      
Original estimated fair value of assets, net of activity since
               
acquisition date
    (128,157 )     (7,184 )
                 
Expected loss remaining
    60,862       5,245  
Assumed loss sharing recovery percentage
    79 %     80 %
                 
Estimated loss sharing value
    47,868       4,196  
Accretable discount on FDIC indemnification asset
    (4,716 )     (761 )
FDIC indemnification asset
  $ 43,152     $ 3,435  


   
December 31, 2011
 
         
Foreclosed
 
   
Loans
   
Assets
 
   
(In Thousands)
 
Initial basis for loss sharing determination,
           
net of activity since acquisition date
  $ 217,549     $ 20,964  
Non-credit premium/(discount), net of activity since acquisition date
    (2,658 )      
Original estimated fair value of assets, net of activity since
               
acquisition date
    (144,626 )     (8,338 )
                 
Expected loss remaining
    70,265       12,626  
Assumed loss sharing recovery percentage
    79 %     80 %
                 
Estimated loss sharing value
    55,382       10,101  
Accretable discount on FDIC indemnification asset
    (5,457 )     (1,811 )
FDIC indemnification asset
  $ 49,925     $ 8,290  


 
23
 
 


Changes in the accretable yield for acquired loan pools were as follows for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011:

               
Sun Security
 
   
TeamBank
   
Vantus Bank
   
Bank
 
   
(In Thousands)
 
                   
Balance, January 1, 2011
  $ 36,765     $ 35,796     $  
Accretion
    (10,669 )     (8,146 )      
Reclassification from nonaccretable difference (1)
    1,191       4,232        
Balance, March 31, 2011
  $ 27,287     $ 31,882     $  
                         
Balance January 1, 2012
  $ 14,662     $ 21,967     $ 12,769  
Accretion
    (4,470 )     (5,215 )     (2,452 )
Reclassification from nonaccretable difference (1)
    4,322       2,950        
                         
Balance, March 31, 2012
  $ 14,514     $ 19,702     $ 10,317  
                         
 
 
(1)
Represents increases in estimated cash flows expected to be received from the acquired loan pools, primarily due to lower estimated credit losses.  The numbers also include changes in expected accretion of the loan pools for TeamBank and Vantus Bank for the three months ended M arch 31, 2012, totaling $400,000 and $750,000, respectively, and for the three months ended March 31, 2011, totaling $391,000 and $1.6 million, respectively.
 
 
NOTE 9: FORECLOSED ASSETS HELD FOR SALE

Major classifications of foreclosed assets were as follows:
 
   
March 31,
   
December 31,
 
   
2012
   
2011
 
   
(In Thousands)
 
One-to four-family construction
  $ 1,306     $ 1,630  
Subdivision construction
    15,140       15,573  
Land development
    13,722       13,634  
Commercial construction
    2,747       2,747  
One-to four-family residential
    1,518       1,849  
Other residential
    7,853       7,853  
Commercial real estate
    2,161       2,290  
Commercial business
    116       85  
Consumer
    899       1,211  
      45,462       46,872  
FDIC-supported foreclosed assets, net of discounts
    23,782       20,749  
    $ 69,244     $ 67,621  

Expenses applicable to foreclosed assets included the following:
 
   
Three Months Ended March 31,
 
   
2012
   
2011
 
   
(In Thousands)
 
Net gain on sales of foreclosed assets
  $ (531 )   $ (317 )
Valuation write-downs
    269        
Operating expenses, net of rental income
    701       746  
                 
    $ 439     $ 429  


 
24
 
 


NOTE 10: DEPOSITS

   
March 31,
   
December 31,
 
   
2012
   
2011
 
   
(In Thousands)
 
Time Deposits:
           
0.00% - 1.99%    $ 1,136,223     $ 1,060,841  
2.00% - 2.99%
    119,991       158,696  
3.00% - 3.99%      15,548       17,228  
4.00% - 4.99%      25,447       26,526  
5.00% and above
    3,834       5,708  
Total time deposits (1.15% - 1.29%) 
    1,301,043       1,268,999  
Non-interest-bearing demand deposits
    347,916       330,813  
Interest-bearing demand and savings deposits (0.55% - 0.61%)
    1,429,107       1,363,727  
Total Deposits
  $ 3,078,066     $ 2,963,539  

 

NOTE 11: INCOME TAXES

Reconciliations of the Company’s effective tax rates to the statutory corporate tax rates were as follows:

   
Three Months Ended March 31,
 
   
2012
   
2011
 
   
(In Thousands)
 
Tax at statutory rate
    35.0 %     35.0 %
Nontaxable interest and dividends
    (6.6 )     (7.3 )
Tax credits
    (17.4 )     (5.8 )
State taxes
    0.8       1.7  
Other
    (1.6 )     0.7  
                 
      10.2 %     24.3 %

NOTE 12: FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENT
 
ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements , defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.  Topic 820 also specifies a fair value hierarchy which requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value.  The standard describes three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value:
 
Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1): Inputs that are quoted unadjusted prices in active markets for identical assets that the Company has the ability to access at the measurement date. An active market for the asset is a market in which transactions for the asset or liability occur with sufficient frequency and volume to provide pricing information on an ongoing basis.
 
Other observable inputs (Level 2): Inputs that reflect the assumptions market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability developed based on market data obtained from sources independent of the reporting entity including quoted prices for similar assets, quoted prices for securities in inactive markets and inputs derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data by correlation or other means.
 
Significant unobservable inputs (Level 3): Inputs that reflect assumptions of a source independent of the reporting entity or the reporting entity's own assumptions that are supported by little or no market activity or observable inputs.
 
Financial instruments are broken down as follows by recurring or nonrecurring measurement status. Recurring assets are initially measured at fair value and are required to be remeasured at fair value in the financial statements at each reporting date. Assets measured on a nonrecurring basis are assets that, due to an event or circumstance, were required to be remeasured at fair value after initial recognition in the financial statements at some time during the reporting period.
 
 
 
25
 
 
 
 
The following is a description of inputs and valuation methodologies used for assets recorded at fair value on a recurring basis and recognized in the accompanying balance sheets at March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, as well as the general classification of such assets pursuant to the valuation hierarchy.  There have been no significant changes in the valuation techniques during the period ended March 31,2012.
 
Securities Available for Sale. Investment securities available for sale are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. The fair values used by the Company are obtained from an independent pricing service, which represent either quoted market prices for the identical asset or fair values determined by pricing models, or other model-based valuation techniques, that consider observable market data, such as interest rate volatilities, LIBOR yield curve, credit spreads and prices from market makers and live trading systems. Recurring Level 1 securities include exchange traded equity securities. Recurring Level 2 securities available for sale include U.S. government agency securities, mortgage-backed securities, collateralized mortgage obligations, Small Business Administration (SBA) loan pools, state and municipal bonds, corporate bonds and equity securities. Inputs used for valuing Level 2 securities include observable data that may include dealer quotes, benchmark yields, market spreads, live trading levels and market consensus prepayment speeds, among other things. Additional inputs include indicative values derived from the independent pricing service’s proprietary computerized models.   There were no Recurring Level 3 securities at March 31, 2012 or December 31, 2011.

Mortgage Servicing Rights.  Mortgage servicing rights do not trade in an active, open market with readily observable prices.  Accordingly, fair value is estimated using discounted cash flow models.  Due to the nature of the valuation inputs, mortgage servicing rights are classified within Level 3 of the hierarchy.

Interest Rate Swaps.  Interest rate swaps are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis.  The fair values used by the Company are obtained from an independent valuation service, and are based on prevailing observable market data and derived from proprietary models based on well recognized financial principles and reasonable estimates about relevant future market conditions (which may include assumptions and estimates that are not readily observable in the marketplace).  Included in the fair values are credit valuation adjustments which represent the consideration of credit risk (credit standing) of the counterparties to the transaction and the effect of any credit enhancements related to the transaction.  Certain inputs to the credit valuation models may be based on assumptions and best estimates that are not readily observable in the marketplace.
         
Fair value measurements using
 
         
Quoted prices
             
         
in active
             
         
markets
   
Other
   
Significant
 
         
for identical
   
observable
   
unobservable
 
         
assets
   
inputs
   
inputs
 
   
Fair value
   
(Level 1)
   
(Level 2)
   
(Level 3)
 
   
(In Thousands)
 
March 31, 2012
                       
U.S. government agencies
  $ 20,021     $     $ 20,021     $  
Collateralized mortgage obligations
    5,085             5,085        
Mortgage-backed securities
    647,904             647,904        
Small Business Administration loan pools
    54,839             54,839        
Corporate bonds
    295             295        
States and political subdivisions
    143,805             143,805        
Equity securities
    2,324       593       1,731        
Mortgage servicing rights
    236                   236  
Interest rate swap asset
    490                   490  
Interest rate swap liability
    (403                 (403
                                 
December 31, 2011
                               
U.S. government agencies
  $ 20,060     $     $ 20,060     $  
Collateralized mortgage obligations
    4,840             4,840        
Mortgage-backed securities
    641,655             641,655        
Small Business Administration loan pools
    56,492             56,492        
Corporate bonds
    150,238             150,238        
States and political subdivisions
    295             295        
Equity securities
    1,831       387       1,444        
Mortgage servicing rights
    292                   292  
Interest rate swap asset
    111                   111  
Interest rate swap liability
    (121                 (121

 
26
 
 
 
The Company considers transfers between the levels of the hierarchy to be recognized at the end of related reporting periods.  From December 31, 2011 to March 31, 2012, no assets for which fair value is measured on a recurring basis transferred between any levels of the hierarchy.

The following is a reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances of recurring fair value measurements recognized in the accompanying balance sheet using significant unobservable (Level 3) inputs.

   
Mortgage Servicing Rights
 
   
2012
   
2011
 
   
(In Thousands)
 
             
Balance, January 1
  $ 292     $ 637  
Additions
    14       8  
Amortization
    (70 )     (103 )
Balance, March 31
  $ 236     $ 542  
                 

   
Interest Rate Swap Asset
 
   
2012
   
2011
 
   
(In Thousands)
 
             
Balance, January 1
  $ 111     $  
Change in fair value through earnings
    379        
Balance, March 31
  $ 490     $  
                 

   
Interest Rate Swap Liability
 
   
2012
   
2011
 
   
(In Thousands)
 
             
Balance, January 1
  $ 121     $  
Change in fair value through earnings
    282        
Balance, March 31
  $ 403     $  
                 

The following is a description of valuation methodologies used for assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis and recognized in the accompanying statements of financial condition, as well as the general classification of such assets pursuant to the valuation hierarchy.

Loans Held for Sale.   Mortgage loans held for sale are recorded at the lower of carrying value or fair value.  The fair value of mortgage loans held for sale is based on what secondary markets are currently offering for portfolios with similar characteristics.  As such, the Company classifies mortgage loans held for sale as Nonrecurring Level 2.  Write-downs to fair value typically do not occur as the Company generally enters into commitments to sell individual mortgage loans at the time the loan is originated to reduce market risk.  The Company typically does not have commercial loans held for sale.  At March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the aggregate fair value of mortgage loans held for sale exceeded their cost.  Accordingly, no mortgage loans held for sale were marked down and reported at fair value.
 
  Impaired Loans.   A loan is considered to be impaired when it is probable that all of the principal and interest due may not be collected according to its contractual terms. Generally, when a loan is considered impaired, the amount of reserve required under FASB ASC 310, Receivables, is measured based on the fair value of the underlying collateral. The Company makes such measurements on all material loans deemed impaired using the fair value of the collateral for collateral dependent loans. The fair value of collateral used by the Company is determined by obtaining an observable market price or by obtaining an appraised value from an independent, licensed or certified appraiser, using observable market data. This data includes information such as selling price of similar properties and capitalization rates of similar properties sold within the market, expected future cash flows or earnings of the subject property based on current market expectations, and other relevant factors. All appraised values are adjusted for market-related trends based on the Company’s experience in sales and other appraisals of similar property types as well as estimated selling costs.  Each quarter management reviews all collateral dependent impaired loans on a loan-by-loan basis to determine whether updated appraisals are necessary based on loan performance, collateral type and guarantor support.  At times,
 
 
 
27
 
 
 
 
the Company measures the fair value of collateral dependent impaired loans using appraisals with dates prior to one year from the date of review.  These appraisals are discounted by applying current, observable market data about similar property types such as sales contracts, approved foreclosure bids, other appraisals, sales or collateral assessments based on current market activity until updated appraisals are obtained.  Depending on the length of time since an appraisal was performed and the data provided through our reviews, these appraisals are typically discounted 10-40%.  The policy described above is the same for all types of collateral dependent impaired loans.
 
The Company records impaired loans as Nonrecurring Level 3. If a loan’s fair value as estimated by the Company is less than its carrying value, the Company either records a charge-off of the portion of the loan that exceeds the fair value or establishes a reserve within the allowance for loan losses specific to the loan.  Loans for which such charge-offs or reserves were recorded during the three months ended March 31, 2012 or the year ended December 31, 2011, are shown in the table below (net of reserves).

Foreclosed Assets Held for Sale.   Foreclosed assets held for sale are initially recorded at fair value less estimated cost to sell at the date of foreclosure.  Subsequent to foreclosure, valuations are periodically performed by management and the assets are carried at the lower of carrying amount or fair value less estimated cost to sell.  Foreclosed assets held for sale are classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.  The foreclosed assets represented in the table below were re-measured during the three months ended March 31, 2012 or the year ended December 31, 2011, subsequent to their initial transfer to foreclosed assets.

The following tables present the fair value measurements of assets measured at fair value during the periods presented on a nonrecurring basis and the level within the fair value hierarchy in which the fair value measurements fall at March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011:
 
         
Fair Value Measurements Using
 
         
Quoted prices
             
         
in active
             
         
markets
   
Other
   
Significant
 
         
for identical
   
observable
   
unobservable
 
         
assets
   
inputs
   
inputs
 
   
Fair value
   
(Level 1)
   
(Level 2)
   
(Level 3)
 
   
(In Thousands)
 
March 31, 2012
                       
Impaired loans
  $ 72,820     $     $     $ 72,820  
Foreclosed assets held for sale
    684                   684  
                                 
December 31, 2011
                               
Impaired loans
  $ 36,981     $     $     $ 36,981  
Foreclosed assets held for sale
    14,042                   14,042  

The following methods were used to estimate the fair value of all other financial instruments recognized in the accompanying balance sheet at amounts other than fair value:

Cash and Cash Equivalents and Federal Home Loan Bank Stock.  The carrying amount approximates fair value.
 
Loans and Interest Receivable.   The fair value of loans is estimated by discounting the future cash flows using the current rates at which similar loans would be made to borrowers with similar credit ratings and for the same remaining maturities.  The market rates used are based on current rates the Bank would impose for similar loans and reflect a market participant assumption about risks associated with non-performance, illiquidity, and the structure and term of the loans along with local and economic market conditions.  Loans with similar characteristics are aggregated for purposes of the calculations.  The carrying amount of accrued interest receivable approximates its fair value, and is determined using the interest rate, balance and last payment date.

Deposits and Accrued Interest Payable.   The fair value of demand deposits and savings accounts is the amount payable on demand at the reporting date, i.e., their carrying amounts. Interest rates in these types of deposits are regularly adjusted to market rates.  The fair value of fixed maturity certificates of deposit is estimated using a discounted cash flow calculation that applies the rates currently offered by the Bank and its competitors for deposits of similar remaining maturities.  The carrying amount of accrued interest payable approximates its fair value, and is determined using the interest rate, balance and last payment date.
 

 
28
 
 


Federal Home Loan Bank Advances.   Rates offered by the FHLB currently available to the Company for advances with similar terms and remaining maturities are used to estimate fair value of existing advances by discounting the future cash flows.
 
Short-Term Borrowings.   The carrying amount approximates fair value.

Subordinated Debentures Issued to Capital Trusts.   The subordinated debentures have floating rates that reset quarterly.  The Company can redeem these instruments at par on a quarterly basis beginning in February 2012 (with respect to $25.8 million of the subordinated debentures) and October 2012 (with respect to $5.2 million of the subordinated debentures), respectively.  The carrying amount of these debentures approximates their fair value.
 
Structured Repurchase Agreements.   Structured repurchase agreements are collateralized borrowings from counterparties.  In addition to the principal amount owed, the counterparty also determines an amount that would be owed by either party in the event the agreement is terminated prior to maturity by the Company.  The fair values of the structured repurchase agreements are estimated based on the amount the Company would be required to pay to terminate the agreement at the reporting date.

Commitments to Originate Loans, Letters of Credit and Lines of Credit.   The fair value of commitments is estimated using the fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements, taking into account the remaining terms of the agreements and the present creditworthiness of the counterparties.  For fixed rate loan commitments, fair value also considers the difference between current levels of interest rates and the committed rates.  The fair value of letters of credit is based on fees currently charged for similar agreements or on the estimated cost to terminate them or otherwise settle the obligations with the counterparties at the reporting date.
 
 

 
29
 
 

The following table presents estimated fair values of the Company’s financial instruments.  The fair values of certain of these instruments were calculated by discounting expected cash flows, which method involves significant judgments by management and uncertainties.  Fair value is the estimated amount at which financial assets or liabilities could be exchanged in a current transaction between willing parties, other than in a forced or liquidation sale.  Because no market exists for certain of these financial instruments and because management does not intend to sell these financial instruments, the Company does not know whether the fair values shown below represent values at which the respective financial instruments could be sold individually or in the aggregate.

     
March 31, 2012
 
   
Carrying
   
Fair
   
Heirarchy
 
   
Amount
   
Value
   
Level
 
   
(In Thousands)
 
Financial assets
                 
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 460,410     $ 460,410       1  
Held-to-maturity securities
    1,865       2,043       2  
Mortgage loans held for sale
    19,121       19,121       2  
Loans, net of allowance for loan losses
    2,119,054        2,122,121       3  
Accrued interest receivable
    12,828       12,828       3  
Investment in FHLB stock
    11,965       11,965       3  
 
Financial liabilities
                 
Deposits
    3,078,066        3,082,871       3  
FHLB advances
    147,102        151,742       3  
Short-term borrowings
    200,116       200,116       3  
Structured repurchase agreements
    53,077        61,607       3  
Subordinated debentures
    30,929       30,929       3  
Accrued interest payable
    2,014       2,014       3  
Unrecognized financial instruments
                       
(net of contractual value)
                       
Commitments to originate loans
                3  
Letters of credit
    66       66       3  
Lines of credit
                3  
 
   
December 31, 2011
       
   
Carrying
   
Fair
       
   
Amount
   
Value
       
   
                                           (In Thousands)
 
Financial assets
                 
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 380,249     $ 380,249          
Held-to-maturity securities
    1,865       2,101          
Mortgage loans held for sale
    28,920       28,920          
Loans, net of allowance for loan losses
    2,124,161       2,124,032          
Accrued interest receivable
    13,848       13,848          
Investment in FHLB stock
    12,088       12,088          
 
Financial liabilities
                   
Deposits
    2,963,539       2,966,874          
FHLB advances
    184,437       189,793          
Short-term borrowings
    217,397       217,397          
Structured repurchase agreements
    53,090       60,471          
Subordinated debentures
    30,929       30,929          
Accrued interest payable
    2,277       2,277          
Unrecognized financial instruments
                       
(net of contractual value)
                       
Commitments to originate loans
                   
Letters of credit
    84       84          
Lines of credit
                   


 
30
 
 
 
 
 
The following disclosure relates to financial assets for which it is not practicable for the Company to estimate the fair value at March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011.
 
FDIC Indemnification Asset : As part of the Purchase and Assumption Agreements, the Bank and the FDIC entered into loss sharing agreements. These agreements cover realized losses on loans and foreclosed real estate, which are more fully described in Note 8 .
 
Under the TeamBank agreement, the FDIC agreed to reimburse the Bank for 80% of the first $115 million in realized losses and 95% for realized losses that exceed $115 million.  The indemnification asset was originally recorded at fair value on the acquisition date (March 20, 2009) and at March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the carrying value was $20.9 million and $30.1 million, respectively.
 
Under the Vantus Bank agreement, the FDIC agreed to reimburse the Bank for 80% of the first $102 million in realized losses and 95% for realized losses that exceed $102 million.  The indemnification asset was originally recorded at fair value on the acquisition date (September 4, 2009) and at March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the carrying value of the FDIC indemnification asset was $16.6 million and $19.7 million, respectively.
 
Under the Sun Security Bank agreement, the FDIC agreed to reimburse the Bank for 80% of realized losses.  The indemnification asset was originally recorded at fair value on the acquisition date (October 7, 2011) and at March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the carrying value of the FDIC indemnification asset was $46.6 million and $58.2 million, respectively.
 
From the dates of acquisition, each of the three agreements extend ten years for 1-4 family real estate loans and five years for other loans.  The loss sharing assets are measured separately from the loan portfolios because they are not contractually embedded in the loans and are not transferable with the loans should the Bank choose to dispose of them.  Fair values on the acquisition dates were estimated using projected cash flows available for loss sharing based on the credit adjustments estimated for each loan pool and the loss sharing percentages.  These cash flows were discounted to reflect the uncertainty of the timing and receipt of the loss sharing reimbursements from the FDIC.  The loss sharing assets are also separately measured from the related foreclosed real estate.  Although the assets are contractual receivables from the FDIC, they do not have effective interest rates.  The Bank will collect the assets over the next several years.  The amount ultimately collected will depend on the timing and amount of collections and charge-offs on the acquired assets covered by the loss sharing agreements.  While the assets were recorded at their estimated fair values on the acquisition dates, it is not practicable to complete fair value analyses on a quarterly or annual basis.  Estimating the fair value of the FDIC indemnification asset would involve preparing fair value analyses of the entire portfolios of loans and foreclosed assets covered by the loss sharing agreements from all three acquisitions on a quarterly or annual basis.
 

 
NOTE 13:  DERIVATIVES AND HEDGING ACTIVITIES
 
 
Risk Management Objective of Using Derivatives
 
The Company is exposed to certain risks arising from both its business operations and economic conditions.  The Company principally manages its exposures to a wide variety of business and operational risks through management of its core business activities.  The Company manages economic risks, including interest rate, liquidity and credit risk, primarily by managing the amount, sources and duration of its assets and liabilities.  In the normal course of business, the Company may use derivative financial instruments (primarily interest rate swaps) from time to time to assist in its interest rate risk management.  However, the Company’s existing interest rate derivatives result from a service provided to certain qualifying loan customers and, therefore, are not used to manage interest rate risk in the Company’s assets or liabilities.  The Company manages a matched book with respect to its derivative instruments in order to minimize its net risk exposure resulting from such transactions.
 

 
31
 
 


The table below presents the fair value of the Company’s derivative financial instruments as well as their classification on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition:
 
 
Location in
 
Fair Value
 
 
Consolidated Statements
 
March 31,
   
December 31,
 
 
of Financial Condition
 
2012
   
2011
 
     
(In Thousands)
 
Asset Derivatives
             
Derivatives not designated
             
  as hedging instruments
             
               
Interest rate products
Prepaid expenses and other assets
  $ 490     $ 111  
                   
Total derivatives not designated
                 
  as hedging instruments
    $ 490     $ 111  
                   
Liability Derivatives
                 
Derivatives not designated
                 
  as hedging instruments
                 
                   
Interest rate products
Accrued expenses and other liabilities
  $ 403     $ 121  
                   
Total derivatives not designated
                 
as hedging instruments
    $ 403     $ 121  
                   
 
Nondesignated Hedges
 
None of the Company’s derivatives are designated in qualifying hedging relationships.  Derivatives not designated as hedges are not speculative and result from a service the Company provides to certain loan customers, which the Company implemented during the fourth quarter of 2011.  The Company executes interest rate swaps with commercial banking customers to facilitate their respective risk management strategies.  Those interest rate swaps are simultaneously hedged by offsetting interest rate swaps that the Company executes with a third party, such that the Company minimizes its net risk exposure resulting from such transactions.  As the interest rate swaps associated with this program do not meet the strict hedge accounting requirements, changes in the fair value of both the customer swaps and the offsetting swaps are recognized directly in earnings.  As of March 31, 2012, the Company had four interest rate swaps with an aggregate notional amount of $24.8 million related to this program.  During the period ended March 31, 2012, the Company recognized a net gain of $96,000 in noninterest income related to changes in the fair value of these swaps.
 
 
Agreements with Derivative Counterparties
 
The Company has agreements with its derivative counterparties containing certain provisions that must be met.  If the Company defaults on any of its indebtedness, including default where repayment of the indebtedness has not been accelerated by the lender, then the Company could also be declared in default on its derivative obligations.  If the Bank fails to maintain its status as a well / adequately capitalized institution, then the counterparty could terminate the derivative positions and the Company would be required to settle its obligations under the agreements.  Similarly, the Company could be required to settle its obligations under certain of its agreements if certain regulatory events occurred, such as the issuance of a formal directive, or if the Company’s credit rating is downgraded below a specified level.
 
As of March 31, 2012, the termination value of derivatives in a net asset position, which included accrued interest but excluded any adjustment for nonperformance risk, related to these agreements was $86,500.  The Company has minimum collateral posting thresholds with its derivative counterparties.  At March 31, 2012, the Company’s activity with its derivative counterparties had not yet met the level in which the minimum collateral posting thresholds take effect.  If the Company had breached any of these provisions at March 31, 2012, it could have been required to settle its obligations under the agreements at the termination value.
 


 
32
 
 


NOTE 14: SUBSEQUENT EVENT

On April 27, 2012, Great Southern Bank entered into a purchase and assumption agreement, including a loss sharing agreement, with the FDIC to purchase substantially all of the assets and assume substantially all of the deposits and other liabilities of Inter Savings Bank, FSB (“InterBank”), a full-service bank headquartered in Maple Gove, MN.  Established in 1965, InterBank operated four locations in three counties in the Minneapolis-St. Paul area.  Great Southern Bank assumed approximately $467 million of deposits of InterBank at no premium and purchased approximately $403 million in loans and $11 million of foreclosed assets at a discount of $60 million.  Under the loss sharing agreement the FDIC has agreed to cover 80% of the losses on the loans (excluding approximately $400,000 of consumer loans) and foreclosed assets purchased subject to certain limitations.  Also included in the assets purchased are cash and certain marketable securities of InterBank.  The Company anticipates recording the transaction in accordance with FASB ASC 805, Business Combinations , during the quarter ending June 30, 2012.  The transaction is anticipated to be accretive to income and equity for the quarter ending June 30, 2012.  Pricing on these types of FDIC-assisted transactions continues to be very competitive.  Despite this, as part of this transaction, we preliminarily expect to record a bargan purchase gain.  The Company expects to convert the InterBank operational systems into Great Southern’s systems in the third quarter of 2012, which will allow all Great Southern and former InterBank customers to conduct business at all banking centers throughout the Great Southern six-state franchise.  For further information, see the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the Company on May 1, 2012.  The Purchase and Assumption Agreement dated as of April 27, 2012 between the FDIC and the Bank is filed as Exhibit 2.1 to this report.



 
33
 
 

ITEM 2. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
Forward-looking Statements
 
When used in this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q and in other filings by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC"), in the Company's press releases or other public or shareholder communications, and in oral statements made with the approval of an authorized executive officer, the words or phrases "will likely result," "are expected to," "will continue," "is anticipated," "estimate," "project," "intends" or similar expressions are intended to identify "forward-looking statements" within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Such statements are subject to certain risks and uncertainties, including, among other things, (i) expected cost savings, synergies and other benefits from the Company’s merger and acquisition activities, including but not limited to the recently completed FDIC-assisted transactions involving Sun Security Bank and InterBank, might not be realized within the anticipated time frames or at all, the possibility that the amount of the gain the Company ultimately recognizes from these recent FDIC-assisted transactions will be materially different from the preliminary gain recorded, and costs or difficulties relating to integration matters, including but not limited to customer and employee retention, might be greater than expected; (ii) changes in economic conditions, either nationally or in the Company’s market areas; (iii) fluctuations in interest rates; (iv) the risks of lending and investing activities, including changes in the level and direction of loan delinquencies and write-offs and changes in estimates of the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses; (v) the possibility of other-than-temporary impairments of securities held in the Company’s securities portfolio; (vi) the Company’s ability to access cost-effective funding; (vii) fluctuations in real estate values and both residential and commercial real estate market conditions; (viii) demand for loans and deposits in the Company’s market areas; (ix) legislative or regulatory changes that adversely affect the Company’s business, including, without limitation, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and its implementing regulations, and the new overdraft protection regulations and customers’ responses thereto; (x) monetary and fiscal policies of the Federal Reserve Board and the U.S. Government and other governmental initiatives affecting the financial services industry; (xi) results of examinations of the Company and the Bank by their regulators, including the possibility that the regulators may, among other things, require the Company to increase its allowance for loan losses or to write-down assets; (xii) the uncertainties arising from the Company’s participation in the Small Business Lending Fund program, including uncertainties concerning the potential future redemption by us of the U.S. Treasury’s preferred stock investment under the program, including the timing of, regulatory approvals for, and conditions placed upon, any such redemption; (xiii) costs and effects of litigation, including settlements and judgments; and (xiv) competition.  The Company wishes to advise readers that the factors listed above and other risks described from time to time in the Company’s filings with the SEC could affect the Company's financial performance and could cause the Company's actual results for future periods to differ materially from any opinions or statements expressed with respect to future periods in any current statements.

The Company does not undertake-and specifically declines any obligation-to publicly release the result of any revisions which may be made to any forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date of such statements or to reflect the occurrence of anticipated or unanticipated events.

Critical Accounting Policies, Judgments and Estimates

The accounting and reporting policies of the Company conform with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States and general practices within the financial services industry. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and the accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Allowance for Loan Losses and Valuation of Foreclosed Assets
 
The Company believes that the determination of the allowance for loan losses involves a higher degree of judgment and complexity than its other significant accounting policies. The allowance for loan losses is calculated with the objective of maintaining an allowance level believed by management to be sufficient to absorb estimated loan losses. Management's determination of the adequacy of the allowance is based on periodic evaluations of the loan portfolio and other relevant factors. However, this evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires material estimates of,  among others, expected default probabilities, loss once loans default, expected commitment usage, the amounts and timing of expected future cash flows on impaired loans, value of collateral, estimated losses, and general amounts for historical loss experience.
 
 
 
34
 
 
 
 
 
The process also considers economic conditions, uncertainties in estimating losses and inherent risks in the loan portfolio. All of these factors may be susceptible to significant change. To the extent actual outcomes differ from management estimates, additional provisions for loan losses may be required which would adversely impact earnings. In addition, the Bank’s regulators could require additional provisions for loan losses as part of their examination process.
 
Additional discussion of the allowance for loan losses is included in the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011, under the section titled "Item 1. Business - Allowances for Losses on Loans and Foreclosed Assets." Inherent in this process is the evaluation of individual significant credit relationships. From time to time certain credit relationships may deteriorate due to payment performance, cash flow of the borrower, value of collateral, or other factors. In these instances, management may have to revise its loss estimates and assumptions for these specific credits due to changing circumstances. In some cases, additional losses may be realized; in other instances, the factors that led to the deterioration may improve or the credit may be refinanced elsewhere and allocated allowances may be released from the particular credit. For the periods included in the financial statements contained in this report, management's overall methodology for evaluating the allowance for loan losses has not changed significantly.
 
In addition, the Company considers that the determination of the valuations of foreclosed assets held for sale involves a high degree of judgment and complexity. The carrying value of foreclosed assets reflects management’s best estimate of the amount to be realized from the sales of the assets.  While the estimate is generally based on a valuation by an independent appraiser or recent sales of similar properties, the amount that the Company realizes from the sales of the assets could differ materially from the carrying value reflected in the financial statements, resulting in losses that could adversely impact earnings in future periods.

Carrying Value of FDIC-covered Loans and Indemnification Asset
 
The Company considers that the determination of the carrying value of loans acquired in the FDIC-assisted transactions and the carrying value of the related FDIC indemnification assets involve a high degree of judgment and complexity. The carrying value of the acquired loans and the FDIC indemnification assets reflect management’s best ongoing estimates of the amounts to be realized on each of these assets. The Company determined initial fair value accounting estimates of the assumed assets and liabilities in accordance with FASB ASC 805, Business Combinations . However, the amount that the Company realizes on these assets could differ materially from the carrying value reflected in its financial statements, based upon the timing of collections on the acquired loans in future periods. Because of the loss sharing agreements with the FDIC on these assets, the Company should not incur any significant losses. To the extent the actual values realized for the acquired loans are different from the estimates, the indemnification asset will generally be impacted in an offsetting manner due to the loss sharing support from the FDIC.  Subsequent to the initial valuation, the Company continues to monitor identified loan pools and related loss sharing assets for changes in estimated cash flows projected for the loan pools, anticipated credit losses and changes in the accretable yield.  Analysis of these variables requires significant estimates and a high degree of judgment.  See Note 8 “Loss Sharing Agreements and FDIC Indemnification Assets” included in Item 1 for additional information regarding the TeamBank, Vantus Bank and Sun Security Bank FDIC-assisted transactions.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill and intangibles assets that have indefinite useful lives are subject to an impairment test at least annually and more frequently if circumstances indicate their value may not be recoverable. Goodwill is tested for impairment using a process that estimates the fair value of each of the Company’s reporting units compared with its carrying value. The Company defines reporting units as a level below each of its operating segments for which there is discrete financial information that is regularly reviewed. As of March 31, 2012, the Company has two reporting units to which goodwill has been allocated – the Bank and the Travel division (which is a division of a subsidiary of the Bank). If the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying value, then no impairment is recorded. If the carrying value amount exceeds the fair value of a reporting unit, further testing is completed comparing the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill to its carrying value to measure the amount of impairment. Intangible assets that are not amortized will be tested for impairment at least annually by comparing the fair values of those assets to their carrying values. At March 31, 2012, goodwill consisted of $379,000 at the Bank reporting unit and $877,500 at the Travel reporting unit. Other identifiable intangible assets that are subject to amortization are amortized on a straight-line basis over periods ranging from three to seven years. At March 31, 2012, the amortizable intangible assets consisted of core deposit intangibles of $5.4 million at the Bank reporting unit and $12,000 of non-compete agreements at the Travel reporting
 
 
 
35
 
 
 
 
unit.  These amortizable intangible assets are reviewed for impairment if circumstances indicate their value may not be recoverable based on a comparison of fair value.

While the Company believes no impairment existed at March 31, 2012, different conditions or assumptions used to measure fair value of reporting units, or changes in cash flows or profitability, if significantly negative or unfavorable, could have a material adverse effect on the outcome of the Company’s impairment evaluation in the future.

Current Economic Conditions
 
The current economic environment presents financial institutions with unprecedented circumstances and challenges which in some cases have resulted in large declines in the fair values of investments and other assets, constraints on liquidity and significant credit quality problems, including severe volatility in the valuation of real estate and other collateral supporting loans.  The Company's financial statements have been prepared using values and information currently available to the Company.
 
Given the volatility of current economic conditions, the values of assets and liabilities recorded in the financial statements could change rapidly, resulting in material future adjustments in asset values, the allowance for loan losses, or capital that could negatively impact the Company’s ability to meet regulatory capital requirements and maintain sufficient liquidity.

Current economic conditions have impacted the markets in which we operate.  Throughout our market areas, the economic downturn negatively affected consumer confidence and elevated unemployment levels.  Consequently, average prices for existing home sales in the Midwest, which includes our market areas, were down 3.2% in 2011 over 2010 according to the National Association of Realtors.  In turn, this can potentially increase related losses upon foreclosure due to depressed values.  Higher vacancy rates have negatively impacted cash flows on commercial real estate loans.  Retail, office and industrial types of commercial real estate properties had vacancy rates that averaged 10.7%, 16.4% and 11.3%, respectively, in the Company’s primary markets for 2011 according to real estate services firms CBRE and Cassidy Turley.  These vacancy rates in the Company’s primary markets are up from averages of 9.6%, 15.1% and 8.8%, respectively, for 2007, prior to the economic downturn.  According to real estate services firms Colliers International, Jones Lang LaSalle and Cassidy Turley, national averages were 10.9%, 17.6% and 9.1%, respectively, for 2011, up from 10.0%, 15.0% and 8.2% for 2007, prior to the economic downturn.  Increased vacancy rates for commercial real estate properties can correlate to fewer commercial land development sales because of the risk involved in developing these types of properties when similar completed properties have vacancies.  The Missouri unemployment rate declined during the year ended December 31, 2011 from 9.6% at December 31, 2010 to 8.0% at December 31, 2011, on a preliminary basis, and was below the national average of 8.5% at December 31, 2011.  The Iowa and Kansas unemployment rates also declined during the year ended December 31, 2011 from 6.1% and 6.8% at December 31, 2010, respectively, to 5.6% and 6.3%, on a preliminary basis, at December 31, 2011, respectively.  Loan types specifically impacted by certain market areas in Missouri include loans secured by condominiums and condominium development in the St. Louis, Central Missouri and Branson market areas.  Borrowers with loans secured by condominiums and condominium development are now changing business strategies to remarket units for rent as opposed to sale.  The St. Louis market area has experienced the highest level of unemployment among our market areas, with unemployment rates at 8.3%, on a preliminary basis, and 9.4% at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.  However, we have a minimal level of one- to four-family residential and consumer loans in this market and the negative impact of the economy specific to this area has generally been in condominium loans as previously discussed. The unemployment rate for the Springfield market area was below the national average, on a preliminary basis, at 6.8% at December 31, 2011, and overall lending activity has improved somewhat but is still below historic levels.  Economic conditions have not changed significantly during the first quarter of 2012.
 
General
 
The profitability of the Company and, more specifically, the profitability of its primary subsidiary, Great Southern Bank (the "Bank"), depends primarily on its net interest income, as well as provisions for loan losses and the level of non-interest income and non-interest expense. Net interest income is the difference between the interest income the Bank earns on its loan and investment portfolios, and the interest it pays on interest-bearing liabilities, which consists mainly of interest paid on deposits and borrowings. Net interest income is affected by the relative amounts of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities and the interest rates earned or paid on these balances. When interest-earning assets approximate or exceed interest-bearing liabilities, any positive interest rate spread will generate net interest income.
 
 
 
36
 
 
 
 
 
In the three months ended March 31, 2012, Great Southern's total assets increased $68.4 million, or 1.8%, from $3.79 billion at December 31, 2011, to $3.86 billion at March 31, 2012. Full details of the current period changes in total assets are provided in the “Comparison of Financial Condition at March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011” section of this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q.

Loans.   In the three months ended March 31, 2012, net loans decreased $5.1 million, or 0.2%, from $2.124 billion at December 31, 2011, to $2.119 billion at March 31, 2012. The decrease was primarily due to $43.5 million in reductions in FDIC-covered loan portfolios.  Excluding covered loans and mortgage loans held for sale, total loans increased $38.4 million, primarily due to increases in commercial real estate loans of $15.5 million, or 2.4%, and multi-family residential mortgage loans of $27.1 million, or 11.1%.  Offsetting these increases were decreases in net loans acquired through the 2009 and 2011 FDIC-assisted transactions of $43.5 million, or 11.0%, through repayments by the borrower, transfers to foreclosed assets or charge-offs to customer loan balances.  As loan demand is affected by a variety of factors, including general economic conditions, and because of the competition we face and our focus on pricing discipline and credit quality, we cannot be assured that our loan growth will match or exceed the level of increases achieved in prior years.  Based upon the current lending environment and economic conditions, the Company does not expect to grow the overall loan portfolio significantly, at this time.  The Company's strategy continues to be focused on maintaining credit risk and interest rate risk at appropriate levels.
 
While our policy allows us to lend up to 95% of the appraised value on single-family properties and up to 90% on two- to four-family residential properties, originations of loans with loan-to-value ratios at that level are minimal.  When they are made at those levels, private mortgage insurance is typically required for loan amounts above the 80% level or our analyses determined minimal risk to be involved and therefore these loans are not considered to have more risk to us than other residential loans.  We consider these lending practices to be consistent with or more conservative than what we believe to be the norm for banks our size.  At March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, an estimated 0.6% of total owner occupied one- to four-family residential loans had loan-to-value ratios above 100% at origination.  At March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, an estimated 0.6% and 0.4%, respectively, of total non-owner occupied one- to four-family residential loans had loan-to-value ratios above 100% at origination.

At March 31, 2012 troubled debt restructurings totaled $62.2 million, or 2.8% of total loans, up $4.1 million from $58.1 million, or 2.7% of total loans, at December 31, 2011.  This increase is primarily due to the economic downturn and the resulting increased number of borrowers experiencing financial difficulty.  Concessions granted to borrowers experiencing financial difficulties may include a reduction in the interest rate on the loan, payment extensions, forgiveness of principal, forbearance or other actions intended to maximize collection.  While the types of concessions made have not changed as a result of the economic recession, the number of concessions granted has increased as reflected in the increase in troubled debt restructurings.  During the three months ended March 31, 2012, no loans were restructured into multiple new loans.  During the year ended December 31, 2011, twelve loans totaling $41.0 million were each restructured into multiple new loans.  For further information on troubled debt restructurings, see Note 7 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements contained in this report.

The loss sharing agreements with the FDIC are subject to limitations on the types of losses covered and the length of time losses are covered, and are conditioned upon the Bank complying with its requirements in the agreements with the FDIC including requirements regarding servicing and other loan administration matters.  The loss sharing agreements extend for ten years for single family real estate loans and for five years for other loans.  At March 31, 2012, approximately seven years remain on the loss sharing agreement for single family real estate loans acquired from TeamBank and the remaining loans have an estimated average life of two to eleven years.  At March 31, 2012, approximately eight years remain on the loss sharing agreement for single family real estate loans acquired from Vantus Bank and the remaining loans have an estimated average life of two to fourteen years.  At March 31, 2012, approximately 10 years remain on the loss sharing agreement for single family real estate loans acquired from Sun Security Bank and the remaining loans have an estimated average life of eight years.  At March 31, 2012, approximately two years remain on the loss sharing agreement for non-single family loans acquired from TeamBank and the remaining loans have an estimated average life of two to three years.  At March 31, 2012, approximately three years remain on the loss sharing agreement for non-single family loans acquired from Vantus Bank and the remaining loans have an estimated average life of two to five years.  At March 31, 2012, approximately five years remain on the loss sharing agreement for non-single family loans acquired from Sun Security Bank and the remaining loans have an estimated average life of three years.  While the expected repayments for certain of the acquired loans extend beyond the terms of the loss sharing agreements, the Bank has identified and will continue to identify problem loans and will make every effort to resolve them within the time limits of the agreements.  The Company may sell any loans remaining at the end of the loss sharing agreement subject to the approval of the FDIC.  Acquired loans are currently included in
 
 
 
37
 
 
 
 
the analysis and estimation of the allowance for loan losses, and through March 31, 2012, have had minimal impact on the allowance.  However, when the loss sharing agreements end, the allowance for loan losses related to any acquired loans retained in the portfolio may need to increase.  The loss sharing agreements and their related limitations are described in detail in Note 8 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in this report.

The level of non-performing loans and foreclosed assets affects our net interest income and net income. While we did not have an overall high level of charge-offs on our non-performing loans prior to 2008, we generally do not accrue interest income on these loans and do not recognize interest income until the loans are repaid or interest payments have been made for a period of time sufficient to provide evidence of performance on the loans. Generally, the higher the level of non-performing assets, the greater the negative impact on interest income and net income.  We expect the loan loss provision, non-performing assets and foreclosed assets will generally remain elevated and will fluctuate from period to period.  In addition, expenses related to the credit resolution process could also remain elevated.
 
Available-for-sale Securities.   In the three months ended March 31, 2012, Great Southern's available-for-sale securities decreased $1.1 million, or .1%, from $875.4 million at December 31, 2011, to $874.3 million at March 31, 2012.  The decrease was primarily due to calls and sales of state and political subdivision bonds which decreased $6.4 million, or 4.3%.

Cash and Cash Equivalents.   Great Southern had cash and cash equivalents of $460.4 million at March 31, 2012, an increase of $80.2 million, or 21.1%, from $380.2 million at December 31, 2011. The increase in cash and cash equivalents during the period was due an increase in total deposits, primarily due to seasonal deposits of specific Bank customers.
 
Deposits.   The Company attracts deposit accounts through its retail branch network, correspondent banking and corporate services areas, and brokered deposits. The Company then utilizes these deposit funds, along with Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLBank) advances and other borrowings, to meet loan demand or otherwise fund its activities. In the three months ended March 31, 2012, total deposit balances increased $114.5 million, or 3.9%.  Transaction accounts increased $82.5 million, while total brokered deposits (excluding CDARS accounts) decreased $28.5 million and retail certificates of deposit decreased $1.6 million. Great Southern Bank customer deposits totaling $278.4 million and $216.3 million, at March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively, were part of the CDARS program which allows bank customers to maintain balances in an insured manner that would otherwise exceed the FDIC deposit insurance limit. The FDIC considers these customer accounts to be brokered deposits due to the fees paid in the CDARS program.  The Company did not actively try to grow CDARS customer deposits during the current period and decreased interest rates offered on these deposits during the three months ended March 31, 2012.  The increase in deposits of $114.5 million at March 31, 2012 over December 31, 2011 was in comparison to the decrease in net loans of $5.1 million for the same periods as cash and cash equivalents were increased due to the increase in deposits.  If loan demand trends upward in future periods, rates paid on deposits can be increased to increase deposit balances and the utilization of brokered deposits can be increased to provide additional funding, if necessary. However, the level of competition for deposits in our markets is high. While it is our goal to gain checking account and retail certificate of deposit market share in our branch footprint, we cannot be assured of this in future periods. In addition, increasing rates paid on deposits could negatively impact the Company’s net interest margin.  As discussed below, because the Federal Funds rate is already very low, there may be a negative impact on the Company’s net interest income due to the Company’s inability to lower its funding costs significantly in the current low interest rate environment, while interest rates on assets may decline further.

Total brokered deposits, excluding the CDARS accounts discussed above, were $19.8 million at March 31, 2012, down from $48.3 million at December 31, 2011. The decrease was the result of brokered deposits that matured during the period.
 
Our ability to fund growth in future periods may also depend on our ability to continue to access brokered deposits and FHLBank advances. In times when our loan demand has outpaced our generation of new deposits, we have utilized brokered deposits and FHLBank advances to fund these loans. These funding sources have been attractive to us because we can create variable rate funding, if desired, which more closely matches the variable rate nature of much of our loan portfolio. While we do not currently anticipate that our ability to access these sources will be reduced or eliminated in future periods, if this should happen, the limitation on our ability to fund additional loans could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
Net Interest Income and Interest Rate Risk Management.   Our net interest income may be affected positively or negatively by market interest rate changes. A large portion of our loan portfolio is tied to the "prime rate" and adjusts
 
 
 
38
 
 
 
 
immediately when this rate adjusts (subject to the effect of loan interest rate floors, which are discussed below). We monitor our sensitivity to interest rate changes on an ongoing basis (see "Item 3. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk").  In addition, our net interest income may be impacted by changes in the cash flows expected to be received from acquired loan pools.  As previously described in Note 8 , the Company’s evaluation of cash flows expected to be received from acquired loan pools is on-going and increases in cash flow expectations are recognized as increases in accretable yield through interest income.  Decreases in cash flow expectations are recognized as impairments through the allowance for loan losses.
 
The current level and shape of the interest rate yield curve poses challenges for interest rate risk management. The FRB last cut interest rates on December 16, 2008. Great Southern has a significant portfolio of loans which are tied to a "prime rate" of interest. Some of these loans are tied to some national index of "prime," while most are indexed to "Great Southern prime." The Company has elected to leave its “Great Southern prime rate” of interest at 5.00%. This does not affect a large number of customers, as a majority of the loans indexed to “Great Southern prime” are already at interest rate floors which are provided for in individual loan documents. But for the interest rate floors, a rate cut by the FRB generally would have an anticipated immediate negative impact on the Company’s net interest income due to the large total balance of loans which generally adjust immediately as the Federal Funds rate adjusts. Loans at their floor rates are subject to the risk that borrowers will seek to refinance elsewhere at the lower market rate, however.  Because the Federal Funds rate is already very low, there may also be a negative impact on the Company's net interest income due to the Company's inability to lower its funding costs significantly in the current environment, although interest rates on assets may decline further. Conversely, interest rate increases would normally result in increased interest rates on our prime-based loans.  The interest rate floors in effect may limit the immediate increase in interest rates on these loans, until such time as rates rise above the floors.  However, the Company may have to increase rates paid on deposits to maintain deposit balances and pay higher rates on borrowings.  The impact of the low rate environment on our net interest margin in future periods is expected to be fairly neutral.  As our time deposits mature in future periods, we expect to be able to continue to reduce rates somewhat as they renew.  However, any margin gained by these rate reductions is likely to be offset by reduced yields from our investment securities as payments are made on our mortgage-backed securities and the proceeds are reinvested at lower rates.  Similarly, interest rates on adjustable rate loans may reset lower according to their contractual terms and new loans may be originated at lower market rates.  For further discussion of the processes used to manage our exposure to interest rate risk, see Item 3. “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk – How We Measure the Risks to Us Associated with Interest Rate Changes.”

The negative impact of declining loan interest rates has been mitigated by the positive effects of the Company’s loans which have interest rate floors. At March 31, 2012, the Company had a portfolio (excluding the loans acquired in the FDIC-assisted transactions) of prime-based loans totaling approximately $803 million with rates that change immediately with changes to the prime rate of interest. Of this total, $683 million also had interest rate floors. These floors were at varying rates, with $49 million of these loans having floor rates of 7.0% or greater and another $553 million of these loans having floor rates between 5.0% and 7.0%. At March 31, 2012, all of these loans were at their floor rates.  The loan yield for the total loan portfolio was approximately 256 basis points higher than the national “prime rate of interest” at March 31, 2012, partly because of these interest rate floors.  While interest rate floors have had an overall positive effect on the Company’s results during this period, they do subject the Company to the risk that borrowers will elect to refinance their loans with other lenders.  To the extent economic conditions improve, the likelihood that borrowers will seek to refinance their loans increases.
 
Non-Interest Income and Operating Expenses.   The Company's profitability is also affected by the level of its non-interest income and operating expenses. Non-interest income consists primarily of service charges and ATM fees, commissions earned by our travel, insurance and investment divisions, accretion income (net of amortization) related to the FDIC-assisted acquisitions, late charges and prepayment fees on loans, gains on sales of loans and available-for-sale investments and other general operating income.  In 2012 and 2011, increases in the cash flows expected to be collected from the FDIC-covered loan portfolios resulted in amortization (expense) recorded relating to reductions of expected reimbursements under the loss sharing agreements with the FDIC, which are recorded as indemnification assets.  Non-interest income may also be affected by the Company's interest rate hedging activities, if the Company chooses to implement hedges.  On July 1, 2011, a federal rule went into effect which prohibits a financial institution from automatically enrolling customers in overdraft protection programs, on ATM and one-time debit card transactions, unless a consumer consents, or opts in, to the overdraft service.  As expected, this federal rule has adversely affected the amount of non-interest income we generate. Operating expenses consist primarily of salaries and employee benefits, occupancy-related expenses, expenses related to foreclosed assets, postage, FDIC deposit insurance, advertising and public relations, telephone, professional fees, office expenses and other general operating expenses.  Details of the current period changes in non-interest income and non-interest expense are provided in the
 
 
 
39
 
 
 
 
“Results of Operations and Comparison for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2012 and 2011” section of this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q.

Effect of Federal Laws and Regulations

General.   Federal legislation and regulation significantly affect the banking operations of the Company and the Bank, and have increased competition among commercial banks, savings institutions, mortgage banking enterprises and other financial institutions. In particular, the capital requirements and operations of regulated depository institutions such as the Company and the Bank have been and will be subject to changes in applicable statutes and regulations from time to time, which changes could, under certain circumstances, adversely affect the Company or the Bank.

Legislation Impacting the Financial Services Industry.   On July 21, 2010, sweeping financial regulatory reform legislation entitled the “Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act” (the “Dodd-Frank Act”) was signed into law. The Dodd-Frank Act implements far-reaching changes across the financial regulatory landscape, including provisions that, among other things, will provide increased consumer financial protection, amend capital requirements for financial institutions, change the assessment base for federal deposit insurance, repeal the federal prohibitions on the payment of interest on demand deposits, amend the account balance limit for federal deposit insurance protection, and increase the authority of the Federal Reserve Board.

Many aspects of the Dodd-Frank Act are subject to rulemaking and will take effect over several years, making it difficult to anticipate the overall financial impact on the Company and the financial services industry more generally. Provisions in the legislation that affect deposit insurance assessments, and payment of interest on demand deposits could increase the costs associated with deposits. Provisions in the legislation that require revisions to the capital requirements of the Company and the Bank could require the Company and the Bank to seek additional sources of capital in the future.

A provision of the Dodd-Frank Act, commonly referred to as the “Durbin Amendment,” directed the FRB to analyze the debit card payments system and fix the interchange rates based upon their estimate of actual costs. The FRB has established the interchange rate for all debit transactions for issuers with over $10 billion in assets, effective October 1, 2011, at $0.21 per transaction. An additional five basis points of the transaction amount and an additional $0.01 may be collected by the issuer for fraud prevention and recovery, provided the issuer performs certain actions.  Although the Bank is currently exempt from the provisions of the rule on the basis of asset size, there is some uncertainty about the impact there will be on the interchange rates for issuers below the $10 billion level of assets.

In December 2010 and January 2011, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision published the final texts of reforms on capital and liquidity generally referred to as “Basel III.”  Although Basel III is intended to be implemented by participating countries for large, internationally active banks, its provisions are likely to be considered by United States banking regulators in developing new regulations applicable to other banks in the United States, including Great Southern.  For banks in the United States, among the provisions concerning capital are: (i) a minimum ratio of common equity to risk-weighted assets reaching 4.5%, plus an additional 2.5% as a capital conservation buffer, by 2019 after a phase-in period; (ii) a minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets reaching 6.0% by 2019 after a phase-in period; (iii) a minimum ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets, plus the additional 2.5% capital conservation buffer, reaching 10.5% by 2019 after a phase -in period; (iv) an additional countercyclical capital buffer to be imposed by applicable national banking regulators periodically at their discretion, with advance notice; and (v) restrictions on capital distributions and discretionary bonuses applicable when capital ratios fall within the buffer zone.

Although Basel III is described as a “final text,” it is subject to the resolution of certain issues and to further guidance and modification, as well as to adoption by United States banking regulators, including decisions as to whether and to what extent it will apply to United States banks that are not large, internationally active banks.

Business Initiatives

As part of its long-term strategic plan, the Company anticipates opening two to three banking centers per year as conditions warrant. In February 2012, the Company opened a new banking center in O’Fallon, Mo., a suburb of St. Louis. Great Southern Travel moved its St. Peters office into the O’Fallon office as well. The O’Fallon facility was a former bank office of another bank and provided expedient entry into this market.  The Company now operates seven banking centers in the St. Louis metro area.
 
 
 
40
 
 
 

 
Construction was recently completed on a new banking center on West Kearney in north Springfield that replaced a leased location approximately one block east of the site. This banking center’s customer transaction volume is one of the highest in the Company’s franchise.
 
Construction is nearly complete on a new banking center on West 135 th Street in Olathe, Kan., in an established retail business district. This new banking center will replace the Company’s current banking center at 11120 South Lone Elm Road, which is located in a lesser developed area of Olathe. Great Southern Travel will move its current Olathe office to the new facility. The new facility is expected to open on May 14, 2012.

In January 2012, the Company launched a new smartphone application for iPhone and Android users providing customers another channel for accessing their accounts. Text banking and tablet computer applications are under development for customers’ convenience and are expected to be available in the third quarter of 2012.

Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. will hold its 23rd Annual Meeting of Shareholders at 10:00 a.m. CDT on Wednesday, May 16, 2012, at the Great Southern Operations Center, 218 S. Glenstone, Springfield, Mo.  Holders of Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. common stock at the close of business on the record date, March 1, 2012, can vote at the annual meeting, either in person or by proxy. Material to be presented at the Annual Meeting will be available on the company’s website, www.GreatSouthernBank.com , prior to the start of the meeting.
 
The common stock of Great Southern Bancorp, Inc., is listed on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “GSBC”. The last reported sale price of GSBC common stock in the quarter ended March 31, 2012, was $24.00.

Headquartered in Springfield, Mo., Great Southern offers a broad range of banking, investment, insurance and travel services to customers and clients. The Company operates 103 banking centers and more than 200 ATMs in Missouri, Arkansas, Iowa, Kansas and Nebraska.

Comparison of Financial Condition at March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011

During the three months ended March 31, 2012, the Company increased total assets by $68.4 million to $3.86 billion.  Most of the increase was attributable to increases in cash and cash equivalents, prepaid expenses and other assets and net premises and equipment, partially offset by decreases in net loans, mortgage loans held for sale and the FDIC indemnification asset.  Net loans decreased $5.1 million from December 31, 2011, to $2.12 billion at March 31, 2012.  The decrease was primarily due to $43.5 million in reductions in FDIC-covered loan portfolios.  Excluding covered loans and mortgage loans held for sale, total loans increased $38.4 million, primarily due to increases in commercial real estate loans of $15.5 million, or 2.4%, and multi-family residential mortgage loans of $27.1 million, or 11.1%.  Offsetting these increases were decreases in net loans acquired through the 2009 and 2011 FDIC-assisted transactions of $43.5 million, or 11.0%.  The Company's strategy continues to be focused on maintaining credit risk and interest rate risk at appropriate levels given the current credit and economic environments.  Based upon the current lending environment and economic conditions, the Company does not expect to grow the overall loan portfolio significantly, at this time.  Cash and cash equivalents increased $80.2 million as compared to December 31, 2011, as the Company had excess liquidity due to increases in deposits and slower loan demand.  The Company may maintain a higher level of cash and cash equivalents for the time being as excess liquidity in these uncertain times for the U.S. economy and the banking industry, subject to funding activities which are discussed below, and recognizing that this could potentially have the effect of suppressing net interest margin and net interest income.

Prepaid expenses and other assets increased $20.8 million as compared to December 31, 2011, primarily due to an increase in the amounts due from the FDIC related to losses recoverable under the purchase and assumption with loss share agreements for Sun Security Bank and Team Bank, N.A.  The Company’s net premises and equipment increased $8.7 million as compared to December 31, 2011.  The primary reason for the increase was the purchase of approximately $6.1 million of fixed assets from the FDIC for the Sun Security branch locations.  Also contributing to the increase were the new locations added in response to the growth of the Company and to provide for future growth.

The FDIC indemnification asset decreased $23.9 million from December 31, 2011 due primarily to billing and collection of realized losses and amortization relating to the reduction in expected reimbursements under the loss sharing agreements previously discussed in Note 8 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Total liabilities increased $61.4 million from December 31, 2011 to $3.53 billion at March 31, 2012.  The increase was primarily attributable to increases in deposits, partially offset by decreases in Federal Home Loan Bank advances
 
 
 
41
 
 
 
 
and securities sold under reverse repurchase agreements with customers.  Total deposits increased $114.5 million from December 31, 2011.  Transaction account balances increased $82.5 million to $1.78 billion at March 31, 2012, up from $1.69 billion at December 31, 2011 while retail certificates of deposit decreased $1.6 million to $1.002 billion at March 31, 2012, down from $1.004 billion at December 31, 2011.  Since the second quarter of 2010, the Company’s transaction account balances have trended upward while retail certificates of deposit have trended downward because of customer preference to have immediate access to funds during the current low interest rate environment.  Total brokered deposits (excluding CDARS customer account balances) were $19.8 million at March 31, 2012, compared to $48.3 million at December 31, 2011.  The decrease was the result of brokered deposits that matured during the quarter.  In addition, at March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, Great Southern Bank customer deposits totaling $278.4 million and $216.3 million, respectively, were part of the CDARS program which allows bank customers to maintain balances in an insured manner that would otherwise exceed the FDIC deposit insurance limit. The FDIC counts these deposits as brokered, but these are deposit accounts that we generate with customers in our local markets. The Company did not actively try to grow CDARS customer deposits during the current period and decreased interest rates offered on these deposits during the three months ended March 31, 2012.  Securities sold under reverse repurchase agreements with customers decreased $17.1 million from December 31, 2011 as these balances fluctuate over time.  FHLBank advances decreased $37.3 million from December 31, 2011. The Company elected to repay $30.0 million of FHLB advances which were assumed as part of the Sun Security transaction.  The penalties incurred to repay these advances were primarily accounted for as part of the purchase accounting adjustments at the time of acquisition, resulting in no additional material expense in the three months ended March 31, 2012.  The level of FHLBank advances also fluctuates depending on growth in the Company's loan portfolio and other funding needs and sources available to the Company. Most of the Company’s FHLBank advances are fixed-rate advances that cannot be repaid prior to maturity without incurring significant penalties.

Total stockholders' equity increased $7.0 million from $324.6 million at December 31, 2011 to $331.6 million at March 31, 2012.  The Company recorded net income of $7.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012, common and preferred dividends declared were $2.6 million and accumulated other comprehensive gain increased $1.6 million.  The increase in accumulated other comprehensive gain resulted from increases in the fair value of the Company's available-for-sale investment securities.  In addition, total stockholders’ equity increased $342,000 due to stock option exercises.

Results of Operations and Comparison for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2012 and 2011

General

Net income was $7.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012 compared to net income of $5.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2011. This increase of $1.6 million, or 27.2%, was primarily due to an increase in non-interest income of $10.2 million, or 578%, and a decrease in provision for income taxes of $1.0 million, or 54.7%, partially offset by a decrease in net interest income of $2.6 million, or 6.6%, an increase in non-interest expense of $5.2 million, or 24.1%, and an increase in provision for loan losses of $1.9 million, or 22.9%.  Net income available to common shareholders was $7.4 million and $5.0 million for the quarters ended March 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Total Interest Income
 
Total interest income decreased $4.4 million, or 8.9%, during the three months ended March 31, 2012 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2011.  The decrease was due to a $4.2 million decrease in interest income on loans and a $176,000 decrease in interest income on investments and other interest-earning assets.  Interest income on loans decreased primarily due to a reduction in the increases in expected cash flows to be received from the FDIC-acquired loan pools and the resulting adjustment to accretable yield which were previously discussed in Note 8 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.   Interest income from investment securities and other interest-earning assets decreased during the three months ended March 31, 2012 primarily due to lower average rates of interest. The lower average investment yields were primarily a result of lower yields on mortgage-backed securities as interest rates reset downward.  Prepayments on the mortgages underlying these securities resulted in amortization of premiums which also reduced yields.

Interest Income – Loans
 
During the three months ended March 31, 2012 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2011, interest income on loans decreased due to lower average interest rates, partially offset by increased average balances. Interest income
 
 
 
42
 
 
 
 
decreased $9.7 million as a result of lower average interest rates on loans.  The average yield on loans decreased from 8.86% during the three months ended March 31, 2011, to 6.96% during the three months ended March 31, 2012.  This decrease was due to a decrease in additional yield accretion recognized in conjunction with the fair value of the loan pools acquired in the 2009 FDIC-assisted transactions as previously discussed in Note 8 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.  On an on-going basis the Company estimates the cash flows expected to be collected from the acquired loan pools. This cash flows estimate has increased each quarter beginning with the third quarter of 2010, based on the payment histories and reduced loss expectations of the loan pools, resulting in a total of $87.2 million of adjustments to be spread on a level-yield basis over the remaining expected lives of the loan pools. The increases in expected cash flows also reduced the amount of expected reimbursements under the loss sharing agreements with the FDIC, which are recorded as indemnification assets. Therefore, the expected indemnification assets have also been reduced each quarter since the third quarter of 2010, resulting in a total of $76.6 million of adjustments to be amortized on a comparable basis over the remainder of the loss sharing agreements or the remaining expected life of the loan pools, whichever is shorter.  For the quarters ended March 31, 2012 and 2011, the adjustments increased interest income by $6.2 million and $12.7 million, respectively, and decreased non-interest income by $4.5 million and $11.3 million, respectively.  The net impact to pre-tax income was $1.6 million and $1.4 million, respectively, for the quarters ended March 31, 2012 and 2011.  Because the adjustments will be recognized over the estimated remaining lives of the loan pools and the remainder of the loss sharing agreements, respectively, they will impact future periods as well.  As of March 31, 2012, the remaining accretable yield adjustment that will affect interest income is $13.2 million and the remaining adjustment to the indemnification assets that will affect non-interest income (expense) is $(11.1) million.  Of the remaining adjustments, we expect to recognize $7.9 million of interest income and $(6.7) million of non-interest income (expense) in the remainder of 2012.  These amounts do not account for any adjustments that may occur relating to the InterBank transaction, which was completed subsequent to March 31, 2012.  Apart from the yield accretion, the average yield on loans was 5.83% for the three months ended March 31, 2012, down from 6.19% for the three months ended March 31, 2011, as a result of both normal amortization of higher-rate loans and new loans that were made at current lower market rates.

Interest income increased $5.5 million as the result of higher average loan balances which increased from $1.93 billion during the quarter ended March 31, 2011, to $2.19 billion during the quarter ended March 31, 2012. The higher average balance resulted primarily from the acquisition of Sun Security Bank in October 2011.

Interest Income – Investments and Other Interest-earning Assets
 
Interest income on investments and other interest-earning assets decreased in the three months ended March 31, 2012 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2011. Interest income decreased $735,000 due to a decrease in average interest rates from 2.29% during the three months ended March 31, 2011, to 2.14% during the three months ended March 31, 2012. Interest income increased $559,000 as a result of an increase in average balances from $1.23 billion during the three months ended March 31, 2011, to $1.26 billion during the three months ended March 31, 2012.  Average balances of securities increased due to the Sun Security Bank acquisition while average interest-earning deposits increased slightly due to an increase in average interest-bearing deposits.

The Company’s interest-earning deposits and non-interest-earning cash equivalents currently earn very low or no yield and therefore negatively impact the Company’s net interest margin. At March 31, 2012, the Company had cash and cash equivalents of $460.4 million compared to $380.2 million at December 31, 2011. See "Net Interest Income" for additional information on the impact of this interest activity.

Total Interest Expense
 
Total interest expense decreased $1.8 million, or 18.3%, during the three months ended March 31, 2012, when compared with the three months ended March 31, 2011, due to a decrease in interest expense on deposits of $1.7 million, or 22.7%, a decrease in interest expense on FHLBank advances of $23,000, or 1.8%, and a decrease in interest expense on short-term and structured repo borrowings of $69,000, or 9.1%, partially offset by an increase in interest expense on subordinated debentures issued to capital trusts of $19,000, or 13.6%.

Interest Expense – Deposits
 
Interest expense on demand deposits decreased $322,000 due to a decrease in average rates from 0.78% during the three months ended March 31, 2011, to 0.67% during the three months ended March 31, 2012. The average interest rates decreased due to lower overall market rates of interest since March 31, 2011 and because the Company chose to pay lower rates during the three months ended March 31, 2012 when compared to the same period in 2011. Market
 
 
 
43
 
 
 
 
rates of interest on checking and money market accounts have decreased since late 2007 when the FRB began reducing short-term interest rates.  Interest expense on demand deposits increased $284,000 due to an increase in average balances from $1.09 billion during the three months ended March 31, 2011, to $1.24 billion during the three months ended March 31, 2012. The increase in average balances of demand deposits was primarily a result of the acquisition of Sun Security Bank and customer preference to transition from time deposits to demand deposits.
 
Interest expense on time deposits decreased $1.6 million as a result of a decrease in average rates of interest from 1.66% during the three months ended March 31, 2011, to 1.15% during the three months ended March 31, 2012.  A large portion of the Company’s certificate of deposit portfolio matures within one year and so reprices fairly quickly; this is consistent with the portfolio over the past several years.  Interest expense on deposits decreased $59,000 due to a decrease in average balances of time deposits from $1.32 billion during the three months ended March 31, 2011, to $1.30 billion during the three months ended March 31, 2012.  As previously mentioned, the decrease in average balances of time deposits was partly the result of customer preference to transition from time deposits to demand deposits.  Also contributing to the decrease was the redemption of brokered deposits that matured during the quarter.

The Dodd-Frank Act repealed the federal prohibitions on the payment of interest on demand deposits, thereby permitting depository institutions to pay interest on business transaction and other accounts beginning July 21, 2011. Although the ultimate impact of this legislation on the Company has not yet been determined, the Company expects interest costs associated with demand deposits may increase as a result of competitor responses to this change.
 
Interest Expense – FHLBank Advances, Short-term Borrowings and Structured Repo Borrowings and Subordinated Debentures Issued to Capital Trusts
 
During the three months ended March 31, 2012 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2011, interest expense on FHLBank advances decreased due to lower average interest rates, partially offset by higher average balances. Interest expense on FHLBank advances decreased $232,000 due to a decrease in average interest rates from 3.44% in the three months ended March 31, 2011, to 2.86% in the three months ended March 31, 2012.  Most of the remaining advances are fixed-rate and are subject to penalty if paid off prior to maturity.  Interest expense on FHLBank advances increased $209,000 due to an increase in average balances from $153 million during the three months ended March 31, 2011, to $179 million during the three months ended March 31, 2012. This increase was due to the FHLB advances assumed in the Sun Security Bank transaction.

Interest expense on short-term and structured repo borrowings decreased $130,000 due to a decrease in average balances from $322 million during the three months ended March 31, 2011, to $269 million during the three months ended March 31, 2012. The decrease in balances of short-term borrowings was primarily due to decreases in average securities sold under repurchase agreements with the Company's deposit customers which tend to fluctuate. Interest expense on short-term and structured repo borrowings increased $61,000 due to an increase in average rates on short-term borrowings from 0.95% in the three months ended March 31, 2011, to 1.03% in the three months ended March 31, 2012.

Interest expense on subordinated debentures issued to capital trusts increased $19,000 due to an increase in average rates from 1.84% in the three months ended March 31, 2011, to 2.07% in the three months ended March 31, 2012.  These debentures are not subject to an interest rate swap; however, they are variable-rate debentures and bear interest at an average rate of three-month LIBOR plus 1.57%, adjusting quarterly.

Net Interest Income
 
Net interest income for the three months ended March 31, 2012 decreased $2.6 million to $36.8 million compared to $39.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2011. Net interest margin was 4.29% in the three months ended March 31, 2012, compared to 5.05% in the three months ended March 31, 2011, a decrease of 76 basis points, or 15.0%.  In the comparable three-month periods, the Company’s margin was positively impacted primarily by the increases in expected cash flows to be received from the FDIC-acquired loan pools and the resulting increase to accretable yield which were previously discussed in Note 8 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.   The positive impact of these changes on the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011 were increases in interest income of $6.2 million and $12.7 million, respectively, and increases in net interest margin of 72 basis points and 162 basis points, respectively.  Excluding the positive impact of the additional yield accretion, net interest margin increased 14 basis points during the three months ended March 31, 2012, primarily due to a change in the deposit mix over the last year and generally lower funding costs, primarily on certificates of deposit.  During 2011 and the first quarter of 2012, lower-rate transaction deposits increased as customers added to existing accounts or new customer
 
 
 
44
 
 
 
 
accounts were opened, while higher-rate brokered deposits decreased and retail time deposits renewed at lower rates of interest.  While retail certificates of deposit increased over the year-ago quarter because of the deposits assumed in the Sun Security Bank FDIC-assisted acquisition, those assumed were at relatively low market rates.  Partially offsetting the positive effects of the lower deposit costs were decreases in the yield on loans and investments, excluding the yield accretion income discussed above, when compared to the year-ago quarter.  Existing loans continue to repay, and in many cases new loans originated are at rates which are lower than the rates on those repaying loans.

The Company's overall interest rate spread decreased 79 basis points, or 15.9%, from 4.95% during the three months ended March 31, 2011, to 4.16% during the three months ended March 31, 2012. The gross change was due to a 109 basis point decrease in the weighted average yield on interest-earning assets and a 30 basis point decrease in the weighted average rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities. In comparing the two periods, the yield on loans decreased 190 basis points while the yield on investment securities and other interest-earning assets decreased 34 basis points. The rate paid on deposits decreased 35 basis points, the rate paid on subordinated debentures issued to capital trusts increased 23 basis points, the rate paid on FHLBank advances decreased 58 basis points and the rate paid on short-term borrowings increased eight basis points.

For additional information on net interest income components, refer to the "Average Balances, Interest Rates and Yields" table in this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q.

 
Provision for Loan Losses and Allowance for Loan Losses
 
The provision for loan losses increased $1.9 million, from $8.2 million during the three months ended March 31, 2011, to $10.1 million during the three months ended March 31, 2012.  At March 31, 2012, the allowance for loan losses was $41.5 million, an increase of $300,000 from December 31, 2011.  Net charge-offs were $9.8 million in the three months ended March 31, 2012, versus $7.9 million in the three months ended March 31, 2011.  Three relationships accounted for $7.0 million of the net charge-off total for the three months ended March 31, 2012.  General market conditions, and more specifically, housing supply, absorption rates and unique circumstances related to individual borrowers and projects contributed to increased provisions and charge-offs.  As properties were categorized as potential problem loans, non-performing loans or foreclosed assets, evaluations were made of the value of these assets with corresponding charge-offs as appropriate.
 
Management records a provision for loan losses in an amount it believes sufficient to result in an allowance for loan losses that will cover current net charge-offs as well as risks believed to be inherent in the loan portfolio of the Bank. The amount of provision charged against current income is based on several factors, including, but not limited to, past loss experience, current portfolio mix, actual and potential losses identified in the loan portfolio, economic conditions, regular reviews by internal staff and regulatory examinations.
 
Weak economic conditions, higher inflation or interest rates, or other factors may lead to increased losses in the portfolio and/or requirements for an increase in loan loss provision expense.  Management long ago established various controls in an attempt to limit future losses, such as a watch list of possible problem loans, documented loan administration policies and a loan review staff to review the quality and anticipated collectability of the portfolio. More recently, additional procedures have been implemented to provide for more frequent management review of the loan portfolio based on loan size, loan type and delinquencies.  Management determines which loans are potentially uncollectible, or represent a greater risk of loss, and makes additional provisions to expense, if necessary, to maintain the allowance at a satisfactory level.
 
Loans acquired in the TeamBank, Vantus Bank, Sun Security Bank and InterBank  FDIC-assisted transactions are covered by loss sharing agreements between the FDIC and Great Southern Bank which afford Great Southern Bank at least 80% protection from losses in the acquired portfolio of loans.  The FDIC loss sharing agreements are subject to limitations on the types of losses covered and the length of time losses are covered and are conditioned upon the Bank complying with its requirements in the agreements with the FDIC.  These limitations with respect to the TeamBank, Vantus Bank and Sun Security Bank transactions are described in detail in Note 8 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.   The acquired loans were grouped into pools based on common characteristics and were recorded at their estimated fair values, which incorporated estimated credit losses at the acquisition dates.  These loan pools are systematically reviewed by the Company to determine the risk of losses that may exceed those identified at the time of the acquisition.  Techniques used in determining risk of loss are similar to those used to determine the risk of loss for the legacy Great Southern Bank portfolio, with most focus being placed on those loan pools which include
 
 
 
45
 
 
 
 
the larger loan relationships and those loan pools which exhibit higher risk characteristics.   Review of the acquired loan portfolio also includes meetings with customers, review of financial information and collateral valuations to determine if any additional losses are apparent.  At March 31, 2012, one loan pool exhibited risk of loss and had allowances for loan losses totaling $40,000 and another loan pool exhibited risk of loss and had allowances for loan losses totaling $5,000.  These loan pools were acquired through the Vantus Bank and TeamBank FDIC-assisted transactions, respectively, and because of the loss sharing agreements for these transactions, these amounts represent the 20% of the anticipated loss that would be ultimately borne by the Bank.
 
The Bank's allowance for loan losses as a percentage of total loans, excluding loans covered by the FDIC loss sharing agreements, was 2.30% and 2.33% at March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively.  Management considers the allowance for loan losses adequate to cover losses inherent in the Company's loan portfolio at March 31, 2012, based on recent reviews of the Company's loan portfolio and current economic conditions.  If economic conditions remain weak or deteriorate significantly, it is possible that additional loan loss provisions would be required, thereby adversely affecting future results of operations and financial condition.
 
Non-performing Assets
 
Former TeamBank, Vantus Bank and Sun Security Bank non-performing assets, including foreclosed assets, are not included in the totals and in the discussion of non-performing loans, potential problem loans and foreclosed assets below due to the respective loss sharing agreements with the FDIC, which cover at least 80% of principal losses that may be incurred in these portfolios.  In addition, these covered assets were recorded at their estimated fair values as of March 20, 2009, for TeamBank, September 4, 2009, for Vantus Bank and October 7, 2011, for Sun Security Bank.  The overall performance of the TeamBank and Vantus Bank FDIC-covered loan pools has been better than original expectations as of the acquisition dates.  For the FDIC-covered loan pools acquired in 2011 from Sun Security Bank, the Company’s estimates of the cash flows expected to be collected have not materially changed. 
 
As a result of changes in balances and composition of the loan portfolio, changes in economic and market conditions that occur from time to time, and other factors specific to a borrower's circumstances, the level of non-performing assets will fluctuate.  Non-performing assets, excluding FDIC-covered non-performing assets, at March 31, 2012, were $69.9 million, a decrease of $4.5 million from $74.4 million at December 31, 2011. Non-performing assets, excluding FDIC-covered assets, as a percentage of total assets were 1.81% at March 31, 2012, compared to 1.96% at December 31, 2011. Compared to December 31, 2011, non-performing loans decreased $3.1 million to $24.4 million and foreclosed assets decreased $1.4 million to $45.5 million.  Construction and land development loans comprised $7.5 million, or 30.9%, of the total $24.4 million of non-performing loans at March 31, 2012, compared with $9.5 million, or 34.6%, of the total $27.5 million of non-performing loans at December 31, 2011.  Non-performing commercial real estate loans were $6.2 million, or 25.6%, of the total non-performing loans at March 31, 2012, compared with $6.2 million, or 22.6%, at December 31, 2011.
 
Non-performing Loans.   Non-performing loans have increased since the economic recession began in 2008.  During the three months ended March 31, 2012, economic growth was slow and because of this, we experienced continued higher levels of additions to non-performing loans during the three months ended March 31, 2012.  Activity in the non-performing loans category during the three months ended March 31, 2012 was as follows:

   
Beginning
Balance,
January 1
   
Additions
to Non-
Performing
   
Removed
from Non-
Performing
   
Transfers to
Potential
Problem
Loans
   
Transfers to
Foreclosed
Assets
   
Charge-
Offs
   
Payments
   
Ending
Balance,
March 31
 
   
(In Thousands)
 
One- to four-family construction
  $ 186     $     $     $     $     $     $ (5 )   $ 181  
Subdivision construction
    6,661       2,831                   (100 )     (2,436 )     (2,137 )     4,819  
Land development
    2,655                         (88 )     (37 )     (7 )     2,523  
Commercial construction
                                               
One- to four-family residential
    7,238       1,970             (847 )     (462 )     (449 )     (1,567 )     5,883  
Other residential
                                               
Commercial real estate
    6,204       4,185                   (1,129 )     (2,440 )     (576 )     6,244  
Commercial business
    3,472       10                   (18 )     (234 )     (386 )     2,844  
Consumer
    1,081       1,255             (92 )           (58 )     (323 )     1,863  
                                                                 
Total
  $ 27,497     $ 10,251     $     $ (939 )   $ (1,797 )   $ (5,654 )   $ (5,001 )   $ 24,357  
                                                                 
 
 
 
46
 
 
 
 

 
At March 31, 2012, the commercial real estate category of non-performing loans included 13 loans, four of which were added in the three months ended March 31, 2012.  The two largest relationships in this category, which were added during the quarter, totaled $3.8 million, or 60.8% of the total category, and both were collateralized by property in the Kansas City, Mo area.  At March 31, 2012, the one- to four-family residential category included 92 loans, 24 of which were added during the quarter.  At March 31, 2012, the subdivision construction category of non-performing loans included 20 loans.  The largest relationship in this category, which was added during the quarter ended March 31, 2012, totaled $2.1 million, or 43.6% of the total category, and was collateralized by properties located in the Springfield, Missouri MSA.

Potential Problem Loans.   Potential problem loans have increased since the economic recession began in 2008.  During the three months ended March 31, 2012, we experienced continued higher levels of additions to potential problem loans.  During the three months ended March 31, 2012, $17.9 million of loans were added to potential problem loans and almost half of the additions were in the land development and subdivision construction categories.  Compared to December 31, 2011, potential problem loans increased $6.7 million, or 12.4%.  This increase was partially offset by $7.5 million of loans transferred to non-performing loans categories and $2.9 million in charge-offs.  Potential problem loans are loans which management has identified through routine internal review procedures as having possible credit problems that may cause the borrowers difficulty in complying with the current repayment terms.  These loans are not reflected in non-performing assets, but are considered in determining the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses.  Activity in the potential problem loans category during the three months ended March 31, 2012 was as follows:

   
Beginning
Balance,
January 1
   
Additions
to
Potential
Problem
   
Removed
from
Potential
Problem
   
Transfers to
Non-
Performing
   
Transfers to
Foreclosed
Assets
   
Charge-
Offs
   
Payments
   
Ending
Balance,
March 31
 
   
(In Thousands)
 
One- to four-family construction
  $ 144     $     $     $ (142 )   $     $     $ (2 )   $  
Subdivision construction
    6,024       7,102             (2,408 )           (1,343 )     (144 )     9,231  
Land development
    3,691       1,846                                     5,537  
Commercial construction
                                               
One- to four-family residential
    7,665       2,500             (1,094 )                 (604 )     8,467  
Other residential
    7,640       4,757                               (14 )     12,383  
Commercial real estate
    25,799       25             (3,854 )           (1,507 )     (38 )     20,425  
Commercial business
    3,318       1,510                               (10 )     4,818  
Consumer
    45       165             (1 )                 (2 )     207  
                                                                 
Total
  $ 54,326     $ 17,905     $     $ (7,499 )   $     $ (2,850 )   $ (814 )   $ 61,068  
                                                                 

At March 31, 2012, the commercial real estate category of potential problem loans included 20 loans.  The largest two relationships in this category had balances of $7.4 million and $5.4 million, respectively, or 62.9% of the total category.  Both relationships were added during the quarter ended September 30, 2011 and were collateralized by properties in southwest Missouri.  The subdivision construction category of potential problem loans included 14 loans.  The largest relationship in this category, which was added during the quarter ended March 31, 2012 and included two loans, totaled $6.6 million, or 71.8% of the total category, and was collateralized by properties located in southwest Missouri.  The other residential category included six loans, two of which were added during the quarter ended March 31, 2012.  The largest relationship in this category, which was added during this period, totaled $4.2 million, or 34.0% of the total category, and was collateralized by apartments (which were previously constructed as condominiums) located in northwest Arkansas.  The next two largest relationships in this category, which were added during 2011, had balances of $3.9 million and $3.6 million, respectively, or 60.8% of the total category.  The relationships were collateralized by apartment buildings located in southwest Missouri and central Missouri, respectively.

Foreclosed Assets.   Of the total $69.2 million of foreclosed assets at March 31, 2012, $23.8 million represents the fair value of foreclosed assets acquired in the FDIC-assisted transactions in 2009 and 2011.  These acquired foreclosed assets are subject to the loss sharing agreements with the FDIC and, therefore, are not included in the following table and discussion of foreclosed assets.  Foreclosed assets have increased since the economic recession began in 2008.  During the three months ended March 31, 2012, economic growth was slow and real estate markets did not experience a recovery.  Because of this, the levels of foreclosed assets did not significantly change during the three months ended
 
 
 
47
 
 
 
 
March 31, 2012.  Because additions of foreclosed properties were offset by sales, total foreclosed assets decreased slightly.  Activity in foreclosed assets during the three months ended March 31, 2012 was as follows:

   
Beginning
Balance,
January 1
   
Additions
   
ORE
 Sales
   
Capitalized
Costs
   
ORE Write-
Downs
   
Ending
Balance,
March 31
 
   
(In Thousands)
 
One- to four-family construction
  $ 1,630     $     $ (377 )   $ 89     $ (36 )   $ 1,306  
Subdivision construction
    15,573       100       (432 )           (101 )     15,140  
Land development
    13,634       88                         13,722  
Commercial construction
    2,747                               2,747  
One- to four-family residential
    1,849       556       (797 )     12       (102 )     1,518  
Other residential
    7,853                               7,853  
Commercial real estate
    2,290       1,141       (1,270 )                 2,161  
Commercial business
    85       31                             116  
Consumer
    1,211       237       (549 )                 899  
                                                 
Total
  $ 46,872     $ 2,153     $ (3,425 )   $ 101     $ (239 )   $ 45,462  
                                                 

At March 31, 2012, the subdivision construction category of foreclosed assets included 53 properties, the largest of which was located in the St. Louis, Mo. metropolitan area and had a balance of $3.7 million, or 24.7% of the total category.  Of the total dollar amount in the subdivision construction category, 18.4% is located in Branson, Mo.  The land development category of foreclosed assets included 25 properties, the largest of which had a balance of $2.8 million, or 20.7% of the total category.  Of the total dollar amount in the land development category, 35.6% was located in northwest Arkansas, including the largest property previously mentioned.


Non-interest Income
 
For the three months ended March 31, 2012, non-interest income increased $10.2 million, or 577.7%, to $8.5 million when compared to the three months ended March 31, 2011, primarily as a result of the following items:

Amortization of indemnification asset :  As previously described in Note 8 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, due to the increase in cash flows expected to be collected from the TeamBank and Vantus Bank FDIC-covered loan portfolios, $4.5 million of amortization (expense) was recorded in the quarter ended March 31, 2012 relating to reductions of expected reimbursements under the loss sharing agreements with the FDIC, which are recorded as indemnification assets.  This amortization (expense) amount was down $6.8 million from the $11.3 million that was recorded in the quarter ended March 31, 2011 relating to reductions of expected reimbursements under the loss sharing agreements with the FDIC.  In addition, the Bank had additional income from the accretion of the discount on the indemnification asset related to the FDIC-assisted acquisition of Sun Security Bank, which was purchased in October 2011.

Tax Credits :  The Bank sold or utilized several state tax credits during the three months ended March 31, 2012, that resulted in a gain of $885,000.

Interest Rate Swap fees :  The Bank recorded $300,000 in fees for interest rate swap agreements entered into during the period.  The Bank entered into these interest rate swaps with customers and third parties on certain loans originated during the first quarter of 2012 to effectively convert fixed rate loans into variable rate instruments.

Non-interest Expense
 
For the three months ended March 31, 2012, non-interest expense increased $5.2 million, or 24.1%, to $26.8 million, when compared to the three months ended March 31, 2011.  The increase was primarily due to the following items:

Sun Security Bank FDIC-assisted acquisition:   Non-interest expense increased $2.2 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2012 when compared to the quarter ended March 31, 2011, due to operating costs related to the FDIC-assisted acquisition of the former Sun Security Bank on October 7, 2011.  Of this amount, $497,000 related to non-recurring acquisition-related expenses, primarily related to salaries and benefits ($127,000) and occupancy and
 
 
 
48
 
 
 
 
equipment expenses ($215,000).  Non-interest expense is expected to increase in the quarter ending June 30, 2012 due to similar costs relating to the FDIC-assisted acquisition of the former InterBank on April 27, 2012.

New banking centers :  Continued internal growth of the Company since the quarter ended December 31, 2011 caused an increase in non-interest expense during the quarter ended March 31, 2012.  The Company opened three retail banking centers in the St. Louis, Mo. market area, one in Clayton, Mo. in May 2011, one in O’Fallon, Mo. in February 2012 and one in Afton, Mo. in December 2011.  The operation of these three new locations increased non-interest expense for the quarter ended March 31, 2012 by $287,000 over the same period in 2011.  For additional information on the Company’s growth, see the “Business Initiatives” section of this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q.

Amortization of tax credits :  The Company has invested in certain federal low-income housing tax credits and federal new market tax credits.  These credits are typically purchased at 70-90% of the amount of the credit and are generally utilized to offset taxes payable over ten-year and seven-year periods, respectively.  During the quarter ended March 31, 2012, tax credits used to reduce the Company’s tax expense totaled $1.6 million, up $1.2 million from $412,000 for the quarter ended March 31, 2011.  These tax credits resulted in corresponding amortization expense of $1.2 million during the quarter ended March 31, 2012, up $800,000 from $352,000 for the quarter ended March 31, 2011. The net result of these transactions was an increase to non-interest expense and a decrease to income tax expense, which positively impacted the Company’s effective tax rate, but negatively impacted the Company’s non-interest expense and efficiency ratio.

The Company’s efficiency ratio for the three months ended March 31, 2012, was 59.26% compared to 57.49% for the same period in 2011.  The changes in the ratios from the prior to current periods were primarily due to the increases in non-interest expense described above.   The Company’s ratio of non-interest expense to average assets increased from 2.48% for the three months ended March 31, 2011, to 2.79% for the three months ended March 31, 2012.  The increase in the current period ratio was due to higher expenses in the 2012 period, as described above.  Average assets for the three months ended March 31, 2012 increased $362.0 million, or 10.4%, from the three months ended March 31, 2011.
 

Provision for Income Taxes
 
The Company’s effective tax rate (as compared to the statutory federal tax rate of 35.0%) was 10.2% for the three months ended March 31, 2012, due primarily to the effects of investment tax credits and to tax-exempt investments and tax-exempt loans which reduced the Company’s effective tax rate. The decrease in taxes due to tax credits was partially offset by higher non-interest expense related to the amortization of the investment in tax credits.  Credits totaling $1.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012, were used to reduce the Company’s tax expense which resulted in corresponding amortization in non-interest expense of $1.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012, to reduce the investment in these credits.  The Company’s effective tax rate was 24.3% for the three months ended March 31, 2011, due to the effects of tax-exempt investments and tax-exempt loans which reduced the Company’s effective tax rate. In future periods, the Company expects its effective tax rate will be approximately 12%-18%.  The Company’s effective tax rate may fluctuate as it is impacted by the level and timing of its utilization of tax credits.

Average Balances, Interest Rates and Yields
 
The following tables present, for the periods indicated, the total dollar amounts of interest income from average interest-earning assets and the resulting yields, as well as the interest expense on average interest-bearing liabilities, expressed both in dollars and rates, and the net interest margin. Average balances of loans receivable include the average balances of non-accrual loans for each period. Interest income on loans includes the amortization of net loan fees, which were deferred in accordance with accounting standards. Fees included in interest income were $782,000 and $575,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.  Tax-exempt income was not calculated on a tax equivalent basis. The table does not reflect any effect of income taxes.

 
49
 
 

 
   
March 31,
2012 (2)
   
Three Months Ended
March 31, 2012
 
Three Months Ended
March 31, 2011
 
   
Yield/
Rate
   
Average
Balance
   
Interest
 
Yield/
Rate
 
Average
Balance
   
Interest
 
Yield/
Rate
 
         
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Interest-earning assets:
                                   
Loans receivable:
                                   
One- to four-family residential
   
    5.23
%
 
$
361,024
   
$
6,260
 
6.97
%
$
313,738
   
$
5,888
 
7.61
%
Other residential
   
5.44
     
280,733
     
4,449
 
6.37
   
236,898
     
3,549
 
6.08
 
Commercial real estate
   
5.54
     
783,164
     
13,450
 
6.91
   
644,737
     
12,901
 
8.12
 
Construction
   
5.29
     
258,213
     
4,810
 
7.49
   
273,228
     
9,824
 
11.32
 
Commercial business
   
5.53
     
220,708
     
3,537
 
6.45
   
175,412
     
4,895
 
14.58
 
Other loans
   
7.05
     
220,392
     
4,425
 
8.07
   
209,475
     
3,996
 
7.74
 
Industrial revenue bonds (1)
   
5.94
     
      66,370
     
           966
 
5.86
   
72,364
     
1,031
 
5.78
 
                                               
Total loans receivable
   
5.81
     
2,190,604
     
37,897
 
6.96
   
1,925,852
     
42,084
 
8.86
 
                                               
Investment securities (1)
   
3.33
     
900,765
     
6,648
 
2.97
   
831,129
     
6,790
 
3.31
 
Other interest-earning assets
   
0.22
     
356,886
     
132
 
0.15
   
401,359
     
166
 
0.17
 
                                               
Total interest-earning assets
   
4.57
     
3,448,255
     
44,677
 
5.21
   
3,158,340
     
49,040
 
6.30
 
Non-interest-earning assets:
                                             
Cash and cash equivalents
           
77,487
               
73,348
             
Other non-earning assets
           
324,691
               
256,783
             
Total assets
         
$
3,850,433
             
$
3,488,471
             
                                               
Interest-bearing liabilities:
                                             
Interest-bearing demand and savings
   
0.55
   
$
1,241,670
     
2,069
 
0.67
 
$
1,090,280
     
2,107
 
0.78
 
Time deposits
   
1.15
     
1,302,867
     
3,715
 
1.15
   
1,316,443
     
5,379
 
1.66
 
Total deposits
   
0.84
     
2,544,537
     
5,784
 
0.91
   
2,406,723
     
7,486
 
1.26
 
Short-term borrowings and structured
    repurchase agreements
   
1.08
     
268,603
     
687
 
1.03
   
322,104
     
756
 
0.95
 
Subordinated debentures issued to
    capital trusts
   
 
2.12
     
30,929
     
159
 
2.07
   
30,929
     
140
 
1.84
 
FHLB advances
   
3.48
     
178,844
     
1,274
 
2.86
   
153,011
     
1,297
 
3.44
 
                                               
Total interest-bearing liabilities
   
0.99
     
3,022,913
     
7,904
 
1.05
   
2,912,767
     
9,679
 
1.35
 
Non-interest-bearing liabilities:
                                             
Demand deposits
           
490,364
               
251,866
             
Other liabilities
           
 5,551
               
 15,862
             
Total liabilities
           
3,518,828
               
3,180,495
             
Stockholders’ equity
           
331,605
               
307,976
             
Total liabilities and stockholders’
    equity
         
$
3,850,433
             
$
3,488,471
             
                                               
Net interest income:
                                             
 Interest rate spread
   
 3.58%
           
$
36,773
 
4.16
%
       
$
39,361
 
4.95
%
 Net interest margin*
                       
4.29
%
             
5.05
%
Average interest-earning assets to
    average interest-bearing liabilities
           
114.1
%
             
108.4
%
           
 
_____________________
   
*
Defined as the Company’s net interest income divided by total interest-earning assets.
   

 (1)
 
 
Of the total average balances of investment securities, average tax-exempt investment securities were $105.8 million and $94.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. In addition, average tax-exempt loans and industrial revenue bonds were $43.1 million and $43.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Interest income on tax-exempt assets included in this table was $1.7 million and $1.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Interest income net of disallowed interest expense related to tax-exempt assets was $1.6 million and $1.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.
 (2)
 
The yield/rate on loans at March 31, 2012 does not include the impact of the accretable yield (income) on loans acquired in the FDIC-assisted transactions.  See “Net Interest Income” for a discussion of the effect on results of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2012.
 
 
 
50
 
 
 
 
 
Rate/Volume Analysis
 
The following tables present the dollar amounts of changes in interest income and interest expense for major components of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities for the periods shown. For each category of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, information is provided on changes attributable to (i) changes in rate (i.e., changes in rate multiplied by old volume) and (ii) changes in volume (i.e., changes in volume multiplied by old rate). For purposes of this table, changes attributable to both rate and volume, which cannot be segregated, have been allocated proportionately to volume and rate. Tax-exempt income was not calculated on a tax equivalent basis.
 
   
Three Months Ended March 31,
 
   
2012 vs. 2011
 
   
Increase
(Decrease)
Due to
       
       
   
Total
Increase
(Decrease)
 
   
Rate
   
Volume
 
   
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Interest-earning assets:
                 
Loans receivable
 
$
(9,708
)
 
$
5,521
 
 
$
(4,187
Investment securities
   
(718
)
   
576
 
   
(142
)
Other interest-earning assets
   
(17
)
   
(17
)
   
(34
)
Total interest-earning assets
   
(10,443
)
   
6,080
 
   
(4,363
)
Interest-bearing liabilities:
                       
Demand deposits
   
(322
)
   
  284
     
(38
)
Time deposits
   
(1,605
)
   
(59
)
   
   (1,664
)
Total deposits
   
(1,927
)
   
225
 
   
   (1,702
)
Short-term borrowings and structured repo
   
61
     
(130
)
   
(69
)
Subordinated debentures issued to capital trust
   
19
     
--
     
19
 
FHLBank advances
   
(232
)
   
209
 
   
 (23
)
Total interest-bearing liabilities
   
(2,079
)
   
304
 
   
   (1,775
)
Net interest income
 
$
(8,364
)
 
$
5,776
 
 
$
(2,588
)

Liquidity

Liquidity is a measure of the Company's ability to generate sufficient cash to meet present and future financial obligations in a timely manner through either the sale or maturity of existing assets or the acquisition of additional funds through liability management. These obligations include the credit needs of customers, funding deposit withdrawals, and the day-to-day operations of the Company. Liquid assets include cash, interest-bearing deposits with financial institutions and certain investment securities and loans. The Company manages its ability to generate liquidity primarily through liability funding in such a way that it believes it maintains overall liquidity sufficient to satisfy its depositors' requirements and meet its customers' credit needs. At March 31, 2012, the Company had commitments of approximately $302.2 million to fund loan originations, $64.5 million of unused lines of credit and unadvanced loans, and $22.3 million of outstanding letters of credit.

The Company's primary sources of funds are customer deposits, FHLBank advances, other borrowings, loan repayments, unpledged securities, proceeds from sales of loans and available-for-sale securities and funds provided from operations. The Company utilizes particular sources of funds based on the comparative costs and availability at the time. The Company has from time to time chosen not to pay rates on deposits as high as the rates paid by certain of its competitors and, when believed to be appropriate, supplements deposits with less expensive alternative sources of funds.
 

 
 
 
51
 
 


At March 31, 2012, the Company had these available secured lines and on-balance sheet liquidity:
 
Federal Home Loan Bank line
$302.7 million
 
Federal Reserve Bank line
$364.4 million
 
Interest-Bearing and Non-Interest-Bearing Deposits
$460.4 million
 
Unpledged Securities
$92.0 million
 

Statements of Cash Flows . During the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, the Company had positive cash flows from operating activities.  Cash flows from investing activities were negative for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.  Cash flows from financing activities were positive for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.
 
Cash flows from operating activities for the periods covered by the Statements of Cash Flows have been primarily related to changes in accrued and deferred assets, credits and other liabilities, the provision for loan losses, depreciation, impairments of investment securities, gains on sales of investment securities and the amortization of deferred loan origination fees and discounts (premiums) on loans and investments, all of which are non-cash or non-operating adjustments to operating cash flows. Net income adjusted for non-cash and non-operating items and the origination and sale of loans held for sale were the primary source of cash flows from operating activities. Operating activities provided cash flows of $44.4 million and $45.7 million during the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.
 
During the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, investing activities used cash of $27.6 million and $98.5 million primarily due to the net increase in loans and purchases of loans and investment securities for the period.  

Changes in cash flows from financing activities during the periods covered by the Statements of Cash Flows are due to changes in deposits after interest credited, changes in FHLBank advances, changes in short-term borrowings, and changes in structured repurchase agreements, as well as dividend payments to stockholders. Financing activities provided cash of $63.4 million and $85.1 million during the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Financing activities in the future are expected to primarily include changes in deposits, changes in FHLBank advances, changes in short-term borrowings and dividend payments to stockholders.


 
 
 
52
 
 

Capital Resources

Management continuously reviews the capital position of the Company and the Bank to ensure compliance with minimum regulatory requirements, as well as to explore ways to increase capital either by retained earnings or other means.

At March 31, 2012, the Company's total stockholders' equity was $331.6 million, or 8.6% of total assets. At March 31, 2012, common stockholders' equity was $273.7 million, or 7.1% of total assets, equivalent to a book value of $20.27 per common share. Total stockholders’ equity at December 31, 2011, was $324.6 million, or 8.6%, of total assets. At December 31, 2011, common stockholders' equity was $266.6 million, or 7.0% of total assets, equivalent to a book value of $19.78 per common share.

At both March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the Company’s tangible common equity to total assets ratio was 6.9%. The Company’s tangible common equity to total risk-weighted assets ratio was 11.7% at March 31, 2012, compared to 11.5% at December 31, 2011.

Banks are required to maintain minimum risk-based capital ratios. These ratios compare capital, as defined by the risk-based regulations, to assets adjusted for their relative risk as defined by the regulations. Guidelines require banks to have a minimum Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio, as defined, of 4.00%, a minimum total risk-based capital ratio of 8.00%, and a minimum 4.00% Tier 1 leverage ratio. To be considered "well capitalized," banks must have a minimum Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio, as defined, of 6.00%, a minimum total risk-based capital ratio of 10.00%, and a minimum Tier 1 leverage ratio of 5.00%. On March 31, 2012, the Bank's Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio was 14.2%, total risk-based capital ratio was 15.5% and the Tier 1 leverage ratio was 8.3%. As of March 31, 2012, the Bank was "well capitalized" as defined by the Federal banking agencies' capital-related regulations. The Federal Reserve Board has established capital regulations for bank holding companies that generally parallel the capital regulations for banks. On March 31, 2012, the Company's Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio was 15.0%, total risk-based capital ratio was 16.3% and the Tier 1 leverage ratio was 8.9%. As of March 31, 2012, the Company was "well capitalized" under the capital ratios described above.

On August 18, 2011, the Company entered into a Small Business Lending Fund-Securities Purchase Agreement (“Purchase Agreement”) with the Secretary of the Treasury, pursuant to which the Company sold 57,943 shares of the Company’s Senior Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A (the “SBLF Preferred Stock”) to the Secretary of the Treasury for a purchase price of $57,943,000.  The SBLF Preferred Stock was issued pursuant to Treasury’s SBLF program, a $30 billion fund established under the Small Business Jobs Act of 2011 that was created to encourage lending to small businesses by providing Tier 1 capital to qualified community banks and holding companies with assets of less than $10 billion.  As required by the Purchase Agreement, the proceeds from the sale of the SBLF Preferred Stock were used to redeem the 58,000 shares of preferred stock, previously issued to the Treasury pursuant to the TARP Capital Purchase Program (the “CPP”), at a redemption price of $58.0 million plus the accrued dividends owed on the preferred shares.

The SBLF Preferred Stock qualifies as Tier 1 capital.  The SBLF Preferred Stock is entitled to receive non-cumulative dividends, payable quarterly, on each January 1, April 1, July 1 and October 1.  The dividend rate, as a percentage of the liquidation amount, can fluctuate between one percent (1%) and five percent (5%) per annum on a quarterly basis during the first 10 quarters during which the SBLF Preferred Stock is outstanding, based upon changes in the level of “Qualified Small Business Lending” or “QBSL” (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) by the Bank over the adjusted baseline level calculated under the terms of the SBLF Preferred Stock ($158,271,000).  The dividend rate for the first quarter of 2012 was 1%.  Based upon the increase in the Bank’s level of QBSL over the adjusted baseline level, the dividend rate for the second quarter of 2012 is expected to be approximately 1.0%.  For the tenth calendar quarter through four and one half years after issuance, the dividend rate will be fixed at between one percent (1%) and seven percent (7%) based upon the level of qualifying loans.  After four and one half years from issuance, the dividend rate will increase to 9% (including a quarterly lending incentive fee of 0.5%).

The SBLF Preferred Stock is non-voting, except in limited circumstances.  In the event that the Company misses five dividend payments, whether or not consecutive, the holder of the SBLF Preferred Stock will have the right, but not the obligation, to appoint a representative as an observer on the Company’s Board of Directors.  In the event that the Company misses six dividend payments, whether or not consecutive, and if the then outstanding aggregate liquidation amount of the SBLF Preferred Stock is at least $25,000,000, then the holder of the SBLF Preferred Stock will have the right to designate two directors to the Board of Directors of the Company.
 
 
 
53
 
 
 

 
The SBLF Preferred Stock may be redeemed at any time at the Company’s option, at a redemption price of 100% of the liquidation amount plus accrued but unpaid dividends to the date of redemption for the current period, subject to the approval of its federal banking regulator.

Dividends . During the three months ended March 31, 2012, the Company declared a common stock cash dividend of $0.18 per share, or 33.3% of net income per diluted common share for that three month period, and paid a common stock cash dividend of $0.18 per share (which was declared in December 2011).  During the three months ended March 31, 2011, the Company declared a common stock cash dividend of $0.18 per share, or 50.0% of net income per diluted common share for that three month period, and paid a common stock cash dividend of $0.18 per share (which was declared in December 2010). The Board of Directors meets regularly to consider the level and the timing of dividend payments.  The dividend declared but unpaid as of March 31, 2012, was paid to stockholders on April 12, 2012.  In addition, the Company paid preferred dividends as described below.

The terms of the SBLF Preferred Stock impose limits on the ability of the Company to pay dividends and repurchase shares of common stock. Under the terms of the SBLF Preferred Stock, no repurchases may be effected, and no dividends may be declared or paid on preferred shares ranking pari passu with the SBLF Preferred Stock, junior preferred shares, or other junior securities (including the common stock) during the current quarter and for the next three quarters following the failure to declare and pay dividends on the SBLF Preferred Stock, except that, in any such quarter in which the dividend is paid, dividend payments on shares ranking pari passu may be paid to the extent necessary to avoid any resulting material covenant breach.

Under the terms of the SBLF Preferred Stock, the Company may only declare and pay a dividend on the common stock or other stock junior to the SBLF Preferred Stock, or repurchase shares of any such class or series of stock, if, after payment of such dividend, or after giving effect to such repurchase, (i) the dollar amount of the Company’s Tier 1 Capital would be at least equal to the “Tier 1 Dividend Threshold” and (ii) full dividends on all outstanding shares of SBLF Preferred Stock for the most recently completed dividend period have been or are contemporaneously declared and paid.  As of March 31, 2012, we satisfied this condition.

The “Tier 1 Dividend Threshold” means 90% of $272,747,865, which is the Company’s consolidated Tier 1 capital as of June 30, 2011, less the $58 million in TARP preferred stock then-outstanding and repaid on August 18, 2011, plus the $57,943,000 in SBLF Preferred Stock issued and minus the net loan charge-offs by the Bank since August 18, 2011.  The Tier 1 Dividend Threshold is subject to reduction, beginning on the first day of the eleventh dividend period following the date of issuance of the SBLF Preferred Stock, by $5,794,300 (ten percent of the aggregate liquidation amount of the SBLF Preferred Stock initially issued, without regard to any subsequent partial redemptions) for each one percent increase in qualified small business lending from the adjusted baseline level under the terms of the SBLF preferred stock (i.e., $158,271,000) to the ninth dividend period.

Common Stock Repurchases and Issuances . The Company has been in various buy-back programs since May 1990. Our ability to repurchase common stock  is currently restricted under the terms of the SBLF preferred stock as noted above, under “-Dividends” and was previously generally precluded due to our participation in the CPP beginning in December 2008.  During the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, the Company did not repurchase any shares of its common stock.  During the three months ended March 31, 2012, the Company issued 19,017 shares of stock at an average price of $17.97 per share to cover stock option exercises.  During the three months ended March 31, 2011, the Company issued 489 shares of stock at an average price of $8.45 per share to cover stock option exercises.

Management has historically utilized stock buy-back programs from time to time as long as management believed that repurchasing the stock would contribute to the overall growth of shareholder value. The number of shares of stock repurchased and the price paid is the result of many factors, several of which are outside of the control of the Company. The primary factors, however, are the number of shares available in the market from sellers at any given time and the price of the stock within the market as determined by the market.
 

 
 
 
54
 
 

ITEM 3. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
 
Asset and Liability Management and Market Risk
 
A principal operating objective of the Company is to produce stable earnings by achieving a favorable interest rate spread that can be sustained during fluctuations in prevailing interest rates. The Company has sought to reduce its exposure to adverse changes in interest rates by attempting to achieve a closer match between the periods in which its interest-bearing liabilities and interest-earning assets can be expected to reprice through the origination of adjustable-rate mortgages and loans with shorter terms to maturity and the purchase of other shorter term interest-earning assets. Since the Company uses laddered brokered deposits and FHLBank advances to fund a portion of its loan growth, the Company's assets tend to reprice more quickly than its liabilities.
 
Our Risk When Interest Rates Change
 
The rates of interest we earn on assets and pay on liabilities generally are established contractually for a period of time. Market interest rates change over time. Accordingly, our results of operations, like those of other financial institutions, are impacted by changes in interest rates and the interest rate sensitivity of our assets and liabilities. The risk associated with changes in interest rates and our ability to adapt to these changes is known as interest rate risk and is our most significant market risk.

How We Measure the Risk to Us Associated with Interest Rate Changes
 
In an attempt to manage our exposure to changes in interest rates and comply with applicable regulations, we monitor Great Southern's interest rate risk. In monitoring interest rate risk we regularly analyze and manage assets and liabilities based on their anticipated payment streams and interest rates, the timing of their maturities and their sensitivity to actual or potential changes in market interest rates.
 
The ability to maximize net interest income is largely dependent upon the achievement of a positive interest rate spread that can be sustained despite fluctuations in prevailing interest rates. Interest rate sensitivity is a measure of the difference between amounts of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities which either reprice or mature within a given period of time. The difference, or the interest rate repricing "gap," provides an indication of the extent to which an institution's interest rate spread will be affected by changes in interest rates. A gap is considered positive when the amount of interest-rate sensitive assets exceeds the amount of interest-rate sensitive liabilities repricing during the same period, and is considered negative when the amount of interest-rate sensitive liabilities exceeds the amount of interest-rate sensitive assets during the same period. Generally, during a period of rising interest rates, a negative gap within shorter repricing periods would adversely affect net interest income, while a positive gap within shorter repricing periods would result in an increase in net interest income. During a period of falling interest rates, the opposite would be true. As of March 31, 2012, Great Southern's internal interest rate risk models indicate a one-year interest rate sensitivity gap that is neutral to slightly negative. Generally, a rate increase by the FRB would be expected to have an immediate negative impact on Great Southern’s net interest income. As the Federal Funds rate is now very low, the Company’s interest rate floors have been reached on most of its “prime rate” loans. In addition, Great Southern has elected to leave its “Great Southern Prime Rate” at 5.00% for those loans that are indexed to “Great Southern Prime” rather than “Wall Street Journal Prime.” While these interest rate floors and prime rate adjustments have helped keep the rate on our loan portfolio higher in this very low interest rate environment, they will also reduce the positive effect to our loan rates when market interest rates, specifically the “prime rate,” begin to increase. The interest rate on these loans will not increase until the loan floors are reached and the “Wall Street Journal Prime” interest rate exceeds 5.00%. If rates remain generally unchanged in the short-term, we expect that our cost of funds will continue to decrease somewhat as we continue to redeem some of our wholesale funds. In addition, a significant portion of our retail certificates of deposit mature in the next few months and we expect that they will be replaced with new certificates of deposit at somewhat lower interest rates.
 
Interest rate risk exposure estimates (the sensitivity gap) are not exact measures of an institution's actual interest rate risk. They are only indicators of interest rate risk exposure produced in a simplified modeling environment designed to allow management to gauge the Bank's sensitivity to changes in interest rates. They do not necessarily indicate the impact of general interest rate movements on the Bank's net interest income because the repricing of certain categories of assets and liabilities is subject to competitive and other factors beyond the Bank's control. As a result, certain assets and liabilities indicated as maturing or otherwise repricing within a stated period may in fact mature or reprice at different times and in different amounts and cause a change, which potentially could be material, in the Bank's interest rate risk.
 
 
 
55
 
 
 
 
In order to minimize the potential for adverse effects of material and prolonged increases and decreases in interest rates on Great Southern's results of operations, Great Southern has adopted asset and liability management policies to better match the maturities and repricing terms of Great Southern's interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. Management recommends and the Board of Directors sets the asset and liability policies of Great Southern which are implemented by the asset and liability committee. The asset and liability committee is chaired by the Chief Financial Officer and is comprised of members of Great Southern's senior management. The purpose of the asset and liability committee is to communicate, coordinate and control asset/liability management consistent with Great Southern's business plan and board-approved policies. The asset and liability committee establishes and monitors the volume and mix of assets and funding sources taking into account relative costs and spreads, interest rate sensitivity and liquidity needs. The objectives are to manage assets and funding sources to produce results that are consistent with liquidity, capital adequacy, growth, risk and profitability goals. The asset and liability committee meets on a monthly basis to review, among other things, economic conditions and interest rate outlook, current and projected liquidity needs and capital positions and anticipated changes in the volume and mix of assets and liabilities. At each meeting, the asset and liability committee recommends appropriate strategy changes based on this review. The Chief Financial Officer or his designee is responsible for reviewing and reporting on the effects of the policy implementations and strategies to the Board of Directors at their monthly meetings.
 
In order to manage its assets and liabilities and achieve the desired liquidity, credit quality, interest rate risk, profitability and capital targets, Great Southern has focused its strategies on originating adjustable rate loans, and managing its deposits and borrowings to establish stable relationships with both retail customers and wholesale funding sources.
 
At times, depending on the level of general interest rates, the relationship between long- and short-term interest rates, market conditions and competitive factors, we may determine to increase our interest rate risk position somewhat in order to maintain or increase our net interest margin.
 
The asset and liability committee regularly reviews interest rate risk by forecasting the impact of alternative interest rate environments on net interest income and market value of portfolio equity, which is defined as the net present value of an institution's existing assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet instruments, and evaluating such impacts against the maximum potential changes in net interest income and market value of portfolio equity that are authorized by the Board of Directors of Great Southern.

In the normal course of business, the Company may use derivative financial instruments (primarily interest rate swaps) from time to time to assist in its interest rate risk management.  Prior to December 31, 2009, the Company used interest-rate swap derivatives, primarily as an asset/liability management strategy, in order to hedge against the effects of changes in the fair value of its liabilities for fixed rate brokered certificates of deposit caused by changes in market interest rates. The swap agreements generally provided for the Company to pay a variable rate of interest based on a spread to the one-month or three-month London Interbank Offering Rate (LIBOR) and to receive a fixed rate of interest equal to that of the hedged instrument. Under the swap agreements the Company paid or received interest monthly, quarterly, semiannually or at maturity.  In the fourth quarter of 2011, the Company began executing interest rate swaps with commercial banking customers to facilitate their respective risk management strategies.  Those interest rate swaps are simultaneously hedged by offsetting interest rate swaps that the Company executes with a third party, such that the Company minimizes its net risk exposure resulting from such transactions.  Because the interest rate swaps associated with this program do not meet the strict hedge accounting requirements, changes in the fair value of both the customer swaps and the offsetting swaps are recognized directly in earnings. These interest rate derivatives result from a service provided to certain qualifying customers and, therefore, are not used to manage interest rate risk in the Company’s assets or liabilities. The Company manages a matched book with respect to its derivative instruments in order to minimize its net risk exposure resulting from such transactions.

 
ITEM 4. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
 
We maintain a system of disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13(a)-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange Act")) that is designed to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported accurately and within the time periods specified in the SEC's rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial
 
 
 
56
 
 
 
 
officer, as appropriate. An evaluation of our disclosure controls and procedures was carried out as of March 31, 2012, under the supervision and with the participation of our principal executive officer, principal financial officer and several other members of our senior management. Our principal executive officer and principal financial officer concluded that, as of March 31, 2012, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective in ensuring that the information we are required to disclose in the reports we file or submit under the Act is (i) accumulated and communicated to our management (including the principal executive officer and principal financial officer) to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure, and (ii) recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC's rules and forms.
 
There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13(a)-15(f) under the Act) that occurred during the quarter ended March 31, 2012, that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
 
We do not expect that our internal control over financial reporting will prevent all errors and all fraud. A control procedure, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control procedure are met. Because of the inherent limitations in all control procedures, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within the Company have been detected. These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty, and that breakdowns in controls or procedures can occur because of simple error or mistake. Additionally, controls can be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people, or by management override of the control. The design of any control procedure also is based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions; over time, controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.  Because of the inherent limitations in a cost-effective control procedure, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected.

PART II. OTHER INFORMATION
 
Item 1. Legal Proceedings
 
In the normal course of business, the Company and its subsidiaries are subject to pending and threatened legal actions, some for which the relief or damages sought are substantial. After reviewing pending and threatened litigation with counsel, management believes at this time that, except as noted below, the outcome of such litigation will not have a material adverse effect on the results of operations or stockholders' equity. We are not able to predict at this time whether the outcome of such actions may or may not have a material adverse effect on the results of operations in a particular future period as the timing and amount of any resolution of such actions and its relationship to the future results of operations are not known.

On November 22, 2010, a suit was filed against the Bank in Missouri state court in Springfield by a customer alleging that the fees associated with the Bank’s automated overdraft program in connection with its debit card and ATM cards constitute unlawful interest in violation of Missouri’s usury laws.  The suit seeks class-action status for Bank customers who have paid overdraft fees on their checking accounts.  The Court denied a motion to dismiss filed by the Bank and litigation is ongoing.  At this early stage of the litigation, it is not possible for management of the Bank to determine the probability of a material adverse outcome or reasonably estimate the amount of any potential loss.

 
Item 1A. Risk Factors

There have been no material changes to the risk factors set forth in Part I, Item 1A of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011.
 
Item 2. Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds
 
On November 15, 2006, the Company's Board of Directors authorized management to repurchase up to 700,000 shares of the Company's outstanding common stock, under a program of open market purchases or privately negotiated transactions. The plan does not have an expiration date.  Prior to our redemption of the CPP Preferred Stock, we were generally precluded from purchasing shares of the Company’s stock without the Treasury's consent.  
 
 
 
57
 
 
 
 
Our participation in the SBLF program does not preclude us from purchasing shares of the Company’s stock, provided that after giving effect to such purchase, (i) the dollar amount of the Company’s Tier 1 capital would be at least equal to the “Tier 1 Dividend Threshold” under the terms of the SBLF Preferred Stock and (ii) full dividends on all outstanding shares of SBLF Preferred Stock for the most recently completed dividend period have been or are contemporaneously declared and paid, as described under “Part I. Item 2. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Capital Resources.”

As indicated below, no shares were purchased during the three months ended March 31, 2012.
 
   
Total Number
of Shares
Purchased
   
Average
Price
Per Share
   
Total Number
of Shares
Purchased
As Part of
Publicly
Announced
Plan
   
Maximum
Number of
Shares that
May Yet Be
Purchased
Under the
Plan(1)
                       
January 1, 2012 – January 31, 2012
   
---
   
$
----
     
---
     
396,562
 
February 1, 2012 – February 29, 2012
   
---
   
$
----
     
---
     
396,562
 
March 1, 2012 – March 31, 2012
   
---
   
$
----
     
---
     
396,562
 
     
---
   
$
----
     
---
         
 
_______________________
   
(1)
Amount represents the number of shares available to be repurchased under the November 2006 plan as of the last calendar day of the month shown.
 

Item 3. Defaults Upon Senior Securities
 
None.
 
Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures
 
Not applicable
 
Item 5. Other Information
 
None.
 
Item 6. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
 
 
a)
Exhibits
 
 
See Exhibit Index.

 
 
 
58
 
 


SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.
 
 
Great Southern Bancorp, Inc.
 
Registrant
 
 
Date: May 10, 2012
/s/ Joseph W. Turner
 
Joseph W. Turner
President and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)
 
Date: May 10, 2012
/s/ Rex A. Copeland
 
Rex A. Copeland
Treasurer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

 


 
 
 
59
 
 
 


EXHIBIT INDEX
 
Exhibit No.                                                                Description
 
(2)
Plan of acquisition, reorganization, arrangement, liquidation, or succession
     
 
(i)
The Purchase and Assumption Agreement, dated as of March 20, 2009, among Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, Receiver of TeamBank, N.A., Paola, Kansas, Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and Great Southern Bank, previously filed with the Commission (File no. 000-18082) as Exhibit 2.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 26, 2011 is incorporated herein by reference as Exhibit 2.1(i).
     
 
(ii)
The Purchase and Assumption Agreement, dated as of September 4, 2009, among Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, Receiver of Vantus Bank, Sioux City, Iowa, Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and Great Southern Bank, previously filed with the Commission (File no. 000-18082) as Exhibit 2.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 11, 2011 is incorporated herein by reference as Exhibit 2.1(ii).
     
 
(iii)
The Purchase and Assumption Agreement, dated as of October 7, 2011, among Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, Receiver of Sun Security Bank, Ellington, Missouri, Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and Great Southern Bank, previously filed with the Commission (File no. 000-18082) as Exhibit 2.1(iii) to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2011 is incorporated herein by reference as Exhibit 2(iii).
     
 
(iv)
The Purchase and Assumption Agreement, dated as of April 27, 2012, among Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, Receiver of Inter Savings Bank, FSB, Maple Grove, Minnesota, Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and Great Southern Bank.
     
(3)
Articles of incorporation and Bylaws
     
 
(i)
The Registrant's Charter previously filed with the Commission as Appendix D to the Registrant's Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A filed on September 30, 2004 (File No. 000-18082), is incorporated herein by reference as Exhibit 3.1.
     
 
(iA)
The Articles Supplementary to the Registrant's Charter setting forth the terms of the Registrant's Senior Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A, previously filed with the Commission (File no. 000-18082) as Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 18, 2011, are incorporated herein by reference as Exhibit 3(i).
     
 
(ii)
The Registrant's Bylaws, previously filed with the Commission (File no. 000-18082) as Exhibit 3(ii) to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 23, 2007, is incorporated herein by reference as Exhibit 3.2.
     
(4)
Instruments defining the rights of security holders, including indentures


 
 
 
60
 
 


The Company hereby agrees to furnish the SEC upon request, copies of the instruments defining the rights of the holders of each issue of the Registrant's long-term debt.

(9)
Voting trust agreement
     
 
Inapplicable.
     
(10)
Material contracts
   
 
The Registrant's 1997 Stock Option and Incentive Plan previously filed with the Commission (File no. 000-18082) as Annex A to the Registrant's Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A filed on September 18, 1997 is incorporated herein by reference as Exhibit 10.1.
   
 
The Registrant's 2003 Stock Option and Incentive Plan previously filed with the Commission (File No. 000-18082) as Annex A to the Registrant's Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A filed on April 14, 2003, is incorporated herein by reference as Exhibit 10.2.
   
 
The employment agreement dated September 18, 2002 between the Registrant and William V. Turner previously filed with the Commission (File no. 000-18082) as Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2003, is incorporated herein by reference as Exhibit 10.3.
   
 
The employment agreement dated September 18, 2002 between the Registrant and Joseph W. Turner previously filed with the Commission (File no. 000-18082) as Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2003, is incorporated herein by reference as Exhibit 10.4.
   
 
The form of incentive stock option agreement under the Registrant's 2003 Stock Option and Incentive Plan previously filed with the Commission as Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K (File no. 000-18082) filed on February 24, 2005 is incorporated herein by reference as Exhibit 10.5.
   
 
The form of non-qualified stock option agreement under the Registrant's 2003 Stock Option and Incentive Plan previously filed with the Commission as Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K (File no. 000-18082) filed on February 24, 2005 is incorporated herein by reference as Exhibit 10.6.
   
 
A description of the current salary and bonus arrangements for 2012 for the Registrant's named executive officers previously filed with the Commission as Exhibit 10.7 to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011 is incorporated herein by reference as Exhibit 10.7.
   
 
A description of the current fee arrangements for the Registrant's directors previously filed with the Commission as Exhibit 10.8 to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011 is incorporated herein by reference as Exhibit 10.8.
   
 
Small Business Lending Fund – Securities Purchase Agreement, dated August 18, 2011, between the Registrant and the Secretary of the United States Department of the Treasury, previously filed with the Commission as Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 18, 2011, is incorporated herein by reference as Exhibit 10.9.
   
(11)
Statement re computation of per share earnings
   
 
Included in Note 5 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
   


 
 
 
61
 
 



(15)
Letter re unaudited interim financial information
   
 
Inapplicable.
   
(18)
Letter re change in accounting principles
   
 
Inapplicable.
   
(19)
Report furnished to security holders.
   
 
Inapplicable.
   
(22)
Published report regarding matters submitted to vote of security holders
   
 
Inapplicable.
   
(23)
Consents of experts and counsel
   
 
Inapplicable.
   
(24)
Power of attorney
   
 
None.
   
(31.1)
Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of Chief Executive Officer
   
 
Attached as Exhibit 31.1
   
(31.2)
Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of Treasurer
   
 
Attached as Exhibit 31.2
   
(32)
Certification pursuant to Section 906 of Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (18 U.S.C. Section 1350)
   
 
Attached as Exhibit 32.
   
(99)
Additional Exhibits
   
 
None.
   
(101)
Attached as Exhibit 101 are the following financial statements from the Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2012, formatted in Extensive Business Reporting Language (XBRL): (i) consolidated statements of financial condition, (ii) consolidated statements of income, (iii) consolidated statements of cash flows and (iv) the notes to consolidated financial statements.



 
 
 
62
 
 

 
EXHIBIT 2.1










PURCHASE AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT

WHOLE BANK

ALL DEPOSITS

AMONG

FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION,
RECEIVER OF INTER SAVINGS BANK, FSB,
MAPLE GROVE, MINNESOTA

FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION

and

GREAT SOUTHERN BANK


DATED AS OF

APRIL 27, 2012














Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Purchase and Assumption Ag reement
February 21. 2012
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota

 
 
 
 


 
PURCHASE AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
           
ARTICLE I. GENERAL
1
 
6.2
Transfer of Assigned Records
30
       
6.3
Preservation of Records
30
1.1
Purpose
1
 
6.4
Access to Records; Copies
31
1.2
Shared-Loss Agreements
1
 
6.5
Right of Receiver or Corporation to Audit
31
1.3
Defined Terms
2
       
       
ARTICLE VIII. BID; INITIAL PAYMENT
31
ARTICLE II. ASSUMPTION OF LIABILITIES
9
       
       
ARTICLE VIII. ADJUSTMENTS
31
2.1
Liabilities Assumed by Assuming Institution
9
       
2.2
Interest on Deposit Liabilities
11
 
8.1
Pro Forma Statement
31
2.3
Unclaimed Deposits
11
 
8.2
Correction of Errors and Omissions; Other
 
2.4
Employee Plans
12
   
Liabilities
32
       
8.3
Payments
32
ARTICLE III. PURCHASE OF ASSETS
12
 
8.4
Interest
32
       
8.5
Subsequent Adjustments
32
3.1
Assets Purchased by the Assuming Institution
12
       
3.2
Asset Purchase Price
12
 
ARTICLE IX. CONTINUING COOPERATION
33
3.3
Manner of Conveyance; Limited Warranty;
         
 
Nonrecourse; Etc.
13
 
9.1
General Matters
33
3.4
Puts of Assets to the Receiver
14
 
9.2
Additional Title Documents
33
3.5
Assets Not Purchased by Assuming Institution
16
 
9.3
Claims and Suits
33
3.6
Retention or Repurchase of Assets Essential to
   
9.4
Payment of Deposits
33
 
Receiver
17
 
9.5
Withheld Payments
33
3.7
Receiver's Offer to Sell Withheld Loans
18
 
9.6
Proceedings with Respect to Certain Assets and
 
         
Liabilities
34
ARTICLE IV. ASSUMPTION OF CERTAIN DUTIES
   
9.7
Information
34
AND OBLIGATIONS
19
 
9.8
Tax Ruling
35
             
4.1
Continuation of Banking Business
19
 
ARTICLE X. CONDITION PRECEDENT
35
4.2
Credit Card Business
19
       
4.3
Safe Deposit Business
19
 
ARTICLE XI. REPRESENTATIONS AND
 
4.4
Safekeeping Business
19
 
WARRANTIES OF THE ASSUMING INSTITUTION
35
4.5
Trust Business
20
       
4.6
Bank Premises
20
 
11.1
Corporate Existence and Authority
35
4.7
Agreement with Respect to Leased Data
   
11.2
Third Party Consent
35
 
Management Equipment
24
 
11.3
Execution and Enforceability
35
4.8
Certain Existing Agreements
25
 
11.4
Compliance with Law
35
4.9
Informational Tax Reporting
26
 
11.5
Insured or Guaranteed Loans
36
4.10
Insurance
26
 
11.6
Representations Remain True
36
4.11
Office Space for Receiver and Corporation; Certain
26
 
11.7
No Reliance; Independent Advice
36
 
Payments
         
4.12
Continuation of Group Health Plan Coverage for
   
ARTICLE XII INDEMNIFICATION
36
 
Former Employees of the Failed Bank
27
       
4.13
Interim Asset Servicing
28
 
12.1
Indemnification of Indemnitees
36
4.15
Loss Sharing
28
 
12.2
Conditions Precedent to Indemnification
39
       
12.3
No Additional Warranty
40
ARTICLE V. DUTIES WITH RESPECT TO
   
12.4
Indemnification of Receiver and Corporation
40
DEPOSITORS OF THE FAILED BANK
29
 
12.5
Obligations Supplemental
41
       
12.6
Criminal Claims
41
5.1
Payment of Checks, Drafts, Orders and Deposits
29
 
12.7
Limited Guaranty of the Corporation
41
5.2
Certain Agreements Related to Deposits
29
 
12.8
Subrogation
41
5.3
Notice to Depositors
29
       
       
ARTICLE XIII. MISCELLANEOUS
41
ARTICLE VI. RECORDS
30
       
       
13.1
Expenses
41
6.1
Transfer of Records
30
 
13.2
Waiver of Jury Trial
42
             
 

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement
February 21. 2012
i
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota
 


 
 
 
 

13.3
Consent; Determination or Discretion
42
 
13.10
Successors
43
13.4
Rights Cumulative
42
 
13.11
Modification
44
13.5
References
42
 
13.12
Manner of Payment
44
13.6
Notice
42
 
13.13
Waiver
44
13.7
Entire Agreement
43
 
13.14
Severability
44
13.8
Counterparts
43
 
13.15
Term of Agreement
44
13.9
Governing Law
43
 
13.16
Survival of Covenants, Etc.
44

 
SCHEDULES
 

   
Page
Excluded Deposit Liability Accounts
Schedule 2.1(a)
46
Purchase Price of Assets or any other assets
Schedule 3.2
47
Excluded Securities
Schedule 3.5(1)
49
Data Retention Catalog
Schedule 6.3
50
Accounts Excluded from Calculation of Deposit Franchise Bid Premium
Schedule 7
52
 
EXHIBITS
Page
Final Legal Notice
Exhibit 2.3A
54
Affidavit of Mailing
Exhibit 2.3B
56
Valuation of Certain Qualified Financial Contracts
Exhibit 3.2(c)
57
Interim Asset Servicing Arrangement
Exhibit 4.13
59
Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement
Exhibit 4.15A
63
Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement
Exhibit 4.15B
80


















Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement
February 21. 2012
ii
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota



 
 
 
 

PURCHASE AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT

WHOLE BANK

ALL DEPOSITS

THIS AGREEMENT , made and entered into as of the 27th day of April, 2012, by and among the FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION, RECEIVER of INTER SAVINGS BANK, FSB, MAPLE GROVE, MINNESOTA (the “Receiver” ), GREAT SOUTHERN BANK , organized under the laws of the State of Missouri, and having its principal place of business in REEDS SPRING, MISSOURI (the “Assuming Institution” ), and the FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION , organized under the laws of the United States of America and having its principal office in Washington, D.C., acting in its corporate capacity (the “Corporation” ).
 
R E C I T A L S
 
A.           On the Bank Closing Date, the Chartering Authority closed Inter Savings Bank, FSB (the “Failed Bank” ) pursuant to applicable law and the Corporation was appointed Receiver thereof.
 
B.           The Assuming Institution desires to purchase certain assets and assume certain deposits and other liabilities of the Failed Bank on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.
 
C.           Pursuant to 12 U.S.C. § 1823(c)(2)(A), the Corporation may provide assistance to the Assuming Institution to facilitate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, which assistance may include indemnification pursuant to Article XII.
 
D.           The Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board” ) has determined to provide assistance to the Assuming Institution on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement.
 
E.           The Board has determined pursuant to 12 U.S.C. § 1823(c)(4)(A) that such assistance is necessary to meet the obligation of the Corporation to provide insurance coverage for the insured deposits in the Failed Bank and is the least costly to the deposit insurance fund of all possible methods for meeting such obligation.
 
NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual promises herein set forth and other valuable consideration, the parties hereto agree as follows:
 
A G R E E M E N T
 
ARTICLE I.      GENERAL .
 
1.1.             Purpose .  The purpose of this Agreement is to set forth requirements regarding, among other things, the terms and conditions on which the Assuming Institution purchases certain assets and assumes certain liabilities of the Failed Bank.
 
1.2.             Shared-Loss Agreements . If the Receiver and the Assuming Institution desire to share losses and recoveries on certain acquired assets, a Shared-Loss Agreement or Shared-Loss Agreements are attached hereto as Exhibit 4.15A and/or Exhibit 4.15B , as applicable, and will
 
Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement
February 21. 2012
1
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota
 


 
 
 
 

govern the terms of any such shared-loss arrangement. To the extent that any inconsistencies may arise between the terms of this Agreement and a Shared-Loss Agreement with respect to the subject matter of a Shared-Loss Agreement, the terms of the applicable Shared-Loss Agreement shall control.
 
1.3.             Defined Terms . Capitalized terms used in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth or referenced in this Section 1.3. As used herein, words imparting the singular include the plural and vice versa.
 
“Acquired Subsidiary” or “Acquired Subsidiaries” means one or more, as applicable, Subsidiaries of the Failed Bank acquired pursuant to Section 3.1.
 
“Affiliate” of any Person means any director, officer, or employee of that Person and any other Person (i) who is directly or indirectly controlling, or controlled by, or under direct or indirect common control with, such Person, or (ii) who is an affiliate of such Person as the term “affiliate” is defined in § 2(k) of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, 12 U.S.C. § 1841.
 
“Agreement” means this Purchase and Assumption Agreement by and among the Assuming Institution, the Corporation and the Receiver, as amended or otherwise modified from time to time.
 
“Assets” means all assets of the Failed Bank purchased pursuant to Section 3.1. Assets owned by Subsidiaries of the Failed Bank are not “Assets” within the meaning of this definition by virtue of being owned by such Subsidiaries.
 
“Assumed Deposits” means Deposits.
 
“Assuming Institution” has the meaning set forth in the introduction to this Agreement.
 
“Bank Closing Date” means the close of business of the Failed Bank on the date on which the Chartering Authority closed such institution.
 
“Bank Premises” means the banking buildings, drive-in banking facilities, teller facilities (staffed or automated), storage and service facilities, structures connecting remote facilities to banking houses, land on which the foregoing are located and unimproved land, together with any adjacent parking, that are owned or leased by the Failed Bank and that have formerly been utilized, are currently utilized, or are intended to be utilized in the future by the Failed Bank as shown on the Failed Bank Records as of the Bank Closing Date.
 
“Bid Amount” has the meaning set forth in Article VII.
 
“Bid Form” means Exhibit “A” to the bid instructions provided to the Assuming Institution.
 
“Bid Valuation Date” means February 8, 2012.
 
“Board” has the meaning set forth in Recital D.
 
“Book Value” means, with respect to any Asset and any Liability Assumed, the dollar amount thereof stated on the Failed Bank Records. The Book Value of any item shall be determined as of the Bank Closing Date after adjustments made by the Receiver for differences
 
 

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement
February 21. 2012
2
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota
 


 
 
 
 

in accounts, suspense items, unposted debits and credits and other similar adjustments or corrections and for setoffs, whether voluntary or involuntary. The Book Value of an Acquired Subsidiary shall be determined from the investment in subsidiary and related accounts on the “bank only” (unconsolidated) balance sheet of the Failed Bank based on the Equity Method of Accounting. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, (i) the Book Value of a Liability Assumed shall include all accrued and unpaid interest thereon as of the Bank Closing Date, and (ii) the Book Value of a Loan shall reflect adjustments for earned interest, or unearned interest (as it relates to the “rule of 78s” or add-on-interest loans, as applicable), if any, as of the Bank Closing Date, adjustments for the portion of earned or unearned loan-related credit life and/or disability insurance premiums, if any, attributable to the Failed Bank as of the Bank Closing Date, and adjustments for Failed Bank Advances, if any, in each case as determined for financial reporting purposes. The Book Value of an Asset shall not include any adjustment for loan premiums, discounts or any related deferred income, fees or expenses, or general or specific reserves on the Failed Bank Records.
 
“Business Day” means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday, Federal legal holiday or legal holiday under the laws of the State where the Failed Bank is located, or a day on which the principal office of the Corporation is closed.
 
“Chartering Authority” means (i) with respect to a national bank, a Federal savings association or savings bank, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, (ii) with respect to a bank or savings institution chartered by a State, the agency of such State charged with primary responsibility for regulating and/or closing banks or savings institutions, as the case may be, (iii) the Corporation in accordance with 12 U.S.C. § 1821(c)(4), with regard to self appointment, or (iv) the appropriate Federal banking agency in accordance with 12 U.S.C. § 1821(c)(9).
 
“Commitment” means the unfunded portion of a line of credit or other commitment reflected on the books and records of the Failed Bank to make an extension of credit (or additional advances with respect to a Loan) that was legally binding on the Failed Bank as of the Bank Closing Date, other than extensions of credit pursuant to the credit card business and overdraft protection plans of the Failed Bank, if any.
 
“Corporation” has the meaning set forth in the introduction to this Agreement.
 
“Counterclaim” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.1(b).
 
“Credit Documents” means the agreements, instruments, certificates or other documents at any time evidencing or otherwise relating to, governing or executed in connection with or as security for, a Loan, including without limitation notes, bonds, loan agreements, letter of credit applications, lease financing contracts, banker's acceptances, drafts, interest protection agreements, currency exchange agreements, repurchase agreements, reverse repurchase agreements, guarantees, deeds of trust, mortgages, assignments, security agreements, pledges, subordination or priority agreements, lien priority agreements, undertakings, security instruments, certificates, documents, legal opinions, participation agreements and intercreditor agreements, and all amendments, modifications, renewals, extensions, rearrangements, and substitutions with respect to any of the foregoing.
 
“Credit File” means all Credit Documents and all other credit, collateral or insurance documents in the possession or custody of the Assuming Institution, or any of its Subsidiaries or
 
 

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement
February 21. 2012
3
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota
 


 
 
 
 

Affiliates, relating to an Asset or a Loan included in a Put Notice, or copies of any such documents.
 
“Deposit” means a deposit as defined in 12 U.S.C. § 1813(1), including without limitation, outstanding cashier's checks and other official checks and all uncollected items included in the depositors' balances and credited on the books and records of the Failed Bank; provided that the term “Deposit” shall not include all or any portion of those deposit balances which, in the discretion of the Receiver or the Corporation, (i) may be required to satisfy it for any liquidated or contingent liability of any depositor arising from an unauthorized or unlawful transaction, or (ii) may be needed to provide payment of any liability of any depositor to the Failed Bank or the Receiver, including the liability of any depositor as a director or officer of the Failed Bank, whether or not the amount of the liability is or can be determined as of the Bank Closing Date.
 
“Deposit Secured Loan” means a loan in which the only collateral securing the loan is Assumed Deposits or deposits at other insured depository institutions.
 
“Electronically Stored Information” means any system backup tapes, any electronic mail (whether on an exchange or other similar system), any data on personal computers and any data on server hard drives.
 
“Eligible Individuals” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.12.
 
“Equity Method of Accounting” means the carrying value of a bank's investment in a subsidiary is originally recorded at cost but is adjusted periodically to record as income the bank's proportionate share of the subsidiary's earnings or losses and decreased by the amount of cash dividends or similar distributions received from the subsidiary. Acquired Subsidiaries with negative equity will be restated to $1 pursuant to the Equity Method of Accounting.
 
“ERISA” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.12.
 
“Failed Bank” has the meaning set forth in Recital A.
 
“Failed Bank Advances” means the total sums paid by the Failed Bank to (i) protect its lien position, (ii) pay ad valorem taxes and hazard insurance and (iii) pay premiums for credit life insurance, accident and health insurance and vendor's single interest insurance.
 
“Failed Bank Records” means Records of the Failed Bank, including but not limited to, its corporate minutes, general ledger and subsidiary ledgers and schedules which support the general ledger balances.
 
“Fair Market Value” means:
 
(a)           “Market Value” as defined in the regulation prescribing the standards for real estate appraisals used in federally related transactions, 12 C.F.R. § 323.2(g), and accordingly shall mean the most probable price which a property should bring in a competitive and open market under all conditions requisite to a fair sale, the buyer and seller each acting prudently and knowledgeably, and assuming the price is not affected by undue stimulus. Implicit in this definition is the assumed consummation of a sale as of a specified date and the passing of title from seller to buyer under conditions whereby:
 
(i)           Buyer and seller are typically motivated;
 
Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement
February 21. 2012
4
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota

 
 
 
 

(ii)           Both parties are well informed or well advised, and acting in what they consider their own best interests;
 
(iii)           A reasonable time is allowed for exposure in the open market;
 
(iv)           Payment is made in terms of cash in U.S. dollars or in terms of financial arrangements comparable thereto; and
 
(v)           The price represents the normal consideration for the property sold unaffected by special or creative financing or sales concessions granted by anyone associated with the sale;
 
as determined as of the Bank Closing Date by an appraiser chosen by the Receiver; any costs and fees associated with such determination shall be paid by the Receiver, and
 
with respect to Bank Premises (to the extent, if any, that Bank Premises are purchased utilizing this valuation method), shall be determined not later than sixty (60) days after the Bank Closing Date by an appraiser selected by the Receiver within seven (7) days after the Bank Closing Date, and with respect to Specialty Assets, shall be determined by an appraiser selected by the Receiver within seven (7) days after the Bank Closing Date; or
 
(b)           with respect to property other than Bank Premises and Specialty Assets purchased utilizing this valuation method, the price therefor as established by the Receiver, as determined in accordance with clause (a) above.
 
“FDIC Office Space” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.11.
 
“Final Legal Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(a).
 
“Fixtures” means those leasehold improvements, additions, alterations and installations constituting all or a part of Bank Premises (including without limitation automated teller machines that are affixed to a Bank Premises and may be not removed without causing structural damage to such Bank Premises) and which were acquired, added, built, installed or purchased at the expense of the Failed Bank, regardless of the holder of legal title thereto as of the Bank Closing Date.
 
“Furniture and Equipment” means the furniture and equipment (other than Safe Deposit Boxes, Personal Computers, Owned Data Management Equipment, Specialty Assets and motor vehicles), leased or owned by the Failed Bank and reflected on the Failed Bank Records as of the Bank Closing Date and located on or at Bank Premises, including without limitation automated teller machines (to the extent they are not Fixtures), carpeting, furniture, office machinery, shelving, office supplies, telephone, surveillance and security systems, ancillary equipment and artwork. Furniture and equipment located at a storage facility not adjacent to a Bank Premises are excluded from this definition.
 
“GSE” means a government sponsored enterprise.
 
“Indemnitees” means, except as provided in Section 12.1(b)(xi), (i) the Assuming Institution, (ii) the Subsidiaries and Affiliates of the Assuming Institution other than any Subsidiaries or Affiliates of the Failed Bank that are or become Subsidiaries or Affiliates of the Assuming Institution and (iii) the directors, officers, employees and agents of the Assuming Institution and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates who are not also present or former directors,
 
Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement
February 21. 2012
5
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota

 
 
 
 

officers, employees or agents of the Failed Bank or of any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Failed Bank.
 
“Information Package” means the most recent compilation of financial and other data with respect to the Failed Bank, including any amendments or supplements thereto, provided to the Assuming Institution by the Corporation on the web site used by the Corporation to market the Failed Bank to potential acquirers.
 
“Initial Payment” means the payment made pursuant to Article VII (based on the best information available as of the Bank Closing Date), the amount of which shall be either (i) if the Bid Amount is positive, the aggregate Book Value of the Liabilities Assumed minus the sum of the aggregate purchase price of the Assets as determined pursuant to Section 3.2 and assets purchased (including any Bank Premises purchased via the Bid Form) and the positive Bid Amount, or (ii) if the Bid Amount is negative, the sum of the aggregate Book Value of the Liabilities Assumed and the negative Bid Amount minus the aggregate purchase price of the Assets and assets purchased (including any Bank Premises purchased via the Bid Form). The Initial Payment shall be payable by the Corporation to the Assuming Institution if (0 the Liabilities Assumed are greater than the sum of the positive Bid Amount and the Assets and any other assets purchased , or if (ii) the sum of the Liabilities Assumed and the negative Bid Amount are greater than the Assets and assets purchased. The Initial Payment shall be payable by the Assuming Institution to the Corporation if (i) the Liabilities Assumed are less than the sum of the positive Bid Amount and the Assets and assets purchased, or if (ii) the sum of the Liabilities Assumed and the negative Bid Amount is less than the Assets and assets purchased. Such Initial Payment shall be subject to adjustment as provided in Article VIII.
 
“Leased Data Management Equipment” means any equipment, computer hardware, computer software (and the lease or licensing agreements related thereto), computer networking equipment, printers, fax machines, copiers, document scanners, data tape systems, data tapes, DVDs, CDs, flash drives, telecommunications and check processing equipment and any other electronic storage media leased by the Failed Bank at Bank Closing which is, was, or could have been used by the Failed Bank in connection with data management activities.
 
“Legal Balance” means the amount of indebtedness legally owed by an Obligor with respect to a Loan, including principal and accrued and unpaid interest, late fees, attorneys' fees and expenses, taxes, insurance premiums, and similar charges, if any.
 
“Liabilities Assumed” has the meaning provided in Section 2.1.
 
“Lien” means any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, assignment for security purposes, security interest or encumbrance of any kind with respect to an Asset, including any conditional sale agreement or capital lease or other title retention agreement relating to such Asset.
 
“Loan” or “Loans” means, individually or collectively, all of the following owed to or held by the Failed Bank as of the Bank Closing Date:
 
(a)           loans (including loans which have been charged off the Failed Bank Records in whole or in part prior to and including the Bid Valuation Date), participation agreements, interests in participations, overdrafts of customers (including but not limited to overdrafts made pursuant to an overdraft protection plan or similar extensions of credit in connection with a deposit account), revolving commercial lines of credit, home equity
 
Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement
February 21. 2012
6
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota
 


 
 
 
 

lines of credit, Commitments, United States and/or State-guaranteed student loans and lease financing contracts;
 
(b)           all Liens, rights (including rights of set-off), remedies, powers, privileges, demands, claims, priorities, equities and benefits owned or held by, or accruing or to accrue to or for the benefit of, the holder of the obligations or instruments referred to in clause (a) above, including but not limited to those arising under or based upon Credit Documents, casualty insurance policies and binders, standby letters of credit, mortgagee title insurance policies and binders, payment bonds and performance bonds at any time and from time to time existing with respect to any of the obligations or instruments referred to in clause (a) above; and
 
(c)           all amendments, modifications, renewals, extensions, refinancings and refundings of or for any of the foregoing.
 
“New Loan” means a Loan made by the Failed Bank after the Bid Valuation Date that is not a continuation, amendment, modification, renewal, extension, refinancing, restructuring or refunding of or for any then-existing Loan.
 
“Obligor” means each Person liable for the full or partial payment or performance of any Loan, whether such Person is obligated directly, indirectly, primarily, secondarily, jointly or severally.
 
“Other Real Estate” means all interests in real estate (other than Bank Premises and Fixtures), including but not limited to mineral estates, leasehold rights, condominium and cooperative interests, easements, air rights, water rights, and development rights that are owned by the Failed Bank.
 
“Owned Data Management Equipment” means any equipment, computer hardware, computer software, computer networking equipment, printers, fax machines, copiers, document scanners, data tape systems, data tapes, DVDs, CDs, flash drives, telecommunications and check processing equipment and any other electronic storage media owned by the Failed Bank at Bank Closing which is, was, or could have been used by the Failed Bank in connection with data management activities.
 
“Payment Date” means the first Business Day after the Bank Closing Date.
 
“Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, limited liability company, limited liability partnership, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof, excluding the Corporation.
 
“Personal Computer(s)” means computers based on a microprocessor generally designed to be used by one person at a time and which usually store informational data on that computer's internal hard drive or attached peripheral, and associated peripherals (such as keyboard, mouse, etc.). A personal computer can be found in various configurations such as laptops, net books, and desktops.
 
“Primary Indemnitor” means any Person (other than the Assuming Institution or any of its Affiliates) who is obligated to indemnify or insure, or otherwise make payments (including payments on account of claims made against) to or on behalf of any Person in connection with
 
 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement
February 21. 2012
7
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota
 


 
 
 
 

the claims covered under Article XII, including without limitation any insurer issuing any directors and officers liability policy or any Person issuing a financial institution bond or banker's blanket bond.
 
“Pro Forma” means a balance sheet that reflects a reasonably accurate financial statement of the Failed Bank through the Bank Closing Date and serves as a basis for the opening entries of both the Assuming Institution and the Receiver.
 
“Proprietary Software” means computer software developed for and owned by the Failed Bank for its own purpose and use.
 
“Put Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.4(d).
 
“Put Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.4(c).
 
“Qualified Beneficiaries” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.12.
 
“Qualified Financial Contract” means a qualified financial contract as defined in 12 U.S.C. § 1821(e)(8)(D).
 
“Record” means any document, microfiche, microfilm or Electronically Stored Information (including but not limited to magnetic tape, disc storage, card forms and printed copy) of the Failed Bank generated or maintained by the Failed Bank that is owned by or in the possession of the Receiver at the Bank Closing Date.
 
“Receiver” has the meaning set forth in the introduction to this Agreement.
 
“Related Liability” with respect to any Asset means any liability existing and reflected on the Failed Bank Records as of the Bank Closing Date for (i) indebtedness secured by mortgages, deeds of trust, chattel mortgages, security interests or other liens on or affecting such Asset, (ii) ad valorem taxes applicable to such Asset and (iii) any other obligation determined by the Receiver to be directly related to such Asset.
 
“Related Liability Amount” with respect to any Related Liability on the books of the Assuming Institution, means the amount of such Related Liability as stated on the Failed Bank Records of the Assuming Institution (as maintained in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles) as of the date as of which the Related Liability Amount is being determined. With respect to a liability that relates to more than one Asset, the amount of such Related Liability shall be allocated among such Assets for the purpose of determining the Related Liability Amount with respect to any one of such Assets.
 
Such allocation shall be made by specific allocation, where determinable, and otherwise shall be pro rata based upon the dollar amount of such Assets stated on the Failed Bank Records of the entity that owns such Asset.
 
“Repurchase Price” means, with respect to any Asset, first taking the Book Value of the Asset at the Bank Closing Date and either subtracting the pro rata Asset discount or adding the pro rata Asset premium, and subsequently adjusting that amount (i) for any advances and interest on such Asset after the Bank Closing Date, (ii) by subtracting the total amount received by the Assuming Institution for such Asset after the Bank Closing Date, regardless of how applied and (iii) by adding total disbursements of principal made by the Receiver not otherwise included in
 
Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement
February 21. 2012
8
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota

 
 
 
 

the Book Value. For New Loans, the Repurchase Price shall not take into account the pro rata Asset discount or premium.
 
“Safe Deposit Boxes” means the safe deposit boxes of the Failed Bank, if any, including the removable safe deposit boxes and safe deposit stacks in the Failed Bank's vault(s), all rights and benefits under rental agreements with respect to such safe deposit boxes, and all keys and combinations thereto.
 
“Settlement Date” means the first Business Day immediately prior to the day which is three hundred sixty-five (365) days after the Bank Closing Date, or such other date prior thereto as may be agreed upon by the Receiver and the Assuming Institution. The Receiver, in its discretion, may extend the Settlement Date.
 
“Settlement Interest Rate” means, for the first calendar quarter or portion thereof during which interest accrues, the rate determined by the Receiver to be equal to the investment rate on twenty-six (26)-week United States Treasury Bills as published on the Bank Closing Date by the United States Treasury on the TreasuryDirect.gov website; provided, that if no such Investment Rate is published the week of the Bank Closing Date, the investment rate for such Treasury Bills most recently published by the United States Treasury on TreasuryDirect.gov prior to the Bank Closing Date shall be used. Thereafter, the rate shall be adjusted to the rate determined by the Receiver to be equal to the Investment Rate on such Treasury Bills in effect as of the first day of each succeeding calendar quarter during which interest accrues as published by the United States Treasury on the TreasuryDirect.gov website.
 
“Shared-Loss Agreements” means, if any, the Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit 4.15A and, if any, the Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, attached hereto as Exhibit 4.15B .
 
“Specialty Assets” means assets that have a greater value than more traditional furniture and equipment owned by the Failed Bank and reflected on the Failed Bank Records as of the Bank Closing Date and located on or at Bank Premises, including without limitation fine art and high end decorative art; classic and antique motor vehicles; rare books; rare coins; airplanes; boats; jewelry; collectible firearms; Indian or other cultural artifacts; sculptures; Proprietary Software; and any other items that typically cannot be appraised by a Furniture and Equipment appraiser. Specialty Assets does not include any repossessed collateral.
 
“Subsidiary” has the meaning set forth in § 3(w)(4) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. § 1813(w)(4), as amended.
 
ARTICLE II.   ASSUMPTION OF LIABILITIES .
 
2.1.             Liabilities Assumed by Assuming Institution . The Assuming Institution expressly assumes at Book Value (subject to adjustment pursuant to Article VIII) and agrees to pay, perform and discharge, all of the following liabilities of the Failed Bank as of the Bank Closing Date, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement (such liabilities referred to as “Liabilities Assumed” ):
 
(a)           Assumed Deposits, except those Deposits specifically listed on Schedule 2.1(a); provided, that as to any Deposits of public money which are Assumed Deposits, the Assuming Institution agrees to properly secure such Deposits with such Assets as appropriate which, prior to the Bank Closing Date, were pledged as security by the Failed Bank,
 
Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement
February 21. 2012
9
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota


 
 
 
 

or with assets of the Assuming Institution, if such securing Assets, if any, are insufficient to properly secure such Deposits;
 
(b)           liabilities for indebtedness secured by mortgages, deeds of trust, chattel mortgages, security interests or other liens on or affecting any Assets, if any; provided, that the amount of any liability assumed pursuant to this Section 2.1(b) shall be limited to the market value of the Assets securing such liability as determined by the Receiver;
 
(c)           all borrowings from, and obligations and indebtedness to, Federal Reserve Banks and Federal Home Loan Banks, if any, whether currently owed, or conditional or not yet matured, including but not limited to, if applicable, (i) advances, including principal, interest, and any prepayment fees, costs and expenses; (ii) letters of credit, including any reimbursement obligations; (iii) acquired member assets programs, including representations, warranties, credit enhancement obligations and servicing obligations; (iv) affordable housing programs, including retention agreements and other contracts and monitoring obligations; (v) swaps and other derivatives; and (vi) safekeeping and custody agreements, provided, that the assumption of any liability pursuant to this Section 2.1(c) shall be limited to the market value of the assets securing such liability as determined by the Receiver; and overdrafts, debit balances, service charges, reclamations and adjustments to accounts with the Federal Reserve Banks as reflected on the books and records of any such Federal Reserve Bank within ninety (90) days after the Bank Closing Date, if any;
 
(d)           ad valorem taxes applicable to any Asset, if any; provided, that the assumption of any ad valorem taxes pursuant to this Section 2.1(d) shall be limited to an amount equal to the market value of the Asset to which such taxes apply as determined by the Receiver;
 
(e)           liabilities, if any, for federal funds purchased, repurchase agreements and overdrafts in accounts maintained with other depository institutions (including any accrued and unpaid interest thereon computed to and including the Bank Closing Date); provided, that the assumption of any liability pursuant to this Section 2.1(e) shall be limited to the market value of the Assets securing such liability as determined by the Receiver;
 
(f)           United States Treasury tax and loan note option accounts, if any;
 
(g)           liabilities for any acceptance or commercial letter of credit provided, that the assumption of any liability pursuant to this Section 2.1(g) shall be limited to the market value of the Assets securing such liability as determined by the Receiver;
 
(h)           liabilities for any “standby letters of credit” as defined in 12 C.F.R. § 337.2(a) issued on the behalf of any Obligor of a Loan acquired hereunder by the Assuming Institution, but excluding any other standby letters of credit;
 
(i)           duties and obligations assumed pursuant to this Agreement including without limitation those relating to the Failed Bank's Records, credit card business, debit card business, stored value and gift card business, overdraft protection plans, safe deposit business, safekeeping business and trust business, if any;
 
(j)           liabilities, if any, for Commitments;
 
(k)           liabilities, if any, for amounts owed to any Acquired Subsidiary;
 
Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement
February 21. 2012
10
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota

 
 
 
 

(1)           liabilities, if any, with respect to Qualified Financial Contracts;
 
(m)           liabilities, if any, under any contract pursuant to which loan servicing is provided to the Failed Bank by others;
 
(n)           all asset-related offensive litigation liabilities and all asset-related defensive litigation liabilities, but only to the extent such liabilities relate to assets subject to a Shared-Loss Agreement, and provided that all other defensive litigation and any class actions with respect to credit card business are retained by the Receiver; and
 
(o)           any deferred revenue, income or fees recorded on the general ledger of the Failed Bank as of the Bank Closing Date attributable to any business assumed pursuant to Section 4.2, 4.3, 4.4, or 4.5 of this Agreement, excluding any deferred income or revenue relative to FASB 91 – Loan Fees and Costs associated with originating or acquiring Loans and initial direct costs of leases.
 
2.2.             Interest on Deposit Liabilities . The Assuming Institution agrees that, from and after the Bank Closing Date, it will accrue and pay interest on Assumed Deposits pursuant to Section 2.1 at a rate(s) it shall determine; provided, that for non-transaction Deposit liabilities such rate(s) shall not be less than the lowest rate offered by the Assuming Institution to its depositors for non-transaction deposit accounts. The Assuming Institution shall permit each depositor to withdraw, without penalty for early withdrawal, all or any portion of such depositor's Deposit, whether or not the Assuming Institution elects to pay interest in accordance with any deposit agreement formerly existing between the Failed Bank and such depositor; and further provided, that if such Deposit has been pledged to secure an obligation of the depositor or other party, any withdrawal thereof shall be subject to the terms of the agreement governing such pledge. The Assuming Institution shall give notice to such depositors as provided in Section 5.3 of the rate(s) of interest which it has determined to pay and of such withdrawal rights.
 
2.3.            Unclaimed Deposits .
 
(a)            Final Legal Notice . Fifteen (15) months following the Bank Closing
 
Date, the Assuming Institution will provide the Receiver a listing of all deposit accounts, including the type of account, not claimed by the depositor. The Receiver will review the list and authorize the Assuming Institution to act on behalf of the Receiver to send a Final Legal Notice in a form substantially similar to Exhibit 2.3A (the “Final Legal Notice” ) to the owner(s) of the unclaimed deposits reminding them of the need to claim or arrange to continue their account(s) with the Assuming Institution. The Assuming Institution will send the Final Legal Notice to the depositors within thirty (30) days following notification of the Receiver's authorization. The Assuming Institution will prepare an Affidavit of Mailing in a form substantially similar to Exhibit 2.3B and will forward the Affidavit of Mailing to the Receiver after mailing out the Final Legal Notice to the owner(s) of unclaimed deposit accounts.
 
(b)            Unclaimed Deposits . If, within eighteen (18) months after the Bank Closing Date, any depositor of the Failed Bank does not claim or arrange to continue such depositor's Assumed Deposits at the Assuming Institution, the Assuming Institution shall, within fifteen (15) Business Days after the end of such eighteen (18) month period, (i) refund to the Receiver the full amount of each such Deposit (without reduction for service charges), (ii)
 
 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement
February 21. 2012
11
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota
 


 
 
 
 

provide to the Receiver a schedule of all such refunded Deposits in such form as may be prescribed by the Receiver, and (iii) assign, transfer, convey, and deliver to the Receiver, all right, title and interest of the Assuming Institution in and to the Records previously transferred to the Assuming Institution and other records generated or maintained by the Assuming Institution pertaining to such Deposits. During such eighteen (18) month period, at the request of the Receiver, the Assuming Institution promptly shall provide to the Receiver schedules of unclaimed Deposits in such form as may be prescribed by the Receiver.
 
2.4.             Employee Plans . Except as provided in Section 4.12, the Assuming Institution shall have no liabilities, obligations or responsibilities under the Failed Bank's health care, bonus, vacation, pension, profit sharing, deferred compensation, 401k or stock purchase plans or similar plans, if any, unless the Receiver and the Assuming Institution agree otherwise subsequent to the date of this Agreement.
 
ARTICLE III.   PURCHASE OF ASSETS .
 
3.1.             Assets Purchased by Assuming Institution . With the exception of certain assets expressly excluded in Sections 3.5 and 3.6 and, if applicable, listed on Schedule 3.5(1) the Assuming Institution hereby purchases from the Receiver, and the Receiver hereby sells, assigns, transfers, conveys and delivers to the Assuming Institution, all right, title and interest of the Receiver in and to all of the assets (real, personal and mixed, wherever located and however acquired) including all subsidiaries, joint ventures, partnerships and any and all other business combinations or arrangements, whether active, inactive, dissolved or terminated, of the Failed Bank whether or not reflected on the books of the Failed Bank as of the Bank Closing Date. Assets are purchased hereunder by the Assuming Institution subject to all liabilities for indebtedness collateralized by Liens affecting such Assets to the extent provided in Section 2.1.
 
3.2.             Asset Purchase Price .
 
(a)            Determination of Asset Purchase Price . All Assets and assets of the Failed Bank subject to an option to purchase by the Assuming Institution shall be purchased for the amount, or the amount resulting from the method specified for determining the amount, as specified on Schedule 3.2, except as otherwise may be provided herein. Any Asset, asset of the Failed Bank subject to an option to purchase or other asset purchased for which no purchase price is specified on Schedule 3.2 or otherwise herein shall be purchased at its Book Value. The purchase price for Acquired Subsidiaries shall be adjusted pursuant to Section 4.6(i)(iv), if applicable.
 
(b)            Purchase Price for Securities . The purchase price for any security (other than the capital stock of any Acquired Subsidiary and Federal Home Loan Bank stock) purchased under Section 3.1 by the Assuming Institution shall consist of the market price (as defined below) of the security as of the Bank Closing Date, multiplied by the bank's ownership interest in the security (see Calculation of Purchase Price below) and shall include accrued interest, where applicable, as noted below.
 
(i)            Definition of Market Price : The market price for any security shall be (i) the market price for that security quoted at the close of the trading day effective on the Bank Closing Date as published electronically by Bloomberg, L.P., or alternatively, at the discretion of the Receiver, by IDC/Financial Times (FT) Interactive Data; (ii) provided that if such market price is not available for such security, the Assuming
 
 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement
February 21. 2012
12
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota
 


 
 
 
 

Institution will submit a written purchase price bid for such security within three days of notification/bid request by the Receiver (unless a different time period is agreed to by the Assuming Institution and the Receiver) and the Receiver, in its sole and absolute discretion, will accept or reject each such purchase price bid; (iii) further provided that in the absence of an acceptable bid from the Assuming Institution, or in the event that a security is deemed essential to the Receiver as determined by the Receiver in its discretion (see Section 3.6 Retention or Repurchase of Assets Essential to the Receiver) such security shall not pass to the Assuming Institution and shall be deemed to be an excluded asset hereunder and listed on Schedule 3.5(1) .
 
(ii)            Calculation of Purchase Price . The bank's ownership interest in a security will be quantified one of two ways: (i) number of shares or other units, as applicable (in the case of equity securities) or (ii) par value or notational amount, as applicable (in the case of non-equity securities). As a result, the purchase price (except where determined pursuant to clause (ii) of the preceding paragraph) shall be calculated one of two ways, depending on whether or not the security is an equity security: (i) the purchase price for an equity security shall be calculated by multiplying the number of shares or other units by the applicable market price per unit; and (ii) the purchase price for a non-equity security shall be an amount equal to the applicable market price (expressed as a decimal), multiplied by the par value for such security (based on the payment factor most recently widely available). The purchase price also shall include accrued interest as calculated below (see Calculation of Accrued Interest), except to the extent the parties may otherwise expressly agree, pursuant to clause (ii) of the preceding paragraph. If the factor used to determine the par value of any security for purposes of calculating the purchase price, is not for the period in which the Bank Closing Date occurs, then the purchase price for that security shall be subject to adjustment post-closing based on a “cancel and correct” procedure. Under this procedure, after such current factor becomes publicly available, the Receiver will recalculate the purchase price utilizing the current factor and related interest rate, and will notify the Assuming Institution of any difference and of the applicable amount due from one party to the other. Such amount will then be paid as part of the settlement process pursuant to Article VIII.
 
(iii)            Calculation of Accrued Interest for Securities : Accrued interest shall be calculated for a non-equity security by multiplying the interest rate (expressed as a decimal point) paid on the security as then most recently publicly available, by the most recent par value (or notational amount, as applicable) of that security, multiplied by the number of days from and including the first interest day of the accrual period in which the Bank Closing Date occurs, through the Bank Closing Date.
 
(c)            Purchase Price for Qualified Financial Contracts . Qualified Financial Contracts shall be purchased at market value determined in accordance with the terms of Exhibit 3.2(c). Any costs associated with such valuation shall be shared equally by the Receiver and the Assuming Institution.
 
3.3.             Manner of Conveyance; Limited Warranty; Nonrecourse; Etc. THE CONVEYANCE OF ALL ASSETS, INCLUDING REAL AND PERSONAL PROPERTY INTERESTS, PURCHASED BY THE ASSUMING INSTITUTION UNDER THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE MADE, AS NECESSARY, BY RECEIVER'S DEED OR RECEIVER'S BILL OF SALE, “AS IS”, “WHERE IS”, WITHOUT RECOURSE AND,
 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement
February 21. 2012
13
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota


 
 
 
 

EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE SPECIFICALLY PROVIDED IN THIS AGREEMENT, WITHOUT ANY WARRANTIES WHATSOEVER WITH RESPECT TO SUCH ASSETS, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, WITH RESPECT TO TITLE, VALUE, COLLECTIBILITY, GENUINENESS, ENFORCEABILITY, DOCUMENTATION, CONDITION OR FREEDOM FROM LIENS OR ENCUMBRANCES (IN WHOLE OR IN PART), OR ANY OTHER MATTERS.
 
3.4.            Puts of Assets to the Receiver .
 
(a)            Puts Within 30 Days After the Bank Closing Date . During the thirty (30)-day period following the Bank Closing Date and only during such period (which thirty (30)-day period may be extended in writing in the sole and absolute discretion of the Receiver for any Loan), in accordance with this Section 3.4, the Assuming Institution shall be entitled to require the Receiver to purchase any New Loans and any Deposit Secured Loan transferred to the Assuming Institution pursuant to Section 3.1 which is not fully secured by Assumed Deposits or deposits at other insured depository institutions due to either insufficient Assumed Deposit or deposit collateral or deficient documentation regarding such collateral; provided that with regard to any Deposit Secured Loan secured by an Assumed Deposit:
 
(i)           no such purchase may be required until any Deposit setoff determination, whether voluntary or involuntary, has been made; and
 
(ii)           the Assuming Institution shall be entitled to require the Receiver to purchase, within forty (40) days from Bank Closing Date, any remaining overdraft transferred to the Assuming Institution pursuant to Section 3.1 which existed on the thirtieth (30th) day following the Bank Closing Date and which was made after the Bid Valuation Date and not made pursuant to an overdraft protection plan or similar extension of credit.
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Assuming Institution shall not have the right to require the Receiver to purchase any Loan if (i) the Obligor with respect to such Loan is an Acquired Subsidiary, or (ii) the Assuming Institution has:
 
(A)           made any advance in accordance with the terms of a Commitment or otherwise with respect to such Loan;
 
(B)           taken any action that increased the amount of a Related Liability with respect to such Loan over the amount of such liability immediately prior to the time of such action;
 
(C)           created or permitted to be created any Lien on such Loan which secures indebtedness for money borrowed or which constitutes a conditional sales agreement, capital lease or other title retention agreement;
 
(D)           entered into, agreed to make, grant or permit, or made, granted or permitted any modification or amendment to, any waiver or extension with respect to, or any renewal, refinancing or refunding of, such Loan or related Credit Documents or collateral, including, without limitation, any act or omission which diminished such collateral; or
 
 

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement
February 21. 2012
14
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota
 


 
 
 
 

(E)           sold, assigned or transferred all or a portion of such Loan to a third party (whether with or without recourse).
 
(iii)           The Assuming Institution shall transfer all such Assets to the Receiver without recourse, and shall indemnify the Receiver against any and all claims of any Person claiming by, through or under the Assuming Institution with respect to any such Asset, as provided in Section 12.4.
 
(b)            Puts Prior to the Settlement Date . During the period from the Bank Closing Date to and including the Business Day immediately preceding the Settlement Date, the Assuming Institution shall be entitled to require the Receiver to purchase any Asset which the Assuming Institution can establish is evidenced by forged or stolen instruments as of the Bank Closing Date; provided that the Assuming Institution shall not have the right to require the Receiver to purchase any such Asset with respect to which the Assuming Institution has taken any action referred to in Section 3.4(a)(ii) with respect to such Asset. The Assuming Institution shall transfer all such Assets to the Receiver without recourse, and shall indemnify the Receiver against any and all claims of any Person claiming by, through or under the Assuming Institution with respect to any such Asset, as provided in Section 12.4.
 
(c)            Notices to the Receiver . In the event that the Assuming Institution elects to require the Receiver to purchase one or more Assets, the Assuming Institution shall deliver to the Receiver a notice (a “Put Notice”) which shall include:
 
(i)           a list of all Assets that the Assuming Institution requires the Receiver to purchase;
 
(ii)           a list of all Related Liabilities with respect to the Assets identified pursuant to (i) above; and
 
(iii)           a statement of the estimated Repurchase Price of each Asset identified pursuant to (i) above as of the applicable Put Date.
 
Such notice shall be in the form prescribed by the Receiver or such other form to which the Receiver shall consent. As provided in Section 9.6, the Assuming Institution shall deliver to the Receiver such documents, Credit Files and such additional information relating to the subject matter of the Put Notice as the Receiver may request and shall provide to the Receiver full access to all other relevant books and Records.
 
(d)            Purchase by Receiver . The Receiver shall purchase Assets that are specified in the Put Notice and shall assume Related Liabilities with respect to such Assets, and the transfer of such Assets and Related Liabilities shall be effective as of a date determined by the Receiver which date shall not be later than thirty (30) days after receipt by the Receiver of the Put Notice (the “Put Date”).
 
(e)            Purchase Price and Payment Date . Each Asset purchased by the Receiver pursuant to this Section 3.4 shall be purchased at a price equal to the Repurchase Price of such Asset less the Related Liability Amount applicable to such Asset, in each case determined as of the applicable Put Date. If the difference between such Repurchase Price and such Related Liability Amount is positive, then the Receiver shall pay to the Assuming Institution the amount of such difference; if the difference between such amounts is negative, then the Assuming Institution shall pay to the Receiver the amount of such difference. The
 
Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement
February 21. 2012
15
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota

 
 
 
 

Assuming Institution or the Receiver, as the case may be, shall pay the purchase price determined pursuant to this Section 3.4(e) not later than the twentieth (20th) Business Day following the applicable Put Date, together with interest on such amount at the Settlement Interest Rate for the period from and including such Put Date to and including the day preceding the date upon which payment is made.
 
(f)            Servicing . The Assuming Institution shall administer and manage any Asset subject to purchase by the Receiver in accordance with usual and prudent banking standards and business practices until such time as such Asset is purchased by the Receiver.
 
(g)            Reversals . In the event that the Receiver purchases an Asset (and assumes the Related Liability) that it is not required to purchase pursuant to this Section 3.4, the Assuming Institution shall repurchase such Asset (and assume such Related Liability) from the Receiver at a price computed so as to achieve the same economic result as would apply if the Receiver had never purchased such Asset pursuant to this Section 3.4.
 
3.5.             Assets Not Purchased by Assuming Institution . The Assuming Institution does not purchase, acquire or assume, or (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) obtain an option to purchase, acquire or assume under this Agreement:
 
(a)           any financial institution bonds, banker's blanket bonds, or public liability, fire, extended coverage insurance policy, bank owned life insurance or any other insurance policy of the Failed Bank, or premium refund, unearned premium derived from cancellation, or any proceeds payable with respect to any of the foregoing;
 
(b)           any interest, right, action, claim, or judgment against (1) any officer, director, employee, accountant, attorney, or any other Person employed or retained by the Failed Bank or any Subsidiary of the Failed Bank on or prior to the Bank Closing Date arising out of any act or omission of such Person in such capacity, (ii) any underwriter of financial institution bonds, banker's blanket bonds or any other insurance policy of the Failed Bank, (iii) any shareholder or holding company of the Failed Bank, or (iv) any other Person whose action or inaction may be related to any loss (exclusive of any loss resulting from such Person's failure to pay on a Loan made by the Failed Bank) incurred by the Failed Bank; provided that for the purposes hereof, the acts, omissions or other events giving rise to any such claim shall have occurred on or before the Bank Closing Date, regardless of when any such claim is discovered and regardless of whether any such claim is made with respect to a financial institution bond, banker's blanket bond, or any other insurance policy of the Failed Bank in force as of the Bank Closing Date;
 
(c)           prepaid regulatory assessments of the Failed Bank, if any;
 
(d)           legal or equitable interests in tax receivables of the Failed Bank, if any, including any claims arising as a result of the Failed Bank having entered into any agreement or otherwise being joined with another Person with respect to the filing of tax returns or the payment of taxes;
 
(e)           amounts reflected on the Failed Bank Records as of the Bank Closing Date as a general or specific loss reserve or contingency account, if any;
 
(f)           leased or owned Bank Premises and leased or owned Fixtures, Proprietary Software, Furniture and Equipment located on leased or owned Bank Premises, and
 
Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement
February 21. 2012
16
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota
 


 
 
 
 

Specialty Assets located on leased or owned Bank Premises, if any; provided that the Assuming Institution does obtain an option under Sections 4.6, 4.7 or 4.8, as the case may be, with respect thereto;
 
(g)           owned Bank Premises which the Receiver, in its discretion, determines may contain environmentally hazardous substances;
 
(h)           any “goodwill,” as such term is defined in the instructions to the report of condition prepared by banks examined by the Corporation in accordance with 12 C.F.R. 304.3, and other intangibles (other than intellectual property);
 
(i)           any criminal restitution or forfeiture orders issued in favor of the Failed Bank;
 
(j)           any and all prepaid fees or any other income as shown on the books and Records of the Failed Bank, but not taken into income as of the Bank Closing Date, associated with a line of business of the Failed Bank which is not assumed pursuant to this Agreement;
 
(k)           assets essential to the Receiver in accordance with Section 3.6;
 
(l)           any banker's bank stock, and the securities listed on the attached Schedule 3.5(1);
 
(m)           reserved;
 
(n)           prepaid accounts associated with any contract or agreement that the Assuming Institution either does not directly assume pursuant to the terms of this Agreement nor has an option to assume under Section 4.8;
 
(o)           except with respect to any Federal Home Loan Bank loans, any contract pursuant to which the Failed Bank provides loan servicing for others;
 
(p)           all assets that were fully charged-off by the Failed Bank prior to the Bid Valuation Date, other than those assets that were secured by collateral that is an Asset purchased by the Assuming Institution under this Agreement; and
 
(q)           any Loan that was secured by collateral that is an asset retained by the Receiver under this Agreement.
 
3.6.            Retention or Repurchase of Assets Essential to Receiver .
 
(a)           The Receiver may refuse to sell to the Assuming Institution, or the Assuming Institution agrees, at the request of the Receiver set forth in a written notice to the Assuming Institution, to sell, assign, transfer, convey, and deliver to the Receiver, all of the Assuming Institution's right, title and interest in and to, any Asset or asset essential to the Receiver as determined by the Receiver in its discretion (together with all Credit Documents evidencing or pertaining thereto), which may include any Asset or asset that the Receiver determines to be:
 
(i)           made to an officer, director, or other Person engaging in the affairs of the Failed Bank, its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any related entities of any of the foregoing;
 
Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement
February 21. 2012
17
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota

 
 
 
 

(ii)           the subject of any investigation relating to any claim with respect to any item described in Section 3.5(a) or (b), or the subject of, or potentially the subject of, any legal proceedings;
 
(iii)           made to a Person who is an Obligor on a loan owned by the Receiver or the Corporation in its corporate capacity or its capacity as receiver of any institution;
 
(iv)           secured by collateral which also secures any asset owned by the Receiver; or
 
(v)           related to any asset of the Failed Bank not purchased by the Assuming Institution under this Article III or any liability of the Failed Bank not assumed by the Assuming Institution under Article II.
 
(vi)           Each such Asset or asset purchased by the Receiver shall be purchased at a price equal to the Repurchase Price thereof less the Related Liability Amount with respect to any Related Liabilities related to such Asset or asset, in each case determined as of the date of the notice provided by the Receiver pursuant to Section 3.6(a). The Receiver shall pay the Assuming Institution not later than the twentieth (20th) Business Day following receipt of related Credit Documents and Credit Files together with interest on such amount at the Settlement Interest Rate for the period from and including the date of receipt of such documents to and including the day preceding the day on which payment is made. The Assuming Institution agrees to administer and manage each such Asset or asset in accordance with usual and prudent banking standards and business practices until each such Asset or asset is purchased by the Receiver. All transfers with respect to Asset or assets under this Section 3.6 shall be made as provided in Section 9.6. The Assuming Institution shall transfer all such Assets or assets and Related Liabilities to the Receiver without recourse, and shall indemnify the Receiver against any and all claims of any Person claiming by, through or under the Assuming Institution with respect to any such Asset or asset, as provided in Section 12.4.
 
3.7.             Receiver's Offer to Sell Withheld Loans . For the period of thirty (30) days commencing the day after the Bank Closing Date, the Receiver may sell, in its sole and absolute discretion, and the Assuming Institution, may purchase, in its sole and absolute discretion, any Loans initially withheld from sale to the Assuming Institution pursuant to Sections 3.5 or 3.6 of this Agreement. The purchase price for such Loan shall be the Book Value as of the Bank Closing Date, adjusted (i) for any advances and interest on such Loan after the Bank Closing Date, (ii) by subtracting the total amount received by the Assuming Institution for such Loan after the Bank Closing Date, and (iii) by adding total disbursements of principal made by the Receiver and not otherwise included in the Book Value. Except for the sales price, Loans sold under this section will be treated as if initially sold under Section 3.1 of this Agreement, and will be subject to all relevant terms of this Agreement except that the Loans purchased pursuant to this Section 3.7 shall not be included in the calculation of the pro rata Asset discount or pro rata Asset premium utilized for the repurchase of other Assets. No Loan purchased pursuant to this Section 3.7 shall be a Shared-Loss Loan pursuant to the Shared-Loss Agreements unless (i) it is cross-collateralized with a Shared-Loss Loan purchased pursuant to this Agreement and (ii) it otherwise meets the definition of Shared-Loss Loan in the applicable Shared-Loss Agreement. Payment for Loans sold under this Section 3.7 will be handled through the settlement process pursuant to Article VIII.
 
 

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement
February 21. 2012
18
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota
 


 
 
 
 

ARTICLE IV.   ASSUMPTION OF CERTAIN DUTIES AND OBLIGATIONS .
 
4.1.             Continuation of Banking Business . For the period commencing on the first banking Business Day after the Bank Closing Date and ending on the first anniversary of the Bank Closing Date, the Assuming Institution will provide full service banking in the trade area of the Failed Bank. Thereafter, the Assuming Institution may cease providing such banking services in the trade area of the Failed Bank, provided the Assuming Institution has received all necessary regulatory approvals, including the approval of the Receiver and, if applicable, the Corporation. At the option of the Assuming Institution, such banking services may be provided at any or all of the Bank Premises, or at other premises within such trade area, as determined by the Receiver. The Assuming Institution may open, close or sell branches upon receipt of the necessary regulatory approvals, provided that the Assuming Institution or its successors continue to provide banking services in the trade area during the period specified in this Section 4.1. The Assuming Institution will pay to the Receiver, upon the sale of a branch or branches within the year following the date of this Agreement, fifty percent (50%) of any franchise premium in excess of the franchise premium paid by the Assuming Institution with respect to such branch or branches.
 
4.2.             Credit Card Business . The Assuming Institution agrees to honor and perform, from and after the Bank Closing Date, all duties and obligations with respect to the Failed Bank's credit card business (including issuer or merchant acquirer) debit card business, stored value and gift card business, and/or processing related to credit cards, if any, and assumes all extensions of credit or balances outstanding as of the Bank Closing Date with respect to these lines of business. The obligations undertaken pursuant to this Section do not include loyalty, reward, affinity, or other similar programs related to the credit and debit card businesses.
 
4.3.             Safe Deposit Business . The Assuming Institution assumes and agrees to discharge, from and after the Bank Closing Date, in the usual course of conducting a banking business, the duties and obligations of the Failed Bank with respect to all Safe Deposit Boxes, if any, of the Failed Bank and to maintain all of the necessary facilities for the use of such boxes by the renters thereof during the period for which such boxes have been rented and the rent therefor paid to the Failed Bank, subject to the provisions of the rental agreements between the Failed Bank and the respective renters of such boxes; provided, that the Assuming Institution may relocate the Safe Deposit Boxes of the Failed Bank to any office of the Assuming Institution located in the trade area of the branch of the Failed Bank in which such Safe Deposit Boxes were located, as determined by the Receiver. The Safe Deposit Boxes shall be located and maintained in such trade area for a minimum of one year from the Bank Closing Date.
 
4.4.             Safekeeping Business . The Receiver transfers, conveys and delivers to the Assuming Institution and the Assuming Institution accepts all securities and other items, if any, held by the Failed Bank in safekeeping for its customers as of the Bank Closing Date. The Assuming Institution assumes and agrees to honor and discharge, from and after the Bank Closing Date, the duties and obligations of the Failed Bank with respect to such securities and items held in safekeeping. The Assuming Institution shall provide to the Receiver written verification of all assets held by the Failed Bank for safekeeping within sixty (60) days after the Bank Closing Date. The assets held for safekeeping by the Failed Bank shall be held and maintained by the Assuming Institution in the trade area of the Failed Bank for a minimum of one year from the Bank Closing Date. At the option of the Assuming Institution, the safekeeping business may be provided at any or all of the Bank Premises, or at other premises within such
 
Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement
February 21. 2012
19
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota


 
 
 
 

trade area, as determined by the Receiver. The Assuming Institution shall be entitled to all rights and benefits which accrue after the Bank Closing Date with respect to securities and other items held in safekeeping.
 
4.5.             Trust Business .
 
(a)            Assuming Institution as Successor . The Assuming Institution shall, without further transfer, substitution, act or deed, to the full extent permitted by law, succeed to the rights, obligations, properties, assets, investments, deposits, agreements, and trusts of the Failed Bank under trusts, executorships, administrations, guardianships, and agencies, and other fiduciary or representative capacities, all to the same extent as though the Assuming Institution had assumed the same from the Failed Bank prior to the Bank Closing Date; provided, that any liability based on the misfeasance, malfeasance or nonfeasance of the Failed Bank, its directors, officers, employees or agents with respect to the trust business is not assumed hereunder.
 
(b)            Wills and Appointments . The Assuming Institution shall, to the full extent permitted by law, succeed to, and be entitled to take and execute, the appointment to all executorships, trusteeships, guardianships and other fiduciary or representative capacities to which the Failed Bank is or may be named in wills, whenever probated, or to which the Failed Bank is or may be named or appointed by any other instrument.
 
(c)            Transfer of Trust Business . In the event additional proceedings of any kind are necessary to accomplish the transfer of such trust business, the Assuming Institution agrees that, at its own expense, it will take whatever action is necessary to accomplish such transfer. The Receiver agrees to use reasonable efforts to assist the Assuming Institution in accomplishing such transfer.
 
(d)            Verification of Assets . The Assuming Institution shall provide to the Receiver written verification of the assets held in connection with the Failed Bank's trust business within sixty (60) days after the Bank Closing Date.
 
4.6.            Bank Premises .
 
(a)            Option to Purchase . Subject to Section 3.5, the Receiver hereby grants to the Assuming Institution an exclusive option for the period of thirty (30) days commencing the day after the Bank Closing Date with respect to Bank Premises for which the Assuming Institution declined its option to purchase at a fixed price as shown on the Bid Form, and for a period of ninety (90) days commencing the day after the Bank Closing Date with respect to all other owned Bank Premises to purchase any or all owned Bank Premises, including all Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment located on the Bank Premises. The Assuming Institution shall give written notice to the Receiver within the option period of its election to purchase or not to purchase any of the owned Bank Premises. Any purchase of such premises shall be effective as of the date of the Bank Closing Date and such purchase shall be consummated as soon as practicable thereafter, and in no event later than the Settlement Date. If the Assuming Institution gives notice of its election not to purchase one or more of the owned Bank Premises for which there is not a fixed price within seven (7) days of the Bank Closing Date, then, notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Assuming Institution shall not be liable for any of the costs or fees associated with Fair Market Value appraisals for such Bank Premises and associated Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment.
 
 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement
February 21. 2012
20
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota
 


 
 
 
 

(b)            Option to Lease . The Receiver hereby grants to the Assuming Institution an exclusive option for the period of ninety (90) days commencing the day after the Bank Closing Date to cause the Receiver to assign to the Assuming Institution any or all leases for leased Bank Premises, if any, which have been continuously occupied by the Assuming Institution from the Bank Closing Date to the date it elects to accept an assignment of the leases with respect thereto to the extent such leases can be assigned; provided that the exercise of this option with respect to any lease must be as to all premises or other property subject to the lease. To the extent the lease payments provided for in any assigned lease are minimal in relation to the current market rate, and the value of that difference is not otherwise reflected in the purchase of the associated Fixtures, the Assuming Institution agrees to pay the Receiver the Fair Market Value of the Receiver's interest in any such assigned lease. The Assuming Institution shall give notice to the Receiver within the option period of its election to accept or not to accept an assignment of any or all leases (or enter into new leases in lieu thereof). The Assuming Institution agrees to assume all leases assigned (or enter into new leases in lieu thereof) pursuant to this Section 4.6. If the Assuming Institution gives notice of its election not to accept an assignment of a lease for one or more of the leased Bank Premises within seven (7) days of the Bank Closing Date, then, notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Assuming Institution shall not be liable for any of the costs or fees associated with Fair Market Value appraisals for the Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment located on such leased Bank Premises.
 
(c)            Facilitation . The Receiver agrees to facilitate the assumption, assignment or sublease of leases or the negotiation of new leases by the Assuming Institution; provided that neither the Receiver nor the Corporation shall be obligated to engage in litigation, make payments to the Assuming Institution or to any third party in connection with facilitating any such assumption, assignment, sublease or negotiation or commit to any other obligations to third parties.
 
(d)            Occupancy . The Assuming Institution shall give the Receiver fifteen (15) days prior written notice of its intention to vacate prior to vacating any leased Bank Premises with respect to which the Assuming Institution has not exercised the option provided in Section 4.6(b). Any such notice shall be deemed to terminate the Assuming Institution's option with respect to such leased Bank Premises.
 
(e)            Occupancy Costs .
 
(i)           The Assuming Institution agrees to pay to the Receiver, or to appropriate third parties at the direction of the Receiver, during and for the period of any occupancy by it of (x) owned Bank Premises the market rental value, as determined by the appraiser selected in accordance with the definition of Fair Market Value, and all operating costs, and (y) leased Bank Premises, all operating costs with respect thereto and to comply with all relevant terms of applicable leases entered into by the Failed Bank, including without limitation the timely payment of all rent. Operating costs include, without limitation all taxes, fees, charges, maintenance, utilities, insurance and assessments, to the extent not included in the rental value or rent. If the Assuming Institution elects to purchase any owned Bank Premises in accordance with Section 4.6(a), the amount of any rent paid (and taxes paid to the Receiver which have not been paid to the taxing authority and for which the Assuming Institution assumes liability) by
 


Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement
February 21. 2012
21
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota


 
 
 
 

the Assuming Institution with respect thereto shall be applied as an offset against the purchase price thereof.
 
(ii)           The Assuming institution agrees during the period of occupancy by it of owned or leased Bank Premises, to pay to the Receiver rent for the use of all owned or leased Furniture and Equipment and all owned or leased Fixtures located on such Bank Premises for the period of such occupancy. Rent for such property owned by the Failed Bank shall be the market rental value thereof, as determined by the Receiver within sixty (60) days after the Bank Closing Date. Rent for such leased property shall be an amount equal to any and all rent and other amounts which the Receiver incurs or accrues as an obligation or is obligated to pay for such period of occupancy pursuant to all leases and contracts with respect to such property. If the Assuming Institution purchases any owned Furniture and Equipment or owned Fixtures in accordance with Section 4.6(f) or 4.6(h), the amount of any rents paid by the Assuming Institution with respect thereto shall be applied as an offset against the purchase price thereof.
 
(f)            Certain Requirements as to Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment and Certain Specialty Assets . If the Assuming Institution purchases owned Bank Premises (including any Bank Premise(s) purchased at the fixed price shown on the Bid Form) or accepts an assignment of the lease (or enters into a sublease or a new lease in lieu thereof) for leased Bank Premises as provided in Section 4.6(a) or 4.6(b), or if the Assuming Institution does not exercise such option but within twelve (12) months following the Bank Closing Date obtains the right to occupy all or any portion of such premises (whether by assignment, lease, sublease, purchase or otherwise), other than in accordance with Section 4.6(a) or 4.6(b), the Assuming Institution shall (i) effective as of the Bank Closing Date, purchase from the Receiver all Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment, and all Specialty Assets with an appraised value as determined in accordance with Section 4.6(j) of less than $10,000, owned by the Failed Bank at Fair Market Value and located on such portion as of the Bank Closing Date, (ii) accept an assignment or a sublease of the leases or negotiate new leases for all Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment leased by the Failed Bank and located on such portion, and (iii) if applicable, accept an assignment or a sublease of any ground lease or negotiate a new ground lease with respect to any land on which such portion of Bank Premises are located; provided that the Receiver shall not have disposed of such Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment or repudiated the leases referred to in clause (ii) or (iii).
 
(g)            Vacating Premises .
 
(i)           If the Assuming Institution elects not to purchase any owned Bank Premises, the notice of such election in accordance with Section 4.6(a) shall specify the date upon which the Assuming Institution's occupancy of such premises shall terminate, which date shall not be later than one hundred eighty (180) days after Bank Closing Date. The Assuming Institution shall be responsible for promptly relinquishing and releasing to the Receiver such premises and the Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment located thereon which existed at the time of the Bank Closing Date, in the same condition as at the Bank Closing Date and at the premises where they were inventoried at the Bank Closing Date, normal wear and tear excepted. Any of the aforementioned which is missing will be charged to the Assuming Institution at the item's Fair Market Value as determined in accordance with this Agreement. By occupying any such premises after the expiration of such one hundred eighty (180)-day period, the Assuming Institution shall, at the
 
 

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement
February 21. 2012
22
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota
 


 
 
 
 

Receiver’s option, (x) be deemed to have agreed to purchase such Bank Premises, and to assume all leases, obligations and liabilities with respect to leased Furniture and Equipment and leased Fixtures located thereon and any ground lease with respect to the land on which such premises are located, and (y) be required to purchase all Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment owned by the Failed Bank and located on such premises as of the Bank Closing Date.
 
(ii)           If the Assuming Institution elects not to accept an assignment of the lease or sublease any leased Bank Premises, the notice of such election in accordance with Section 4.6(b) shall specify the date upon which the Assuming Institution’s occupancy of such leased Bank Premises shall terminate, which date shall not be later than one hundred eighty (180) days after Bank Closing Date.  Upon vacating such premises, the Assuming Institution shall be liable for relinquishing and releasing to the Receiver such premises and the Fixtures and the Furniture and Equipment located thereon which existed at the time of the Bank Closing Date, in the same condition as at the Bank Closing Date, and at the premises where they were inventoried at Bank closing, normal wear and tear excepted.  Any of the aforementioned which is missing will be charged to the Assuming Institution at the item’s Fair Market Value as determined in accordance with this Agreement.  By failing to provide notice of its intention to vacate such premises prior to the expiration of the option period specified in Section 4.6(b), or by occupying such premises after the one hundred eighty (180)-day period specified above in this Section 4.6(g)(ii), the Assuming Institution shall, at the Receiver’s option, (x) be deemed to have assumed all leases, obligations and liabilities with respect to such premises (including any ground lease with respect to the land on which premises are located), and leased Furniture and Equipment and leased Fixtures located thereon in accordance with this Section 4.6 (unless the Receiver previously repudiated any such lease), and (y) be required to purchase all Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment owned by the Failed Bank at Fair Market Value and located on such premises as of the Bank Closing Date.
 
(h)            Furniture and Equipment and Certain Other Equipment .  The Receiver hereby grants to the Assuming Institution an option to purchase all Furniture and Equipment owned by the Failed Bank at Fair Market Value and located at any leased or owned Bank Premises that the Assuming Institution elects to vacate or which it could have, but did not occupy, pursuant to this Section 4.6; provided that, the Assuming Institution shall give the Receiver notice of its election to purchase such property at the time it gives notice of its intention to vacate such Bank Premises or within ten (10) days after the Bank Closing Date for Bank Premises it could have, but did not, occupy.
 
(i)            Option to Put Bank Premises and Related Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment .
 
(i)           For a period of ninety (90) days following the Bank Closing Date, the Assuming Institution shall be entitled to require the Receiver to purchase any Bank Premises that is owned, directly or indirectly, by an Acquired Subsidiary and the purchase price paid by the Receiver shall be the Fair Market Value of the Bank Premises.
 
(ii)           If the Assuming Institution elects to require the Receiver to purchase any Bank Premises that is owned, directly or indirectly, by an Acquired Subsidiary, the Assuming Institution shall also have the option, exercisable within the same ninety (90) day time period, to require the Receiver to purchase any Fixtures,
 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement
February 21. 2012
23
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota


 
 
 
 

Furniture and Equipment that is owned, directly or indirectly, by an Acquired Subsidiary which is located on such Bank Premises and was utilized by the Failed Bank for banking purposes. The purchase price paid by the Receiver shall be the Fair Market Value of the Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment purchased.
 
(iii)           In the event the Assuming Institution elects to exercise its options under this Section 4.6(i), the Assuming Institution shall pay to the Receiver occupancy costs in accordance with Section 4.6(e) and shall vacate the Bank Premises in accordance with Section 4.6(g)(i).
 
(iv)           Regardless of whether the Assuming Institution exercises any of its options under this Section 4.6(i), the purchase price for the Acquired Subsidiary shall be adjusted by the difference between the Fair Market Value of the Bank Premises and Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment utilized by the Failed Bank for banking purposes and their respective Book Value as reflected of the books and records of the Acquired Subsidiary. Such adjustment shall be made in accordance with Article VIII of this Agreement.
 
(j)            Option to Purchase Specialty Assets .
 
(i)           The Receiver hereby grants to the Assuming Institution an exclusive option for the period of thirty (30) days commencing the day after the Receiver provides the Assuming Institution the appropriate appraisal to purchase at Fair Market Value all, some or none of the Specialty Assets.
 
(ii)           The cost of the Specialty Asset appraisals shall be shared equally by the Receiver and the Assuming Institution. If the Assuming Institution gives notice of its election not to purchase one or more of the Specialty Assets within seven (7) days of the Bank Closing Date, the Assuming Institution shall not be liable for any of the costs or fees associated with Fair Market Value appraisals for such Specialty Asset.
 
(k)            Data Removal . The Assuming Institution shall, prior to returning any automated teller machine to Receiver and unless otherwise requested by the Receiver, (i) remove all data from that automated teller machine and (ii) provide a written statement to the Receiver that all data has been removed in a manner that renders it unrecoverable.
 
4.7.            Agreement with Respect to Leased Data Management Equipment .
 
(a)            Option . The Receiver hereby grants to the Assuming Institution an exclusive option for the period of ninety (90) days commencing the day after Bank Closing to accept an assignment from the Receiver of all Leased Data Management Equipment.
 
(b)            Notices Regarding Leased Data Management Equipment . The Assuming Institution shall (i) give written notice to the Receiver within the option period specified in Section 4.7(a) of its intent to accept or decline an assignment or sublease of all Leased Data Management Equipment and promptly accept an assignment or sublease of such Leased Data Management Equipment, and (ii) give written notice to the appropriate lessor(s) that it has accepted an assignment or sublease of any such Leased Data Management Equipment that is subject to a lease.
 


Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement
February 21. 2012
24
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota


 
 
 
 

(c)            Facilitation by Receiver . The Receiver agrees to facilitate the assignment or sublease of Leased Data Management Equipment or the negotiation of new leases or license agreements by the Assuming Institution; provided, that neither the Receiver nor the Corporation shall be obligated to engage in litigation, make payments to the Assuming Institution or to any third party in connection with facilitating any such assumption, assignment, sublease or negotiation or commit to any other obligations to third parties.
 
(d)            Operating Costs . The Assuming Institution agrees, during its period of use of any Leased Data Management Equipment, to pay to the Receiver or to appropriate third parties at the direction of the Receiver all operating costs with respect thereto and to comply with all relevant terms of any existing Leased Data Management Equipment leases entered into by the Failed Bank, including without limitation the timely payment of all rent, taxes, fees, charges, maintenance, utilities, insurance and assessments.
 
(e)            Assuming Institution's Obligation . The Assuming Institution shall, not later than fifty (50) days after giving the notice provided in Section 4.7(b), (i) relinquish and release to the Receiver or, at the direction of the Receiver, to a third party, all Leased Data Management Equipment, in the same condition as at Bank Closing, normal wear and tear excepted, or (ii) accept an assignment or a sublease of any existing Leased Data Management lease or negotiate a new lease or license agreement under this Section 4.7 with respect to Leased Data Management Equipment.
 
(f)            Data Removal . The Assuming Institution shall, prior to returning any Leased Data Management Equipment, and unless otherwise requested by the Receiver, (i) remove all data from the Leased Data Management Equipment and (ii) provide a written statement to the Receiver that all data has been removed in a manner that renders it unrecoverable.
 
4.8.            Certain Existing Agreements .
 
(a)            Assumption of Agreements . Subject to the provisions of Section 4.8(b), with respect to agreements existing as of the Bank Closing Date which provide for the rendering of services by or to the Failed Bank, within ninety (90) days after the Bank Closing Date, the Assuming Institution shall give the Receiver written notice specifying whether it elects to assume or not to assume each such agreement. Except as may be otherwise provided in this Article IV, the Assuming Institution agrees to comply with the terms of each such agreement for a period commencing on the day after the Bank Closing Date and ending on: (i) in the case of an agreement that provides for the rendering of services by the Failed Bank, the date which is ninety (90) days after the Bank Closing Date, and (ii) in the case of an agreement that provides for the rendering of services to the Failed Bank, the date which is thirty (30) days after the Assuming Institution has given notice to the Receiver of its election not to assume such agreement; provided that the Receiver can reasonably make such service agreements available to the Assuming Institution. The Assuming Institution shall be deemed by the Receiver to have assumed agreements for which no notification is timely given. The Receiver agrees to assign, transfer, convey and deliver to the Assuming Institution all right, title and interest of the Receiver, if any, in and to agreements the Assuming Institution assumes hereunder. In the event the Assuming Institution elects not to accept an assignment of any lease (or sublease) or negotiate a new lease for leased Bank Premises under Section 4.6 and does not otherwise occupy such premises, the provisions of this Section 4.8(a) shall not apply to service agreements related to such premises. The Assuming Institution agrees, during the period it has
 


Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Purchase and Assumption A greement
February 21. 2012
25
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota


 
 
 
 

the use or benefit of any such agreement, promptly to pay to the Receiver or to appropriate third parties at the direction of the Receiver all operating costs with respect thereto and to comply with all relevant terms of such agreement.
 
(b)            Excluded Agreements . The provisions of Section 4.8(a) regarding the Assuming Institution's election to assume or not assume certain agreements shall not apply to (i) agreements pursuant to which the Failed Bank provides loan servicing for others or loan servicing is provided to the Failed Bank by others, (ii) agreements maintained between the Failed Bank and MERSCORP, Inc., or its wholly owned subsidiary, Mortgage Electronic Registration Systems, Inc., (iii) agreements that are subject to Sections 4.1 through 4.7 and any insurance policy or bond referred to in Section 3.5(a) or other agreement specified in Section 3.5 and (iv) consulting, management or employment agreements, if any, between the Failed Bank and its employees or other Persons. Except as otherwise expressly set forth elsewhere in this Agreement, the Assuming Institution does not assume any liabilities or acquire any rights under any of the agreements described in this Section 4.8(b).
 
4.9.             Informational Tax Reporting . The Assuming Institution agrees to perform all obligations of the Failed Bank with respect to Federal and State income tax informational reporting related to (i) the Assets and the Liabilities Assumed, (ii) deposit accounts that were closed and loans that were paid off or collateral obtained with respect thereto prior to the Bank Closing Date, (iii) miscellaneous payments made to vendors of the Failed Bank, and (iv) any other asset or liability of the Failed Bank, including, without limitation, loans not purchased and Deposits not assumed by the Assuming Institution, as may be required by the Receiver.
 
4.10.            Insurance .
 
(a)            Assuming Institution to Insure . The Assuming Institution will obtain and maintain insurance coverage acceptable to the Receiver (including public liability, fire, and extended coverage insurance) naming the Assuming Institution as the insured and the Receiver as additional insured, effective from and after the Bank Closing Date, with respect to all (i) Bank Premises that the Assuming Institution occupies, and (ii) Fixtures, Furniture and Equipment and Leased Data Management Equipment located on those Bank Premises.
 
(b)            Rights of Receiver . If the Assuming Institution at any time from or after Bank Closing Date fails to (1) obtain or maintain any of the insurance policies required by Section 4.10(a), (ii) pay any premium in whole or in part related to those insurance policies, or (iii) provide evidence of those insurance policies acceptable to the Receiver, then the Receiver may in its sole and absolute discretion, without notice, and without waiving or releasing any obligation or liability of the Assuming Institution, obtain and maintain insurance policies, pay insurance premiums and take any other actions with respect to the insurance coverage as the Receiver deem advisable. The Assuming Institution will reimburse the Receiver for all sums disbursed in connection with this Section 4.10(b).
 
4.11.            Office Space for Receiver and Corporation: Certain Payments .
 
(a)            FDIC Office Space . For the period commencing on the day following the Bank Closing Date and ending on the one hundred eightieth (180th) day following the Bank Closing Date, the Assuming Institution will provide to the Receiver and the Corporation, without charge, adequate and suitable office space (including parking facilities and vault space), furniture, equipment (including photocopying and telecopying machines), email accounts,
 
Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement
February 21. 2012
26
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota
 


 
 
 
 

network access and technology resources (such as shared drive), and utilities (including local telephone service and fax machines) (collectively, “FDIC Office Space”) at the Bank Premises occupied by the Assuming Institution for the Receiver and the Corporation to use in the discharge of their respective functions with respect to the Failed Bank.
 
(b)            Receiver's Right to Extend . Upon written notice by the Receiver or the Corporation, for the period commencing on the one hundred eighty first (181st) day following the Bank Closing Date and ending no later than the three hundred and sixty-fifth (365th) day following the Bank Closing Date, the Assuming Institution will continue to provide to the Receiver and the Corporation FDIC Office Space at the Bank Premises. During the period from the 181st day following the Bank Closing Date until the day the FDIC and the Corporation vacate FDIC Office Space, the Receiver and the Corporation will pay to the Assuming Institution their respective pro rata share (based on square footage occupied) of (A) the market rental value for the applicable owned Bank Premises or (B) actual rent paid for applicable leased Bank Premises.
 
(c)            Receiver's Relocation Right . If the Receiver or the Corporation determine that the space provided by the Assuming Institution is inadequate or unsuitable, the Receiver and the Corporation may relocate to other quarters having adequate and suitable FDIC Office Space and the costs of relocation shall be borne by the Assuming Institution and any rental and utility costs for the balance of the period of occupancy by the Receiver and the Corporation shall paid in accordance with 4.11(b).
 
(d)            Expenditures . The Assuming Institution will pay such bills and invoices on behalf of the Receiver and the Corporation as the Receiver or the Corporation may direct for the period beginning on the date of the Bank Closing Date and ending on Settlement Date. The Assuming Institution shall submit its requests for reimbursement of such expenditures pursuant to Article VIII of this Agreement.
 
4.12.            Continuation of Group Health Plan Coverage for Former Employees of the  Failed Bank .
 
(a)            Continuation Coverage . The Assuming Institution agrees to assist the Receiver, as provided in this Section 4.12, in offering individuals who were employees or former employees of the Failed Bank, or any of its Subsidiaries, and who, immediately prior to the Bank Closing Date, were receiving, or were eligible to receive, health insurance coverage or health insurance continuation coverage from the Failed Bank ( “Eligible Individuals” ), the opportunity to obtain health insurance coverage in the Corporation's Federal Insurance Administration Continuation Coverage Plan which provides for health insurance continuation coverage to such Eligible Individuals and other persons who are qualified beneficiaries of the Failed Bank ( “Qualified Beneficiaries” ) as defined in the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended ( “ERISA” ) § 607, 29 U.S.C. § 1167. The Assuming Institution shall consult with the Receiver and not later than five (5) Business Days after the Bank Closing Date shall provide written notice to the Receiver of the number (if available), identity (if available) and addresses (if available) of the Eligible Individuals who are Qualified Beneficiaries of the Failed Bank and for whom a “qualifying event” (as defined in ERISA § 603, 29 U.S.C. § 1163) has occurred and with respect to whom the Failed Bank's obligations under Part 6 of Subtitle B of Title I of ERISA, 29 U.S.C. §§ 1161-1169 have not been satisfied in full, and such other information as the Receiver may reasonably require. The Receiver shall cooperate with the Assuming Institution in order to permit it to prepare such notice and shall
 
 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement
February 21. 2012
27
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota
 


 
 
 
 

provide to the Assuming Institution such data in its possession as may be reasonably required for purposes of preparing such notice.
 
(b)            Qualified Beneficiaries: Expenses . The Assuming Institution shall take such further action to assist the Receiver in offering the Eligible Individuals who are Qualified Beneficiaries of the Failed Bank the opportunity to obtain health insurance coverage in the Corporation's Federal Insurance Administration Continuation Coverage Plan as the Receiver may direct. All expenses incurred and paid by the Assuming Institution (i) in connection with the obligations of the Assuming Institution under this Section 4.12, and (ii) in providing health insurance continuation coverage to any Eligible Individuals who are hired by the Assuming Institution and such employees' Qualified Beneficiaries shall be borne by the Assuming Institution.
 
(c)            Employee List . No later than five (5) Business Days after the Bank Closing Date, the Assuming Institution shall provide the Receiver with a list of all Failed Bank employees the Assuming Institution will not hire. Unless otherwise agreed, the Assuming Institution shall pay all salaries and payroll costs for all Failed Bank employees until the list is provided to the Receiver. The Assuming Institution shall be responsible for all costs and expenses (i.e., salary, benefits, etc.) associated with all other employees not on that list from and after the date of delivery of the list to the Receiver. The Assuming Institution shall offer to the Failed Bank employees it retains employment benefits comparable to those the Assuming Institution offers its current employees.
 
(d)            No Third Party Beneficiaries . This Section 4.12 is for the sole and exclusive benefit of the parties to this Agreement, and for the benefit of no other Person (including any former employee of the Failed Bank or any Subsidiary thereof, Eligible Individual or Qualified Beneficiary of such former employee). Nothing in this Section 4.12 is intended by the parties, or shall be construed, to give any Person (including any former employee of the Failed Bank or any Subsidiary thereof, Eligible Individual or Qualified Beneficiary of such former employee) other than the Corporation, the Receiver and the Assuming Institution, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or with respect to the provisions of this Section 4.12.
 
4.13.             Interim Asset Servicing . At any time after the Bank Closing Date, the Receiver may establish on its books an asset pool(s) and may transfer to such asset pool(s) (by means of accounting entries on the books of the Receiver) all or any assets and liabilities of the Failed Bank which are not acquired by the Assuming Institution, including, without limitation, wholly unfunded Commitments and assets and liabilities which may be acquired, funded or originated by the Receiver subsequent to the Bank Closing Date. The Receiver may remove assets (and liabilities) from or add assets (and liabilities) to such pool(s) at any time in its discretion. At the option of the Receiver, the Assuming Institution agrees to service, administer and collect such pool assets in accordance with, and for the term set forth in, Exhibit 4.13 .
 
4.14.            [RESERVED]
 
4.15.            Loss Sharing .
 
This Agreement includes a Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit 4.15A and a Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit 4.15B . The Assuming Institution shall be entitled to require reimbursement from the Receiver for shared
 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement
February 21. 2012
28
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota


 
 
 
 

losses, and shall share recoveries, on certain loans and assets in accordance with the Shared-Loss Agreements. Assets may be moved from one schedule to the other if the Assuming Institution provides documentation that the Asset meets the applicable definition for the Schedule on which the AI is requesting the asset be placed. No Asset will be added to Schedule 4.15A or B after the schedules are provided by the Receiver but an Asset may be removed from the schedule if the Assuming Institution provides documentation the Asset does not meet the definition of a Shared-Loss Loan for Schedule 4.15A or the definition of a Shared-Loss Asset for schedule 4.15B. Additionally, the Receiver may remove government-guaranteed Loans or Other Real Estate related to government-guaranteed Loans from either schedule.
 
ARTICLE V.   DUTIES WITH RESPECT TO DEPOSITORS OF THE FAILED BANK.
 
5.1.             Payment of Checks, Drafts. Orders and Deposits . Subject to Section 9.5, the Assuming Institution agrees to pay all properly drawn checks, drafts, withdrawal orders and Assumed Deposits of depositors of the Failed Bank presented for payment, whether drawn on the check or draft forms provided by the Failed Bank or by the Assuming Institution, to the extent that the Deposit balances to the credit of the respective makers or drawers assumed by the Assuming Institution under this Agreement are sufficient to permit the payment thereof, and in all other respects to discharge, in the usual course of conducting a banking business, the duties and obligations of the Failed Bank with respect to the Deposit balances due and owing to the depositors of the Failed Bank assumed by the Assuming Institution under this Agreement.
 
5.2.             Certain Agreements Related to Deposits . Except as may be modified pursuant to Section 2.2, the Assuming Institution agrees to honor the terms and conditions of any written escrow or loan servicing agreement or other similar agreement relating to a Deposit liability assumed by the Assuming Institution pursuant to this Agreement.
 
5.3.            Notice to Depositors .
 
(a)            Assumption of Deposits . Within seven (7) days after the Bank Closing Date, the Assuming Institution shall give notice by mail to each depositor of the Failed Bank of (i) the assumption of the Deposit liabilities of the Failed Bank, and (ii) the procedures to claim Deposits (the Receiver shall provide item (ii) to Assuming Institution). The Assuming Institution shall also publish notice of its assumption of the Deposit liabilities of the Failed Bank in a newspaper of general circulation in the county or counties in which the Failed Bank was located.
 
(b)            Notice to Depositors . Within seven (7) days after the Bank Closing Date, the Assuming Institution shall give notices by mail to each depositor of the Failed Bank, as required under Section 2.2.
 
(c)            Fee Schedule . If the Assuming Institution proposes to charge fees different from those fees formerly charged by the Failed Bank, the Assuming Institution shall include its fee schedule in its mailed notice.
 
(d)            Approval of Notices and Publications . The Assuming Institution shall obtain approval of all notices and publications required by this Section 5.3 from counsel for the Receiver prior to mailing or publication.
 
(e)            Validation . To validate the notice requirements outlined in Section 5.3, the Assuming Institution shall provide the Receiver (i) an Affidavit of Publication to meet the
 
Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement
February 21. 2012
29
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota
 


 
 
 
 

publication requirements outlined in Section 5.3(a) and (ii) the Assuming Institution will prepare an Affidavit of Mailing in a form substantially similar to Exhibit 2.313 after mailing the seven (7) day Notice to Depositors as required under Section 5.3(b).
 
ARTICLE VI.   RECORDS.
 
6.1.             Transfer of Records . In accordance with Sections 2.1 and 3.1, the Receiver assigns, transfers, conveys and delivers to the Assuming Institution, whether located on Bank Premises occupied or not occupied by the Assuming Institution or at any other location, any and all Records of the Failed Bank, other than the following:
 
(a)           Records pertaining to former employees of the Failed Bank who were no longer employed by the Failed Bank as of the Bank Closing Date and Records pertaining to employees of the Failed Bank who were employed by the Failed Bank as of the Bank Closing Date and for whom the Receiver is unable to obtain a waiver to release such Records to the Assuming Institution;
 
(b)           Records pertaining to (i) any asset or liability of the Failed Bank retained by the Receiver, or (ii) any asset of the Failed Bank acquired by the Receiver pursuant to this Agreement; and
 
(c)           any other Records as determined by the Receiver.
 
6.2.             Transfer of Assigned Records . The Receiver shall transfer to the Assuming Institution all Records described in Section 6.1 as soon as practicable on or after the date of this Agreement.
 
6.3.            Preservation of Records .
 
(a)            Assuming Institution Records Retention . The Assuming Institution agrees that it will preserve and maintain for the joint benefit of the Receiver, the Corporation and the Assuming Institution, all Records of which it has custody. The Assuming Institution shall have the primary responsibility to respond to subpoenas, discovery requests, and other similar official inquiries and customer requests for lien releases with respect to the Records of which it has custody. With respect to its obligations under this Section 6.3 regarding Electronically Stored Information, the Assuming Institution will complete the Data Retention Catalog attached hereto as Schedule 6.3 and submit it to the Receiver within thirty (30) days following the Bank Closing Date.
 
(b)            Destruction of Certain Records . With regard to all Records of which it has custody which are at least ten (10) years old as of the date of the appointment of the Receiver, the Assuming Institution agrees to request written permission to destroy such records by submitting a written request to destroy, specifying precisely which records are included in the request, to DRR–Records Manager, CServiceFDICDAL@FDIC.gov.
 
(c)            Destruction of Records After Six Years . With regard to all Records of which it has custody which have been maintained in the custody of the Assuming Institution after six (6) years from the date of the appointment of the Receiver, the Assuming Institution agrees to request written permission to destroy such records by submitting a written request to destroy, specifying precisely which records are included in the request, to DRR–Records Manager, CServiceFDICDAL@FDIC.gov.
 
Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement
February 21. 2012
30
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota
 


 
 
 
 

6.4.             Access to Records; Copies . The Assuming Institution agrees to permit the Receiver and the Corporation access to all Records of which the Assuming Institution has custody, and to use, inspect, make extracts from or request copies of any such Records in the manner and to the extent requested, and to duplicate, in the discretion of the Receiver or the Corporation, any Record pertaining to Deposit account relationships; provided that in the event that the Failed Bank maintained one or more duplicate copies of such Records, the Assuming Institution hereby assigns, transfers, and conveys to the Corporation one such duplicate copy of each such Record without cost to the Corporation, and agrees to deliver to the Corporation all Records assigned and transferred to the Corporation under this Article VI as soon as practicable on or after the date of this Agreement. The party requesting a copy of any Record shall bear the cost (based on standard accepted industry charges to the extent applicable, as determined by the Receiver) for providing such duplicate Records. A copy of each Record requested shall be provided as soon as practicable by the party having custody thereof.
 
6.5.             Right of Receiver or Corporation to Audit . The Receiver or the Corporation, their respective agents, contractors and employees, may (but are not required to) perform an audit to determine the Assuming Institution's compliance with this Agreement at any time, by providing not less than ten (10) Business Days prior notice. The scope and duration of any such audit shall be at the discretion of the Receiver or the Corporation, as the case may be. The Receiver or the Corporation, as the case may be, shall bear the expense of any such audit. In the event that any corrections are necessary as a result of such an audit, the Assuming Institution and the Receiver shall make such accounting adjustments, payments and withholdings as may be necessary to give retroactive effect to such corrections.
 
ARTICLE VII.   BID; INITIAL PAYMENT .
 
The Assuming Institution has submitted to the Receiver a Deposit premium bid of 0% and an Asset discount bid of Fifty Nine Million Nine Hundred Thousand Dollars ($59,900,000.00) (the “Bid Amount” ). The Deposit premium bid will be applied to the total of all Assumed Deposits except for brokered, CDARS ® , and any market place or similar subscription services Deposits as reflected on Schedule 7 . On the Payment Date, the Assuming Institution will pay to the Corporation, or the Corporation will pay to the Assuming Institution, as the case may be, the Initial Payment, together with interest on such amount (if the Payment Date is not the day following the Bank Closing Date) from and including the day following the Bank Closing Date to and including the day preceding the Payment Date at the Settlement Interest Rate.
 
ARTICLE VIII.   ADJUSTMENTS .
 
8.1.             Pro Forma Statement . The Receiver, as soon as practicable after the Bank Closing Date, in accordance with the best information then available, shall provide to the Assuming Institution a Pro Forma statement reflecting any adjustments of such liabilities and assets as may be necessary. Such Pro Forma statement shall take into account, to the extent possible, (a) liabilities and assets of a nature similar to those contemplated by Section 2.1 or Section 3.1, respectively, which on the Bank Closing Date were carried in the Failed Bank's suspense accounts, (b) accruals as of the Bank Closing Date for all income related to the assets and business of the Failed Bank acquired by the Assuming Institution hereunder, whether or not such accruals were reflected on the Failed Bank Records in the normal course of its operations, and (c) adjustments to determine the Book Value of any investment in an Acquired Subsidiary and related accounts on the “bank only” (unconsolidated) balance sheet of the Failed Bank based
 
 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement
February 21. 2012
31
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota
 


 
 
 
 

on the Equity Method of Accounting, whether or not the Failed Bank used the Equity Method of Accounting for investments in subsidiaries, except that the resulting amount cannot be less than the Acquired Subsidiary's recorded equity as of the Bank Closing Date as reflected on the Failed Bank Records of the Acquired Subsidiary. Acquired Subsidiaries with negative equity will be restated to $1 pursuant to the Equity Method of Accounting. Any Asset purchased by the Assuming Institution or any asset of an Acquired Subsidiary purchased by the Assuming Institution pursuant to Section 3.1 which was partially or wholly charged off during the period beginning the day after the Bid Valuation Date to the date of the Bank Closing Date shall be deemed not to be charged off for the purposes of the Pro Forma statement, and the purchase price shall be determined pursuant to Section 3.2.
 
8.2.            Correction of Errors and Omissions; Other Liabilities .
 
(a)            Adjustments to Correct Errors . In the event any bookkeeping omissions or errors are discovered in preparing any Pro Forma statement or in completing the transfers and assumptions contemplated hereby, the parties hereto agree to correct such errors and omissions, it being understood that, as far as practicable, all adjustments will be made consistent with the judgments, methods, policies or accounting principles utilized by the Failed Bank in preparing and maintaining Failed Bank Records, except that adjustments made pursuant to this Section 8.2(a) are not intended to bring the Failed Bank Records into accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.
 
(b)            Receiver's Rights Regarding Other Liabilities . If the Receiver discovers at any time subsequent to the date of this Agreement that any claim exists against the Failed Bank which is of such a nature that it would have been included in the liabilities assumed under Article II had the existence of such claim or the facts giving rise thereto been known as of the Bank Closing Date, the Receiver may, in its discretion, at any time, require that such claim be assumed by the Assuming Institution in a manner consistent with the intent of this Agreement. The Receiver will make appropriate adjustments to the Pro Forma statement provided by the Receiver to the Assuming Institution pursuant to Section 8.1 as may be necessary.
 
8.3.             Payments . The Receiver agrees to cause to be paid to the Assuming Institution, or the Assuming Institution agrees to pay to the Receiver, as the case may be, on the Settlement Date, a payment in an amount which reflects net adjustments (including any costs, expenses and fees associated with determinations of value as provided in this Agreement) made pursuant to Section 8.1 or Section 8.2, plus interest as provided in Section 8.4. The Receiver and the Assuming Institution agree to effect on the Settlement Date any further transfer of assets to or assumption of liabilities or claims by the Assuming Institution as may be necessary in accordance with Section 8.1 or Section 8.2.
 
8.4.             Interest . Any amounts paid under Section 8.3 or Section 8.5 shall bear interest for the period from and including the day following the Bank Closing Date to and including the day preceding the payment at the Settlement Interest Rate.
 
8.5.             Subsequent Adjustments . In the event that the Assuming Institution or the Receiver discovers any errors or omissions as contemplated by Section 8.2 or any error with respect to the payment made under Section 8.3 after the Settlement Date, the Assuming Institution and the Receiver agree to promptly correct any such errors or omissions, make any payments and effect any transfers or assumptions as may be necessary to reflect any such correction plus interest as provided in Section 8.4.
 
 

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement
February 21. 2012
32
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota
 


 
 
 
 

ARTICLE IX.   CONTINUING COOPERATION .
 
9.1.             General Matters . The parties hereto will, in good faith and with their best efforts, cooperate with each other to carry out the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and to effect the purposes hereof.
 
9.2.             Additional Title Documents . The Receiver, the Corporation and the Assuming Institution each shall, at any time, and from time to time, upon the request of any party hereto, execute and deliver such additional instruments and documents of conveyance as shall be reasonably necessary to vest in the appropriate party its full legal or equitable title in and to the property transferred pursuant to this Agreement or to be transferred in accordance herewith. The Assuming Institution shall prepare such instruments and documents of conveyance (in form and substance satisfactory to the Receiver) as shall be necessary to vest title to the Assets in the Assuming Institution. The Assuming Institution shall be responsible for recording such instruments and documents of conveyance at its own expense.
 
9.3.            Claims and Suits .
 
(a)            Defense and Settlement . The Receiver shall have the right, in its discretion, to (i) defend or settle any claim or suit against the Assuming Institution with respect to which the Receiver has indemnified the Assuming Institution in the same manner and to the same extent as provided in Article XII, and (ii) defend or settle any claim or suit against the Assuming Institution with respect to any Liability Assumed, which claim or suit may result in a loss to the Receiver arising out of or related to this Agreement, or which existed against the Failed Bank on or before the Bank Closing Date. The exercise by the Receiver of any rights under this Section 9.3(a) shall not release the Assuming Institution with respect to any of its obligations under this Agreement.
 
(b)            Removal of Actions . In the event any action at law or in equity shall be instituted by any Person against the Receiver and the Corporation as codefendants with respect to any asset of the Failed Bank retained or acquired pursuant to this Agreement by the Receiver, the Receiver agrees, at the request of the Corporation, to join with the Corporation in a petition to remove the action to the United States District Court for the proper district. The Receiver agrees to institute, with or without joinder of the Corporation as co-plaintiff, any action with respect to any such retained or acquired asset or any matter connected therewith whenever notice requiring such action shall be given by the Corporation to the Receiver.
 
9.4.             Payment of Deposits . In the event any depositor does not accept the obligation of the Assuming Institution to pay any Deposit liability of the Failed Bank assumed by the Assuming Institution pursuant to this Agreement and asserts a claim against the Receiver for all or any portion of any such Deposit liability, the Assuming Institution agrees on demand to provide to the Receiver funds sufficient to pay such claim in an amount not in excess of the Deposit liability reflected on the books of the Assuming Institution at the time such claim is made. Upon payment by the Assuming Institution to the Receiver of such amount, the Assuming Institution shall be discharged from any further obligation under this Agreement to pay to any such depositor the amount of such Deposit liability paid to the Receiver.
 
9.5.             Withheld Payments . At any time, the Receiver or the Corporation may, in its discretion, determine that all or any portion of any deposit balance assumed by the Assuming Institution pursuant to this Agreement does not constitute a “Deposit” (or otherwise, in its
 
 

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement
February 21. 2012
33
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota
 


 
 
 
 

discretion, determine that it is the best interest of the Receiver or Corporation to withhold all or any portion of any deposit), and may direct the Assuming Institution to withhold payment of all or any portion of any such deposit balance. Upon such direction, the Assuming Institution agrees to hold such deposit and not to make any payment of such deposit balance to or on behalf of the depositor, or to itself, whether by way of transfer, set-off or otherwise. The Assuming Institution agrees to maintain the “withheld payment” status of any such deposit balance until directed in writing by the Receiver or the Corporation as to its disposition. At the direction of the Receiver or the Corporation, the Assuming Institution shall return all or any portion of such deposit balance to the Receiver or the Corporation, as appropriate, and thereupon the Assuming Institution shall be discharged from any further liability to such depositor with respect to such returned deposit balance. If such deposit balance has been paid to the depositor prior to a demand for return by the Corporation or the Receiver, and payment of such deposit balance had not been previously withheld pursuant to this Section 9.5, the Assuming Institution shall not be obligated to return such deposit balance to the Receiver or the Corporation. The Assuming Institution shall be obligated to reimburse the Corporation or the Receiver, as the case may be, for the amount of any deposit balance or portion thereof paid by the Assuming Institution in contravention of any previous direction to withhold payment of such deposit balance or return such deposit balance the payment of which was withheld pursuant to this Section 9.5.
 
9.6.            Proceedings with Respect to Certain Assets and Liabilities .
 
     (a)            Cooperation by Assuming Institution .  In connection with any investigation, proceeding or other matter with respect to any asset or liability of the Failed Bank retained by the Receiver, or any asset of the Failed Bank acquired by the Receiver pursuant to this Agreement, the Assuming Institution shall cooperate to the extent reasonably required by the Receiver.
 
     (b)            Access to Records . In addition to its obligations under Section 6.4, the Assuming Institution shall provide representatives of the Receiver access at reasonable times and locations without other limitation or qualification to (i) its directors, officers, employees and agents and those of the Acquired Subsidiaries, and (ii) its books and Records, the books and Records of such Acquired Subsidiaries and all Credit Files, and copies thereof. Copies of books, Records and Credit Files shall be provided by the Assuming Institution as requested by the Receiver and the costs of duplication thereof shall be borne by the Receiver.
 
     (c)            Loan Documents . Not later than ten (10) days after the Put Notice pursuant to Section 3.4 or the date of the notice of transfer of any Loan by the Assuming Institution to the Receiver pursuant to Section 3.6, the Assuming Institution shall deliver to the Receiver such documents with respect to such Loan as the Receiver may request, including without limitation the following: (i) all related Credit Documents (other than certificates, notices and other ancillary documents), (ii) a certificate setting forth the principal amount on the date of the transfer and the amount of interest, fees and other charges then accrued and unpaid thereon, and any restrictions on transfer to which any such Loan is subject, and (iii) all Credit Files, and all documents, microfiche, microfilm and computer records (including but not limited to magnetic tape, disc storage, card forms and printed copy) maintained by, owned by, or in the possession of the Assuming institution or any Affiliate of the Assuming Institution relating to the transferred Loan.
 
9.7.             Information .  The Assuming Institution promptly shall provide to the Corporation such other information, including financial statements and computations, relating to
 
 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement
February 21. 2012
34
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota
 


 
 
 
 

the performance of the provisions of this Agreement as the Corporation or the Receiver may request from time to time, and, at the request of the Receiver, make available employees of the Failed Bank employed or retained by the Assuming Institution to assist in preparation of the Pro Forma statement pursuant to Section 8.1.
 
9.8.             Tax Ruling . The Assuming Institution shall not at any time, without the Corporation's prior consent, seek a private letter ruling or other determination from the Internal Revenue Service or otherwise seek to qualify for any special tax treatment or benefits associated with any payments made by the Receiver or Corporation pursuant to this Agreement.
 
ARTICLE X.   CONDITION PRECEDENT .
 
The obligations of the parties to this Agreement are subject to the Receiver and the Corporation having received at or before the Bank Closing Date evidence reasonably satisfactory to each of any necessary approval, waiver, or other action by any governmental authority, the board of directors of the Assuming Institution, or other third party, with respect to this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, the closing of the Failed Bank and the appointment of the Receiver, the chartering of the Assuming Institution, and any agreements, documents, matters or proceedings contemplated hereby or thereby.
 
ARTICLE XI.   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE ASSUMING INSTITUTION .
 
The Assuming Institution represents and warrants to the Corporation and the Receiver as follows:
 
11.1.             Corporate Existence and Authority . The Assuming Institution (a) is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its Chartering Authority and has full power and authority to own and operate its properties and to conduct its business as now conducted by it, and (b) has full power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder. The Assuming Institution has taken all necessary corporate (or other applicable governance) action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the performance of the transactions contemplated hereby.
 
11.2.             Third Party Consents . No governmental authority or other third party consents (including but not limited to approvals, licenses, registrations or declarations) are required in connection with the execution, delivery or performance by the Assuming Institution of this Agreement, other than such consents as have been duly obtained and are in full force and effect.
 
11.3.             Execution and Enforceability . This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Assuming Institution and when this Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Corporation and the Receiver, this Agreement will constitute the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Assuming Institution, enforceable in accordance with its terms.
 
11.4.            Compliance with Law .
 
(a)            No Violations . Neither the Assuming Institution nor any of its Subsidiaries is in violation of any statute, regulation, order, decision, judgment or decree of, or any restriction imposed by, the United States of America, any State, municipality or other political subdivision or any agency of any of the foregoing, or any court or other tribunal
 
Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement
February 21. 2012
35
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota

 
 
 
 

having jurisdiction over the Assuming Institution or any of its Subsidiaries or any assets of any such Person, or any foreign government or agency thereof having such jurisdiction, with respect to the conduct of the business of the Assuming Institution or of any of its Subsidiaries, or the ownership of the properties of the Assuming Institution or any of its Subsidiaries, which, either individually or in the aggregate with all other such violations, would materially and adversely affect the business, operations or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Assuming Institution or the ability of the Assuming Institution to perform, satisfy or observe any obligation or condition under this Agreement.
 
(b)            No Conflict . Neither the execution and delivery nor the performance by the Assuming Institution of this Agreement will result in any violation by the Assuming Institution of, or be in conflict with, any provision of any applicable law or regulation, or any order, writ or decree of any court or governmental authority.
 
11.5.             Insured or Guaranteed Loans . If any Loans being transferred pursuant to this Agreement are insured or guaranteed by any department or agency of any governmental unit, federal, state or local, Assuming Institution represents that Assuming Institution has been approved by such agency and is an approved lender or mortgagee, as appropriate, if such approval is required. The Assuming Institution further assumes full responsibility for determining whether or not such insurance or guarantees are in full force and effect on the date of this Agreement and with respect to those Loans whose insurance or guaranty is in full force and effect on the date of this Agreement, Assuming Institution assumes full responsibility for doing all things necessary to insure such insurance or guarantees remain in full force and effect. Assuming Institution agrees to assume all of the obligations under the contract(s) of insurance or guaranty and agrees to cooperate with the Receiver where necessary to complete forms required by the insuring or guaranteeing department or agency to effect or complete the transfer to Assuming Institution.
 
11.6.             Representations Remain True . The Assuming Institution represents and warrants that it has executed and delivered to the Corporation a Purchaser Eligibility Certification and Confidentiality Agreement and that all information provided and representations made by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, including, but not limited to, the Purchaser Eligibility Certification and Confidentiality Agreement (which are affirmed and ratified hereby) are and remain true and correct in all material respects and do not fail to state any fact required to make the information contained therein not misleading.
 
11.7.             No Reliance; Independent Advice . The Assuming Institution is not relying on the Receiver or the Corporation for any business, legal, tax, accounting, investment or other advice in connection with this Agreement and the Exhibits hereto and documents delivered in connection with the foregoing, and has had adequate opportunity to consult with advisors of its choice in connection therewith.
 
ARTICLE XII.   INDEMNIFICATION .
 
12.1.             Indemnification of Indemnitees . From and after the Bank Closing Date and subject to the limitations set forth in this Section 12.1 and Section 12.6 and compliance by the Indemnitees with Section 12.2, the Receiver agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Indemnitees against any and all costs, losses, liabilities, expenses (including attorneys' fees) incurred prior to the assumption of defense by the Receiver pursuant to Section 12.2(d),
 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement
February 21. 2012
36
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota


 
 
 
 

judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in connection with claims against any Indemnitee based on liabilities of the Failed Bank that are not assumed by the Assuming Institution pursuant to this Agreement or subsequent to the execution hereof by the Assuming Institution or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Institution for which indemnification is provided:
 
(a)           hereunder in this Section 12.1, subject to certain exclusions as provided in Section 12.1(b):
 
(i)           claims based on the rights of any shareholder or former shareholder as such of (A) the Failed Bank, or (B) any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Failed Bank;
 
(ii)           claims based on the rights of any creditor as such of the Failed Bank, or any creditor as such of any director, officer, employee or agent of the Failed Bank, with respect to any indebtedness or other obligation of the Failed Bank arising prior to the Bank Closing Date;
 
(iii)           claims based on the rights of any present or former director, officer, employee or agent as such of the Failed Bank or of any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Failed Bank;
 
(iv)           claims based on any action or inaction prior to the Bank Closing Date of the Failed Bank, its directors, officers, employees or agents as such, or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Failed Bank, or the directors, officers, employees or agents as such of such Subsidiary or Affiliate;
 
(v)           claims based on any malfeasance, misfeasance or nonfeasance of the Failed Bank, its directors, officers, employees or agents with respect to the trust business of the Failed Bank, if any;
 
(vi)           claims based on any failure or alleged failure (not in violation of law) by the Assuming Institution to continue to perform any service or activity previously performed by the Failed Bank which the Assuming Institution is not required to perform pursuant to this Agreement or which arise under any contract to which the Failed Bank was a party which the Assuming Institution elected not to assume in accordance with this Agreement and which neither the Assuming Institution nor any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Institution has assumed subsequent to the execution hereof;
 
(vii)           claims arising from any action or inaction of any Indemnitee, including for purposes of this Section 12.1(a)(vii) the former officers or employees of the Failed Bank or of any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Failed Bank that is taken upon the specific written direction of the Corporation or the Receiver, other than any action or inaction taken in a manner constituting bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct; and
 
(viii)           claims based on the rights of any depositor of the Failed Bank whose deposit has been accorded “withheld payment” status and/or returned to the Receiver or Corporation in accordance with Section 9.5 and/or has become an “unclaimed deposit” or has been returned to the Corporation or the Receiver in accordance with Section 2.3;
 
Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement
February 21. 2012
37
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota
 


 
 
 
 

(b)           provided that with respect to this Agreement, except for Section 12.1(a)(vii) and (viii), no indemnification will be provided under this Agreement for any:
 
(i)           judgment or fine against, or any amount paid in settlement (without the written approval of the Receiver) by, any Indemnitee in connection with any action that seeks damages against any Indemnitee (a “Counterclaim”) arising with respect to any Asset and based on any action or inaction of either the Failed Bank, its directors, officers, employees or agents as such prior to the Bank Closing Date, unless any such judgment, fine or amount paid in settlement exceeds the greater of (A) the Repurchase Price of such Asset, or (B) the monetary recovery sought on such Asset by the Assuming Institution in the cause of action from which the Counterclaim arises; and in such event the Receiver will provide indemnification only in the amount of such excess; and no indemnification will be provided for any costs or expenses other than any costs or expenses (including attorneys' fees) which, in the determination of the Receiver, have been actually and reasonably incurred by such Indemnitee in connection with the defense of any such Counterclaim; and it is expressly agreed that the Receiver reserves the right to intervene, in its discretion, on its behalf and/or on behalf of the Receiver, in the defense of any such Counterclaim;
 
(ii)           claims with respect to any liability or obligation of the Failed Bank that is expressly assumed by the Assuming Institution pursuant to this Agreement or subsequent to the execution hereof by the Assuming Institution or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Institution;
 
(iii)           claims with respect to any liability of the Failed Bank to any present or former employee as such of the Failed Bank or of any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Failed Bank, which liability is expressly assumed by the Assuming Institution pursuant to this Agreement or subsequent to the execution hereof by the Assuming Institution or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Institution;
 
(iv)           claims based on the failure of any Indemnitee to seek recovery of damages from the Receiver for any claims based upon any action or inaction of the Failed Bank, its directors, officers, employees or agents as fiduciary, agent or custodian prior to the Bank Closing Date;
 
(v)           claims based on any violation or alleged violation by any Indemnitee of the antitrust, branching, banking or bank holding company or securities laws of the United States of America or any State thereof;
 
(vi)           claims based on the rights of any present or former creditor, customer, or supplier as such of the Assuming Institution or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Institution;
 
(vii)           claims based on the rights of any present or former shareholder as such of the Assuming Institution or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Institution regardless of whether any such present or former shareholder is also a present or former shareholder of the Failed Bank;
 
(viii)           claims, if the Receiver determines that the effect of providing such indemnification would be to (A) expand or alter the provisions of any warranty or
 
Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement
February 21. 2012
38
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota


 
 
 
 

disclaimer thereof provided in Section 3.3 or any other provision of this Agreement, or (B) create any warranty not expressly provided under this Agreement;
 
(ix)           claims which could have been enforced against any Indemnitee had the Assuming Institution not entered into this Agreement;
 
(x)           claims based on any liability for taxes or fees assessed with respect to the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including without limitation any subsequent transfer of any Assets or Liabilities Assumed to any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Institution;
 
(xi)           except as expressly provided in this Article XII, claims based on any action or inaction of any Indemnitee, and nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to provide indemnification for (i) the Failed Bank, (ii) any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Failed Bank, or (iii) any present or former director, officer, employee or agent of the Failed Bank or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates; provided that the Receiver, in its sole and absolute discretion, may provide indemnification hereunder for any present or former director, officer, employee or agent of the Failed Bank or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates who is also or becomes a director, officer, employee or agent of the Assuming Institution or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates;
 
(xii)           claims or actions which constitute a breach by the Assuming Institution of the representations and warranties contained in Article XI;
 
(xiii)           claims arising out of or relating to the condition of or generated by an Asset arising from or relating to the presence, storage or release of any hazardous or toxic substance, or any pollutant or contaminant, or condition of such Asset which violate any applicable Federal, State or local law or regulation concerning environmental protection; and
 
(xiv)           claims based on, related to or arising from any asset, including a loan, acquired or liability assumed by the Assuming Institution, other than pursuant to this Agreement.
 
12.2.             Conditions Precedent to Indemnification . It shall be a condition precedent to the obligation of the Receiver to indemnify any Person pursuant to this Article XII that such Person shall, with respect to any claim made or threatened against such Person for which such Person is or may be entitled to indemnification hereunder:
 
(a)           give written notice to the Regional Counsel (Litigation Branch) of the Corporation in the manner and at the address provided in Section 13.6 of such claim as soon as practicable after such claim is made or threatened; provided that notice must be given on or before the date which is six (6) years from the date of this Agreement;
 
(b)           provide to the Receiver such information and cooperation with respect to such claim as the Receiver may reasonably require;
 
(c)           cooperate and take all steps, as the Receiver may reasonably require, to preserve and protect any defense to such claim;
 
 

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement
February 21. 2012
39
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota
 


 
 
 
 

(d)           in the event suit is brought with respect to such claim, upon reasonable prior notice, afford to the Receiver the right, which the Receiver may exercise in its sole and absolute discretion, to conduct the investigation, control the defense and effect settlement of such claim, including without limitation the right to designate counsel and to control all negotiations, litigation, arbitration, settlements, compromises and appeals of any such claim, all of which shall be at the expense of the Receiver; provided that the Receiver shall have notified the Person claiming indemnification in writing that such claim is a claim with respect to which such Person is entitled to indemnification under this Article XII;
 
(e)           not incur any costs or expenses in connection with any response or suit with respect to such claim, unless such costs or expenses were incurred upon the written direction of the Receiver; provided that the Receiver shall not be obligated to reimburse the amount of any such costs or expenses unless such costs or expenses were incurred upon the written direction of the Receiver;
 
(f)           not release or settle such claim or make any payment or admission with respect thereto, unless the Receiver consents thereto; provided that the Receiver shall not be obligated to reimburse the amount of any such settlement or payment unless such settlement or payment was effected upon the written direction of the Receiver; and
 
(g)           take such reasonable action as the Receiver may request in writing as necessary to preserve, protect or enforce the rights of the Indemnitee against any Primary Indemnitor.
 
12.3.             No Additional Warranty . Nothing in this Article XII shall be construed or deemed to (a) expand or otherwise alter any warranty or disclaimer thereof provided under Section 3.3 or any other provision of this Agreement with respect to, among other matters, the title, value, collectability, genuineness, enforceability, documentation, condition or freedom from liens or encumbrances, of any (i) Asset, or (ii) asset of the Failed Bank purchased by the Assuming Institution subsequent to the execution of this Agreement by the Assuming Institution or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Institution, or (b) create any warranty not expressly provided under this Agreement with respect thereto.
 
12.4.             Indemnification of Receiver and Corporation . From and after the Bank Closing Date, the Assuming Institution agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Corporation and the Receiver and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents from and against any and all costs, losses, liabilities, expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in connection with any of the following:
 
(a)           claims based on any and all liabilities or obligations of the Failed Bank assumed by the Assuming Institution pursuant to this Agreement or subsequent to the execution hereof by the Assuming Institution or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Assuming Institution, whether or not any such liabilities subsequently are sold and/or transferred, other than any claim based upon any action or inaction of any Indemnitee as provided in Section 12.1(a)(vii) or (viii);
 
(b)           claims based on any act or omission of any Indemnitee (including but not limited to claims of any Person claiming any right or title by or through the Assuming Institution with respect to Assets transferred to the Receiver pursuant to Section 3.4 or
 
 

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement
February 21. 2012
40
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota
 


 
 
 
 

Section 3.6), other than any action or inaction of any Indemnitee as provided in (vii) or (viii) of Section 12.1(a); and
 
(c)           claims based on any failure to preserve, maintain or provide reasonable access to Records transferred to the Assuming Institution pursuant to Article VI.
 
12.5.             Obligations Supplemental . The obligations of the Receiver, and the Corporation as guarantor in accordance with Section 12.7, to provide indemnification under this Article XII are to supplement any amount payable by any Primary Indemnitor to the Person indemnified under this Article XII. Consistent with that intent, the Receiver agrees only to make payments pursuant to such indemnification to the extent not payable by a Primary Indemnitor. If the aggregate amount of payments by the Receiver, or the Corporation as guarantor in accordance with Section 12.7, and all Primary Indemnitors with respect to any item of indemnification under this Article XII exceeds the amount payable with respect to such item, such Person being indemnified shall notify the Receiver thereof and, upon the request of the Receiver, shall promptly pay to the Receiver, or the Corporation as appropriate, the amount of the Receiver's (or Corporation's) payments to the extent of such excess.
 
12.6.             Criminal Claims . Notwithstanding any provision of this Article XII to the contrary, in the event that any Person being indemnified under this Article XII shall become involved in any criminal action, suit or proceeding, whether judicial, administrative or investigative, the Receiver shall have no obligation hereunder to indemnify such Person for liability with respect to any criminal act or to the extent any costs or expenses are attributable to the defense against the allegation of any criminal act, unless (a) the Person is successful on the merits or otherwise in the defense against any such action, suit or proceeding, or (b) such action, suit or proceeding is terminated without the imposition of liability on such Person.
 
12.7.             Limited Guaranty of the Corporation . The Corporation hereby guarantees performance of the Receiver's obligation to indemnify the Assuming Institution as set forth in this Article XII. It is a condition to the Corporation's obligation hereunder that the Assuming Institution shall comply in all respects with the applicable provisions of this Article XII. The Corporation shall be liable hereunder only for such amounts, if any, as the Receiver is obligated to pay under the terms of this Article XII but shall fail to pay. Except as otherwise provided above in this Section 12.7, nothing in this Article XII is intended or shall be construed to create any liability or obligation on the part of the Corporation, the United States of America or any department or agency thereof under or with respect to this Article XII, or any provision hereof, it being the intention of the parties hereto that the obligations undertaken by the Receiver under this Article XII are the sole and exclusive responsibility of the Receiver and no other Person or entity.
 
12.8.             Subrogation . Upon payment by the Receiver, or the Corporation as guarantor in accordance with Section 12.7, to any Indemnitee for any claims indemnified by the Receiver under this Article XII, the Receiver, or the Corporation as appropriate, shall become subrogated to all rights of the Indemnitee against any other Person to the extent of such payment.
 
ARTICLE XIII.   MISCELLANEOUS .
 
13.1.             Costs, Fees, and Expenses . All fees, costs and expenses incurred by a party in connection with this Agreement (including the performance of any obligations or the exercise of any rights hereunder) shall be borne by such party unless expressly otherwise provided; provided
 
 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement
February 21. 2012
41
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota
 


 
 
 
 

that the Assuming Institution shall pay all fees, costs and expenses (other than attorneys' fees incurred by the Receiver) incurred in connection with the transfer to it of any Assets or Liabilities Assumed hereunder or in accordance herewith. Further, the Assuming Institution shall be responsible for the payment of MERS routine transaction charges.
 
13.2.             WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES, TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN OR TO HAVE A JURY PARTICIPATE IN RESOLVING ANY DISPUTE, ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM, WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.
 
13.3.             Consent; Determination or Discretion . When the consent or approval of a party is required under this Agreement, such consent or approval shall be obtained in writing and unless expressly otherwise provided, shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. When a determination or decision is to be made by a party under this Agreement, that party shall make such determination or decision in its reasonable discretion unless expressly otherwise provided.
 
13.4.             Rights Cumulative . Except as expressly otherwise provided herein, the rights of each of the parties under this Agreement are cumulative, may be exercised as often as any party considers appropriate and are in addition to each such party's rights under this Agreement, any of the agreements related thereto or under applicable law. Any failure to exercise or any delay in exercising any of such rights, or any partial or defective exercise of such rights, shall not operate as a waiver or variation of that or any other such right, unless expressly otherwise provided.
 
13.5.             References . References in this Agreement to Recitals, Articles, Sections, Schedules and Exhibits are to Recitals, Articles, Sections, Schedules and Exhibits of this Agreement, respectively, unless the context indicates that a Shared-Loss Agreement is intended. References to parties are to the parties to this Agreement. Unless expressly otherwise provided, references to days and months are to calendar days and months respectively. Article and Section headings are for convenient reference and shall not affect the meaning of this Agreement. References to the singular shall include the plural, as the context may require, and vice versa.
 
13.6.             Notice .
 
(a)            Form of Notices . All notices shall be given in writing and provided in accordance with the provisions of this Section 13.6, unless expressly otherwise provided.
 
(b)            Notice to the Receiver or the Corporation . With respect to a notice under this Agreement:
 
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
1601 Bryan Street
Dallas, Texas 75201-3430
Attention: Settlement Agent
 

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement
February 21. 2012
42
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota
 


 
 
 
 

In addition, with respect to notices under Section 4.6, with a copy to:

BankPemiseNotice@fdic.gov

In addition, with respect to notice under Article XII:

Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
1601 Bryan Street
Dallas, Texas 75201-3430
Regional Counsel (Litigation Branch)

In addition, with respect to communications under Exhibit 4.13, a copy to:

Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
1601 Bryan Street, Room 16022
Dallas, Texas 75201-3430
Attention: Gregory Godwin, Interim Servicing Manager
GGodwin@FDIC.gov

(c)            Notice to Assuming Institution. With respect to a notice under this Agreement:
 
Great Southern Bank
218 South Glenstone
Springfield, Missouri 65802

Attention: Joseph W. Turner

with a copy to: Bryan S. Tiede

13.7.             Entire Agreement . This Agreement and the Shared-Loss Agreements, if any, including the Schedules and Exhibits hereto and thereto, embody the entire agreement of the parties hereto in relation to the subject matter herein and supersede all prior understandings or agreements, oral or written, between the parties.
 
13.8.             Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the duly authorized representative of a different party hereto on separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which when taken together shall constitute one and the same Agreement.
 
13.9.             GOVERNING LAW . THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FEDERAL LAW OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA, AND IN THE ABSENCE OF CONTROLLING FEDERAL LAW, IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE IN WHICH THE MAIN OFFICE OF THE FAILED BANK IS LOCATED.
 
13.10.             Successors . All terms and conditions of this Agreement shall be binding on the successors and assigns of the Receiver, the Corporation and the Assuming Institution. Nothing expressed or referred to in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give any Person
 
 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement
February 21. 2012
43
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota
 


 
 
 
 

other than the Receiver, the Corporation and the Assuming Institution any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or with respect to this Agreement or any provisions contained herein, it being the intention of the parties hereto that this Agreement, the obligations and statements of responsibilities hereunder, and all other conditions and provisions hereof are for the sole and exclusive benefit of the Receiver, the Corporation and the Assuming Institution and for the benefit of no other Person.
 
13.11.             Modification . No amendment or other modification, rescission or release of any part of this Agreement or a Shared-Loss Agreement, if any, shall be effective except pursuant to a written agreement subscribed by the duly authorized representatives of the parties.
 
13.12.             Manner of Payment . All payments due under this Agreement shall be in lawful money of the United States of America in immediately available funds as each party hereto may specify to the other parties; provided that in the event the Receiver or the Corporation is obligated to make any payment hereunder in the amount of $25,000.00 or less, such payment may be made by check.
 
13.13.             Waiver . Each of the Receiver, the Corporation and the Assuming Institution may waive its respective rights, powers or privileges under this Agreement; provided that such waiver shall be in writing; and further provided that no failure or delay on the part of the Receiver, the Corporation or the Assuming Institution to exercise any right, power or privilege under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor will any single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege under this Agreement preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege by the Receiver, the Corporation or the Assuming Institution under this Agreement, nor will any such waiver operate or be construed as a future waiver of such right, power or privilege under this Agreement.
 
13.14.             Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is declared invalid or unenforceable, then, to the extent possible, all of the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall be binding upon the parties hereto.
 
13.15.             Term of Agreement . This Agreement shall continue in full force and effect until the tenth (10th) anniversary of the Bank Closing Date; provided that the provisions of Sections 6.3 and 6.4 shall survive the expiration of the term of this Agreement; and provided further that the receivership of the Failed Bank may be terminated prior to the expiration of the term of this Agreement, and in such event, the guaranty of the Corporation, as provided in and in accordance with the provisions of Section 12.7, shall be in effect for the remainder of the term of this Agreement. Expiration of the term of this Agreement shall not affect any claim or liability of any party with respect to any (a) amount which is owing at the time of such expiration, regardless of when such amount becomes payable, and (b) breach of this Agreement occurring prior to such expiration, regardless of when such breach is discovered.
 
13.16.             Survival of Covenants, Etc . The covenants, representations, and warranties in this Agreement shall survive the execution of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereunder.
 
[Signature Page Follows]
 

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement
February 21. 2012
44
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota
 


 
 
 
 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized representatives as of the date first above written.
 
   
FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION,
RECEIVER OF INTER SAVINGS BANK, FSB
MAPLE GROVE, MINNESOTA
       
   
BY:
/s/ Michael W. Lamb
       
   
NAME:
Michael W. Lamb
       
   
TITLE:
Receiver in Charge
Attest:_______________________
     
       
   
FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION,
       
   
BY:
/s/ Michael W. Lamb
       
   
NAME:
Michael W. Lamb
       
   
TITLE:
Attorney in Fact
Attest:_______________________
     
       
   
GREAT SOUTHERN BANK
       
   
BY:
/s/ Joseph W. Turner
       
   
NAME:
Joseph W. Turner
       
   
TITLE:
President and CEO
Attest:_______________________
     
       
       












Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement
February 21. 2012
45
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota


 
 
 
 

SCHEDULE 2.1(a)
 
EXCLUDED DEPOSIT LIABILITY ACCOUNTS
 

 
Inter Savings Bank, FSB has no deposits associated with the Depository Organization (“DO”) Cede & Co as Nominee for DTC. DO accounts do not pass to the Assuming Institution and are excluded from the transaction as described in Section 2.1 of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement. This information is valid for the DO accounts as of the Bid Valuation Date. This data will be updated post-closing with information as of Bank Closing Date.
 





















































Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement
February 21. 2012
46
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota


 
 
 
 


 
SCHEDULE 3.2
 
PURCHASE PRICE OF ASSETS OR ANY OTHER ASSETS
 
(a)
cash and receivables from depository institutions, including cash items in the process of collection, plus interest thereon:
Book Value
     
(b)
securities (exclusive of the capital stock of Acquired Subsidiaries and FHLB stock), plus interest thereon:
As provided in Section 3.2(b)
     
(c)
federal funds sold and repurchase agreements, if any, including interest thereon:
Book Value
     
(d)
Loans:
Book Value
     
(e)
credit card business:
Book Value
     
(f)
safe deposit business, safekeeping business and trust business, if any:
Book Value
     
(g)
Records and other documents:
Book Value
     
(h)
Other Real Estate:
Book Value
     
(i)
all repossessed collateral, such as boats, motor vehicles, aircraft, trailers, and fire arms
Book Value
     
(j)
capital stock of any Acquired Subsidiaries(subject to Section 3 2(b), and FHLB stock:
Book Value
     
(k)
amounts owed to the Failed Bank by any Acquired Subsidiaries:
Book Value
     
(1)
assets securing Deposits of public money, to the extent not otherwise purchased hereunder:
Book Value
     
(m)
overdrafts of customers:
Book Value
     
(n)
rights, if any, with respect to Qualified Financial Contracts:
As provided in Section 3.2(c)
     

 



Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement
February 21. 2012
47
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota


 
 
 
 

(o)
rights of the Failed Bank to have loan servicing provided to the Failed Bank by others and related contracts:
Book Value
     
(q)
Personal Computers and Owned Data Management Equipment:
Fair Market Value
     
(r)
Safe Deposit Boxes
Fair Market Value



Assets subject to an option to purchase:

(a)
Bank Premises with a fixed price:
As set forth in the Bid Form
     
 
All other Bank Premises
Fair Market Value
     
(b)
Furniture and Equipment:
Fair Market Value
     
(c)
Fixtures:
Fair Market Value
     
(d)
Other Equipment:
Fair Market Value
     
(e)
Specialty Assets
Fair Market Value







































Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement
February 21. 2012
48
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota


 
 
 
 

SCHEDULE 3.5(1)
 
EXCLUDED SECURITIES
 
None.
 
 
This Schedule may be updated post- closing with data as of the Bank Closing Date.
 



























































Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement
February 21. 2012
49
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota


 
 
 
 

SCHEDULE 6.3
 
DATA RETENTION CATALOG
 



Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement
February 21. 2012
50
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota


 
 
 
 


Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement
February 21. 2012
51
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota
 
 
 
 
 

SCHEDULE 7
 
Accounts Excluded from Calculation of Deposit Franchise Bid Premium

The accounts identified below will pass to the Assuming Institution (unless otherwise noted). When calculating the premium to be paid on Assumed Deposits in a purchase and assumption transaction, the FDIC will exclude the following categories of deposit accounts:
 
Category
Description
Amount
I
Non- DO Brokered Deposits
$249,298.00
II
CDARS
$  -0-
III
Market Place Deposits
$13,545,532.00
 
Total deposits excluded from Calculation of premium
$13,794,830.00

Category Description

I. Brokered Deposits
Brokered deposit accounts are accounts for which the “depositor of record” is an agent, nominee or custodian who deposits funds for a principal or principals to whom “pass-through” deposit insurance coverage may be extended. The FDIC separates brokered deposit accounts into two categories: 1) Depository Organization (DO) Brokered Deposits and 2) Non-Depository Organization (Non-DO) Brokered Deposits. This distinction is made by the FDIC to facilitate our role as Receiver and Insurer. These terms will not appear on other “brokered deposit” reports generated by Inter Savings Bank, FSB.
 
Non-DO Brokered Deposits pass to the Assuming Institution, but are excluded from Assumed Deposits when the deposit premium is calculated. Please see the attached “Schedule 7 — Non-DO Broker Deposit Detail Report” for a listing of these accounts. This list will be updated post closing with balances as of the Bank Closing Date.
 
If Inter Savings Bank, FSB had any DO Brokered Deposits (Cede & Co as Nominee for DTC), they are excluded from Assumed Deposits in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
 
II. CDARS
CDARS deposits pass to the Assuming Institution, but are excluded from Assumed Deposits when the deposit premium is calculated.
 
Inter Savings Bank, FSB did not participate in the CDARS program as of the date of the deposit download. If CDARS deposits are taken between the date of the deposit download and the Bank Closing Date, they will be identified post closing and made part of Schedule 7 to the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
 
III. Market Place Deposits
“Market Place Deposits” is a description given to deposits that may have been solicited via a money desk, interne subscription service (for example, QwickRate), or similar programs.
 
Inter Savings Bank, FSB does have QwickRate deposits as identified above. This list will be updated post closing with balances as of the Bank Closing Date.
 
 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement
February 21. 2012
52
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota
 


 
 
 
 

This schedule provides account categories and balances as of the date of the deposit download, or as indicated. The deposit franchise bid premium will be calculated using account categories and balances as of the Bank Closing Date that are reflected in the general ledger or subsystem as described above. The final numbers for Schedule 7 will be provided post closing.
 
























































Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Purchase and Assumption Agre ement
February 21. 2012
53
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota


 
 
 
 

EXHIBIT 2.3A
 
FINAL LEGAL NOTICE
Claiming Requirements for Deposits
Under 12 U.S.C. 1822(e)

[Date]

[Name of Unclaimed Depositor]
[Address of Unclaimed Depositor]
[Anytown, USA]

Subject:              [XXXXX — Name of Bank
City,State] – In Receivership

Dear [Sir/Madam] :

As you may know, on [Date: Closing Date] , the [Name of Bank (“The Bank”)] was closed and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) transferred [The Bank's] accounts to [Name of Acquiring Institution] .
 
According to federal law under 12 U.S.C., 1822(e), on [Date: eighteen months from the Closing Date] , [Name of Acquiring Institution] must transfer the funds in your account(s) back to the FDIC if you have not claimed your account(s) with [Name of Acquiring Institution] . Based on the records recently supplied to us by [Name of Acquiring Institution] , your account(s) currently fall into this category.
 
This letter is your formal Legal Notice that you have until [Date: eighteen months from the Closing Date] , to claim or arrange to continue your account(s) with [Name of Acquiring Institution] . There are several ways that you can claim your account(s) at [Name of Acquiring Institution] . It is only necessary for you to take any one of the following actions in order for your account(s) at [Name of Acquiring Institution] to be deemed claimed. In addition, if you have more than one account, your claim to one account will automatically claim all accounts:
 
1.           Write to [Name of Acquiring Institution] and notify them that you wish to keep your account(s) active with them. Please be sure to include the name of the account(s), the account number(s), the signature of an authorized signer on the account(s), name, and address. [Name of Acquiring Institution] address is:
 
[123 Main Street Anytown, USA]

2.           Execute a new signature card on your account(s), enter into a new deposit agreement with [Name of Acquiring Institution] , change the ownership on your account(s), or renegotiate the terms of your certificate of deposit account(s) (if any).
 
3.           Provide [Name of Acquiring Institution] with a change of address form.
 
4.           Make a deposit to or withdrawal from your account(s). This includes writing a check on any account or having an automatic direct deposit credited to or an automatic withdrawal debited from an account.
 
Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement
February 21. 2012
54
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota


 
 
 
 

If you do not want to continue your account(s) with [Name of Acquiring Institution] for any reason, you can withdraw your funds and close your account(s). Withdrawing funds from one or more of your account(s) satisfies the federal law claiming requirement. If you have time deposits, such as certificates of deposit, [Name of Acquiring Institution] can advise you how to withdraw them without being charged an interest penalty for early withdrawal.
 
If you do not claim ownership of your account(s) at [Name of Acquiring Institution by Date: eighteen months from the Closing Date] federal law requires [Name of Acquiring Institution] to return your deposits to the FDIC, which will deliver them as unclaimed property to the State indicated in your address in the Failed Institution's records. If your address is outside of the United States, the FDIC will deliver the deposits to the State in which the Failed Institution had its main office. 12 U.S.C. § 1822(e). If the State accepts custody of your deposits, you will have 10 years from the date of delivery to claim your deposits from the State. After 10 years you will be permanently barred from claiming your deposits. However, if the State refuses to take custody of your deposits, you will be able to claim them from the FDIC until the receivership is terminated. If you have not claimed your insured deposits before the receivership is terminated, and a receivership may be terminated at any time, all of your rights in those deposits will be barred.
 
If you have any questions or concerns about these items, please contact [Bank Employee] at [Name of Acquiring Institution] by phone at [(XXX) XXX-XXXX] .
 
Sincerely,


[Name of Claims Specialist]
[Title]



























Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement
February 21. 2012
55
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota


 
 
 
 

EXHIBIT 2.3B
 
AFFIDAVIT OF MAILING



AFFIDAVIT OF MAILING



State of

COUNTY OF

I am employed as a [Title of Office] by the [Name of Acquiring Institution].
 
This will attest that on [Date of mailing], I caused a true and correct copy of the Final Legal Notice, attached hereto, to owners of unclaimed deposits of [Name of Failed Bank], City, State, to be prepared for deposit in the mail of the United States of America on behalf of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. A list of depositors to whom the notice was mailed is attached. This notice was mailed to the depositor's last address as reflected on the books and records of the [Name of Failed Bank] as of the date of failure.
 
___________________________________
[Name]
[Title of Office]
[Name of Acquiring Institution]


Subscribed and sworn to before me this _________ day of [Month, Year].

My commission expires:



     
   
[Name], Notary Public
















Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement
February 21. 2012
56
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota


 
 
 
 

EXHIBIT 3.2(c)
 
VALUATION OF CERTAIN

QUALIFIED FINANCIAL CONTRACTS

A.
Scope .
   
 
Interest Rate Contracts - All interest rate swaps, forward rate agreements, interest rate futures, caps, collars and floors, whether purchased or written.
   
 
Option Contracts - All put and call option contracts, whether purchased or written, on marketable securities, financial futures, foreign currencies, foreign exchange or foreign exchange futures contracts.
   
 
Foreign Exchange Contracts - All contracts for future purchase or sale of foreign currencies, foreign currency or cross currency swap contracts, or foreign exchange futures contracts.
   
B.
Exclusions
   
 
All financial contracts used to hedge assets and liabilities that are acquired by the Assuming Institution but are not subject to adjustment from Book Value.
   
C.
Adjustment
   
 
The difference between the Book Value and market value as of the Bank Closing Date.
   
D.
Methodology
   
 
1.
The price at which the Assuming Institution sells or disposes of Qualified Financial Contracts will be deemed to be the fair market value of such contracts, if such sale or disposition occurs at prevailing market rates within a predefined timetable as agreed upon by the Assuming Institution and the Receiver.
       
 
2.
In valuing all other Qualified Financial Contracts, the following principles will apply:
       
   
(i)
All known cash flows under swaps or forward exchange contracts shall be present valued to the swap zero coupon interest rate curve.
       
   
(ii)
All valuations shall employ prices and interest rates based on the actual frequency of rate reset or payment.
       
   
(iii)
Each tranche of amortizing contracts shall be separately valued. The total value of such amortizing contract shall be the sum of the values of its component tranches.
       

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement
February 21. 2012
57
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota


 
 
 
 




    
   
(iv)
For regularly traded contracts, valuations shall be at the midpoint of the bid and ask prices quoted by customary sources (e.g., The Wall Street Journal, Telerate, Reuters or other similar source) or regularly traded exchanges.
       
   
(v)
For all other Qualified Financial Contracts where published market quotes are unavailable, the adjusted price shall be the average of the bid and ask price quotes from three (3) securities dealers acceptable to the Receiver and Assuming Institution as of the Bank Closing Date. If quotes from securities dealers cannot be obtained, an appraiser acceptable to the Receiver and the Assuming Institution will perform a valuation based on modeling, correlation analysis, interpolation or other techniques, as appropriate.
































Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement
February 21. 2012
58
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota


 
 
 
 

EXHIBIT 4.13
 
INTERIM ASSET SERVICING ARRANGEMENT

This Interim Asset Servicing Arrangement is made pursuant to and as of the date of that certain Purchase and Assumption Agreement (the “Purchase and Assumption Agreement” ) among the Receiver, the Assuming Institution and the Corporation, to which this Arrangement is attached. Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined in this Exhibit 4.13 shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Agreement.
 
(a)           With respect to each asset or liability designated from time to time by the Receiver to be serviced by the Assuming Institution pursuant to this Interim Asset Servicing Arrangement (the “Arrangement” ), including any assets or liabilities sold or conveyed by the Receiver to any party other than the Assuming Institution (any such party, a “Successor Owner” ) but with respect to which the Receiver has an obligation to service or provide servicing support (such assets and liabilities, the “Pool Assets” ), for certain loans (the “Loans” ) during the term of this Arrangement the Assuming Institution shall service or provide servicing support to the Pool Assets as described in this Exhibit 4.13.
 
If the Assuming Institution is an approved or qualified servicer for any government sponsored entity (each, a “GSE” ) and if any of the Loans are owned by a GSE, the Assuming Institution shall service or provide servicing support for the Loans owned by a GSE in accordance with the guidelines promulgated by and its agreements with the applicable GSE. If the Assuming Institution is not an approved or qualified servicer for a GSE or the Loans are not owned by a GSE, then the Assuming Institution shall service or provide servicing support for the Loans in accordance with the following:
 
(i)           promptly post and apply payments received to the applicable system of record;
 
(ii)           reverse and return insufficient funds checks;
 
(iii)           pay (A) participation payments to participants in Loans, as and when received; (B) tax and insurance bills, as they come due, out of any escrow funds maintained for such purposes; and (C) unfunded commitments and protective advances out of any escrow funds created for such purposes;
 
(iv)           process funding draws under Loans and protective advances in connection with collateral and acquired property, in each case, as and to the extent authorized and funded by the Receiver;
 
(v)           maintain in use all data processing equipment and systems and other systems of record on which any activity with respect to any Pool Assets are, or prior to the Bank Closing Date, were, recorded, and maintain all historical data on any such systems as of the Bank Closing Date and not, without the express consent of the Receiver (which consent must be sought at least sixty (60) days prior to taking any action), deconvert, remove, transfer or otherwise discontinue use of any of the Failed Bank's systems of record with respect to any Pool Asset;
 
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement
February 21. 2012
59
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota
 


 
 
 
 

(vi)           maintain accurate records reflecting (A) payments received by the Assuming Institution, (B) information received by the Assuming Institution concerning changes in the address or identity of any Obligor and (C) other servicing actions taken by the Assuming Institution, including checks returned for insufficient funds;
 
(vii)           send (A) billing statements to Obligors on Pool Assets (to the extent that such statements were sent by the Failed Bank or as are requested by the Receiver) and (B) notices to Obligors who are in default on Loans (in the same manner as the Failed Bank or as are requested by the Receiver);
 
(viii)           employ a sufficient number of qualified employees to provide the services required to be provided by the Assuming Institution pursuant to this Arrangement (with the number and qualifications of such employees to be not less than the number and qualifications of employees employed by the Failed Bank to perform such functions as of the Bank Closing Date);
 
(ix)           hold in trust any Credit Files and any servicing files in the possession or on the premises of the Assuming Institution for the Receiver or the Successor Owner (as applicable) and segregate from the other books and records of the Assuming Institution and appropriately mark such Credit Files and servicing files to clearly reflect the ownership interest of the Receiver or the successor owner (as applicable);
 
(x)           send to the Receiver (indicating closed bank name and number), Attn: Interim Servicing Manager, at the email address provided in Section 13.6 of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement, or to such other person at such address as the Receiver may designate, via overnight delivery: (A) on a weekly basis, weekly reports, including, without limitation, reports reflecting collections and trial balances, and (B) any other reports, copies or information as may be requested from time to time by the Receiver, including, if requested, copies of (1) checks or other remittances received, (2) insufficient funds checks returned, (3) checks or other remittances for payment to participants or for taxes, insurance, funding advances and protective advances, (4) pay-off requests, and (5) notices to defaulted Obligors;
 
(xi)           remit on a weekly basis to the Receiver (indicating closed bank name and number), Attn: DRR Cashier Unit, Business Operations Support Branch, in the same manner as provided in paragraph (a)(x), via wire transfer to the account designated by the Receiver, or to such other person at such other address and/or account as the Receiver may designate, all payments received;
 
(xii)           prepare and timely file all information reports with appropriate tax authorities, and, if requested by the Receiver, prepare and file tax returns and remit taxes due on or before the due date;
 
(xiii)           provide and furnish such other services, operations or functions, including, without limitation, with regard to any business, enterprise or agreement which is a Pool Asset, as may be requested by the Receiver;
 
(xiv)           establish a custodial account for the Receiver and for each successor owner at the Assuming Institution, each of which shall be interest bearing, titled in the name of
 
 

 

 

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement
February 21. 2012
60
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota
 


 
 
 
 

Assuming Institution, in trust for the Receiver or the successor owner (as applicable), in each case as the owner, and segregate and hold all funds collected and received with respect to the Pool Assets separate and apart from any of the Assuming Institution's own funds and general assets; and
 
(xv) no later than the end of the second Business Day following receipt thereof, deposit into the applicable custodial account and retain therein all funds collected and received with respect to the Pool Assets.
 
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Exhibit, the Assuming Institution shall not be required to initiate litigation or other collection proceedings against any Obligor or any collateral with respect to any defaulted Loan. The Assuming Institution shall promptly notify the Receiver, at the address referred to above in paragraph (a)(x), of any claims or legal actions regarding any Pool Asset.
 
(b)           In consideration for the provision of the services provided pursuant to this Arrangement, the Receiver agrees to reimburse the Assuming Institution for actual, reasonable and necessary expenses incurred in connection with the performance of its duties pursuant to this Arrangement, including expenses of photocopying, postage and express mail, data processing and amounts paid for employee services (based upon the number of hours spent performing servicing duties).
 
(c)           The Assuming Institution shall provide the services described herein for a term of up to three hundred sixty-five (365) days after the Bank Closing Date. The Receiver may terminate the Arrangement at any time upon not less than sixty (60) days notice to the Assuming Institution without any liability or cost to the Receiver other than the fees and expenses due to the Assuming Institution as of the termination date pursuant to paragraph (b) above.
 
(d)           At any time during the term of this Arrangement, the Receiver may, upon not less than thirty (30) days prior written notice to the Assuming Institution, remove one or more Pool Assets, and at the time of such removal the Assuming Institution's responsibility with respect thereto shall terminate.
 
(e)           At the expiration of this Arrangement or upon the termination of the Assuming Institution's responsibility with respect to any Pool Asset pursuant to paragraph (d) hereof, the Assuming Institution shall:
 
(i)           deliver to the Receiver (or its designee) all of the Credit Documents and records relating to the Pool Assets; and
 
(ii)           cooperate with the Receiver to facilitate the orderly transition of managing the Pool Assets to the Receiver or its designees (including, without limitation, its contractors and persons to which any Pool Assets are conveyed).
 
     (f)      At the request of the Receiver, the Assuming Institution shall perform such transitional services with regard to the Pool Assets as the Receiver may request. Transitional services may include, without limitation, assisting in any due diligence process deemed necessary by the Receiver and providing to the Receiver and its designees (including, without limitation, its contractors and any actual or potential successor owners) (i) information and data
 
 

 

 

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement
February 21. 2012
61
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota
 


 
 
 
 

regarding the Pool Assets, including, without limitation, system reports and data downloads sufficient to transfer the Pool Assets to another system or systems and to facilitate due diligence by actual and potential successor owners, and (ii) access to employees of the Assuming Institution involved in the management of, or otherwise familiar with, the Pool Assets.
 
(g)           Until such time as the Arrangement expires or is terminated, without limitation of its obligations set forth above or in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement and without any additional consideration (other than that set forth in paragraph (b) above), the Assuming Institution shall provide the Receiver and its designees (including, without limitation, its contractors and actual and potential successor owners) with the following, as the same may be requested:
 
(i)           access to and the ability to obtain assistance and information from personnel of the Assuming Institution, including former personnel of the Failed Bank and personnel of third party consultants;
 
(ii)           access to and the ability to use and download information from data processing systems and other systems of record on which information regarding Pool Assets or any assets transferred to or liabilities assumed by the Assuming Institution is stored or maintained (regardless of whether information with respect to other assets or liabilities is also stored or maintained thereon); and
 
(iii)           access to and the ability to use and occupy office space (including parking facilities and vault space), facilities, utilities (including local telephone service and facsimile machines), furniture, equipment (including photocopying and facsimile machines), and technology and connectivity (including email accounts, network access and technology resources such as shared drives) in the Bank Premises occupied by the Assuming Institution.
 
































Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Purchase and Assumption Agreement
February 21. 2012
62
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota


 
 
 
 
















EXHIBIT 4.15A
 
SINGLE FAMILY SHARED-LOSS AGREEMENT













































Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement
February 21, 2012
 
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota


 
 
 
 

EXHIBIT 4.15A
SINGLE FAMILY SHARED-LOSS AGREEMENT

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ARTICLE 1.                                GENERAL
1
 
ARTICLE 6.                                MISCELLANEOUS
16
             
1.1
Purpose
1
 
6.1
Expenses
16
1.2
Relationship with Purchase and Assumption
   
6.2
Successors and Assigns
16
 
Agreement
1
 
6.3
Waiver of Jury Trial
17
1.3
Defined Terms
1
 
6.4
No Third Party Beneficiary
17
       
6.5
Consent, Determination or Discretion
17
ARTICLE 2.                                SHARED-LOSS ARRANGEMENT
1
 
6.6
Rights Cumulative
17
       
6.7
References
17
2.1
Accounting for and Management of Shared-Loss
   
6.8
Notice
18
 
Loans
1
       
2.2
Payments with Respect to Shared-Loss Loans
2
 
ARTICLE 7.                                DISPUTE RESOLUTION
18
2.3
Payments Applicable to Shared-Loss Months
2
       
2.4
Loss Mitigation and Loan Modification
2
 
7.1
Methods of Resolution
18
2.5
True-Up Payment and Calculation
5
 
7.2
Informal Resolution
18
2.6
Limitation on Payments
5
 
7.3
Resolution by Non-Binding Dispute Resolution
 
2.7
Treatment as a Shared-Loss Loan
6
   
Proceeding
19
       
7.4
Confidentiality of Compromise Negotiations
19
ARTICLE 3.                                ADMINISTRATION OF SHARED-
   
7.5
Payment Resulting from Compromise
 
LOSS LOANS
7
   
Negotiations
19
       
7.6
Formal Resolution
19
3.1
Management Standards Regarding Administration
7
 
7.7
Limitation on FDIC Party
20
3.2
Assuming Institution’s Responsibilities and Duties
7
 
7.8
Effectiveness of Agreement Pending Dispute
20
3.3
Third Party Servicers and Affiliates
9
 
7.9
Governing Rules and Law
20
3.4
Utilization by Assuming Institution of Special
   
7.10
Review Board Proceedings
20
 
Receivership Powers
10
 
7.11
Impartiality
22
3.5
Tax Ruling
10
 
7.12
Schedule
22
       
7.13
Written Award
22
ARTICLE 4.                                SALE OF CERTAIN SHARED-LOSS
   
7.14
Interest Rate on Award
23
LOANS AND ORE
10
 
7.15
Payments
23
       
7.16
Fees, Costs and Expenses
23
4.1
Sales of Shared-Loss Loans
10
 
7.17
Binding and Conclusive Nature
23
4.2
Calculation of Gain or Loss on Sale
11
 
7.18
No Precedent
23
4.3
Sale of ORE
11
 
7.19
Confidentiality; Proceedings, Information and
 
         
Documents
23
ARTICLE 5.                                CERTIFICATES, REPORTS AND
   
7.20
Confidentiality of Arbitration Award
24
RECORDS
12
 
7.21
Extension of Time Periods
24
       
7.22
Venue
24
5.1
Reporting Obligations of the Assuming Institution
12
       
5.2
Monthly Certificates
12
 
ARTICLE 8.                                DEFINITIONS
24
5.3
Monthly Data
13
       
5.4
Notification of Related Loans
14
       
5.5
Auditor’s Report; Right to Audit
14
       
5.6
Accounting Principles
15
       
5.7
Records and Reports
15
       



Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement
February 21, 2012
SF-i
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota


 
 
 
 

EXHIBITS


   
Page
Monthly Certificate
Exhibit 1
31
     
Calculation of Restructuring Loss
   
     HAMP or FDIC Loan Modification (Loan Written Down)
Exhibit 2a(1)
34
     HAMP or FDIC Loan Modification (No Preceding Loan Restructure)
Exhibit 2a(2)
36
     2nd FDIC Modification
Exhibit 2a(3)
38
     
Calculation of Short-Sale Loss
   
     Written Down to Book Value
Exhibit 2b(1)
42
     No Preceding Loan Modification Under Loss Share
Exhibit 2b(2)
44
     After a Covered Loan Modification
Exhibit 2b(3)
46
     
Calculation of Foreclosure Loss
   
     ORE or Foreclosure Occurred Prior to Loss Share Agreement
Exhibit 2c(1)
50
     During the Term of the Agreement, No Preceding Loan Modification Under Loss Share
Exhibit 2c(2)
52
     Foreclosure After Covered Loan Modification
Exhibit 2c(3)
54
     
Calculation of Home Equity Loan Loss
Exhibit 2d(1)
58
Calculation of Recovery When a Restructuring Loss Has Been Paid
Exhibit 2d(2)
60
     
Calculation of Loan Sale Loss
   
     Loan Written Down to Book Value Prior to Loss Share
Exhibit 2c(1)
63
     No Preceding Loan Modification under Loss Share
Exhibit 2e(2)
64
     Loan Sale after a Covered Loan Modification
Exhibit 2e(3)
65
     
True-Up
Exhibit 2.5
67
Portfolio Performance and Summary Schedule
Exhibit 3
68
Wire Transfer Instructions
Exhibit 4
70
FDIC Mortgage Loan Modification Program
Exhibit 5
71
Single Family Shared-Loss Loans
Exhibit 5.3(a)
74

SCHEDULE
 

   
Page
Loans Subject to Loss Sharing under the Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement
Schedule 4.15A
79
 

 

 

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement
February 21, 2012
SF-ii
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota
 


 
 
 
 

EXHIBIT 4.15A
 
SINGLE FAMILY SHARED-LOSS AGREEMENT
 
A.           This Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement and the Exhibits attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference (collectively, the “Agreement” ) is made pursuant to and as of the date of that certain Purchase and Assumption Agreement (the “Purchase and Assumption Agreement” ) among the Receiver, the Assuming Institution and the Corporation, to which this Agreement is attached.
 
B.           This Agreement shall apply only if the Assuming Institution has purchased Shared-Loss Loans (as defined herein) pursuant to the Purchase and Assumption Agreement. Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, it is the intention of the parties that the Receiver and the Assuming Institution shall share certain losses and gains in respect of such Shared-Loss Loans.
 
A G R E E M E N T
 
ARTICLE 1.   GENERAL .
 
1.1.             Purpose . The purpose of this Agreement is to set forth requirements regarding, among other things, management of Shared-Loss Loans by the Assuming Institution and procedures for notices, consents, reporting and payments. In administering the Shared-Loss Loans, the Assuming Institution shall at all times comply with the Management Standards set forth in Article 3.
 
1.2.             Relationship with Purchase and Assumption Agreement . To the extent that any inconsistencies may arise between the terms of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement and this Agreement with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement, the terms of this Agreement shall control.
 
1.3.             Defined Terms . The capitalized terms used in this Agreement have the meanings defined or referenced in Article 8.
 
ARTICLE 2.   SHARED-LOSS ARRANGEMENT .
 
2.1.            Accounting for and Management of Shared-Loss Loans .
 
(a)            Initial Values . The Assuming Institution shall record the Shared-Loss Loans on its Accounting Records at their respective Book Values as of the Commencement Date.
 
(b)            Adjustments . After the Commencement Date, the Assuming Institution shall adjust the Book Values of the Shared-Loss Loans in accordance with this Agreement, the Examination Criteria and Article VIII of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
 
(c)            Management . Thereafter, the Assuming Institution shall manage and account for the Shared-Loss Loans in accordance with this Agreement.
 
 

 

 

 

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement
February 21, 2012
SF-1
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota
 


 
 
 
 

2.2.            Payments with Respect to Shared-Loss Loans .
 
(a)            Calculation and Method of Payments . Subject to the conditions of this Agreement, the parties shall make the payments set forth in this Article 2. All payments made by a party under this Agreement shall be made by wire transfer.
 
(b)            Timing of Payments .
 
(i)           Payments by the Receiver under this Article 2 shall be made within thirty (30) days following the date on which the Receiver receives each Monthly Certificate, provided that the Monthly Certificate is complete, accurate, timely and in compliance with the requirements of this Agreement.
 
(ii)           Payments by the Assuming Institution under this Article 2 shall be made on or before the due date for each Monthly Certificate.
 
(c)            Source of Receiver's Funds . Payment obligations of the Receiver with respect to this Agreement shall be treated as administrative expenses of the Receiver pursuant to 12 U.S.0 0821(d)(11). To the extent that the Receiver requires funds to make payments relating to Shared-Loss Loans pursuant to this Agreement, the Receiver shall request funds under the Master Loan and Security Agreement between the FDIC in its corporate capacity and the FDIC in its receivership capacity, with respect to any receivership, dated as of May 21, 2009, as amended.
 
2.3.             Payments Applicable to Shared-Loss Months . For each Shared-Loss Month, pursuant to the applicable Monthly Certificate, one of the payments described at (a) or (b) below shall be made, as appropriate, with respect to Shared-Loss Loans.
 
(a)            Covered Loss Payments by the Receiver . The Receiver shall pay to the Assuming Institution the Applicable Percentage of the “Covered Loss” for the period, which is an amount equal to:
 
(i)           the sum of:
 
(A)           the total Monthly Loss Amount for all Shared-Loss Loans; less
 
(B)           the total monthly Recovery Amount for all Shared-Loss Loans; less
 
(C)           the total monthly Collections on Fully Charged-Off Assets.
 
(b)            Covered Gain Payments by the Assuming Institution . If the result of the calculation in Section 2.3(a)(i) is a negative amount (the “Covered Gain” ), the Assuming Institution shall pay the Applicable Percentage of such amount to the Receiver.
 
2.4.            Loss Mitigation, Loan Modification and Loss Calculations .
 
(a)            Loss Mitigation Programs . The Assuming Institution shall administer and undertake reasonable and customary loss mitigation efforts and act in accordance with usual and
 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement
February 21, 2012
SF-2
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota


 
 
 
 

prudent banking practices and the provisions of this Agreement with respect to Shared-Loss Loans. Within ninety (90) days of bank closing, the Assuming Institution shall submit to the FDIC for approval a written loss mitigation plan. The loss mitigation plan shall be updated annually and submitted to the FDIC. On a quarterly basis the Assuming Institution shall deliver to the FDIC the internal management reports utilized to monitor the status of loan modifications in process for assets on Schedule 4.15A as well as assets that have successfully undergone loan modification under an approved modification program according to the Agreement
 
(b)            Single Family Shared-Loss Loans . For each Single Family Shared-Loss Loan in default or for which a default is reasonably foreseeable, the Assuming Institution shall undertake loss mitigation efforts in accordance with one of the following programs, as amended from time to time, selected by the Assuming Institution in its discretion:
 
(i)           FDIC Mortgage Loan Modification Program as set forth in Exhibit 5 ;
 
(ii)           the United States Treasury's Home Affordable Modification Program Guidelines; or
 
(iii)           any other modification program approved by the United States Treasury Department, the Corporation, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or any other Federal governmental agency.
 
(c)            Other Shared-Loss Loans . For each Shared-Loss Loan which is not a Single Family Shared-Loss Loan and which is in default, or for which a default is reasonably foreseeable, the Assuming Institution shall adopt loss mitigation procedures in accordance with its own Examination Criteria and all applicable laws and regulations and shall undertake loss mitigation efforts substantially similar to loss mitigation efforts with respect to, and without favoring, any assets held by the Assuming Institution or any of its Affiliates that are not Shared-Loss Loans.
 
(d)            Loan Modification Guidelines . In undertaking loss mitigation efforts for each Shared-Loss Loan (the method adopted for each Shared-Loss Loan as required by Sections 2.4(b) and 2.4(c) being referred to as the “Modification Guidelines” ), the Assuming Institution:
 
(i)           shall implement the Modification Guidelines within ninety (90) days following Bank Closing;
 
(ii)           may submit claims during the period described in paragraph (i) for payments relating to Shared-Loss Loans under any guidelines which may have been in place at the Failed Bank. If no such guidelines were in place at the Failed Bank, the Assuming Institution may use its own guidelines for submission of such claims;
 
(iii)           shall, in implementing the Modification Guidelines, (A) consider and document its consideration of foreclosure, loan restructuring, short-sale and any other appropriate methods of loss mitigation and (B) select the method that the Assuming Institution determines will result in the least Loss, based on its estimated calculations. If unemployment or underemployment of the Obligor with respect to a Shared-Loss Loan is the primary cause of default, or of a reasonably foreseeable default, the Assuming
 
 

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement
February 21, 2012
SF-3
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota
 


 
 
 
 

Institution may consider entering into a temporary forbearance plan with the Obligor to reduce loan payments to an affordable level for at least six (6) months; and
 
(iv)           shall not be required to modify or restructure any Shared-Loss Loan on more than one occasion or to consider any alternatives with respect to any Shared-Loss Loan that was in the process of foreclosure as of the Bank Closing Date if the Assuming Institution considers, and so documents, that a loan modification is not cost-effective pursuant to the standards set forth in Exhibit 5 . In such circumstances, the Assuming Institution may continue such foreclosure measures in compliance with all applicable laws and regulations, and recover any Foreclosure Loss as provided in this Agreement.
 
(e)            Loss Calculations . Losses on Shared-Loss Loans shall be calculated in the form, and determined in accordance with, the methodologies set forth in the respective Exhibits attached to this Agreement as follows:
 
(i)           Restructuring Losses shall be determined in accordance with Exhibits 2a(1)-13) ;
 
(ii)           Deficiency Losses shall be reported as Restructuring Losses and, if applicable, the net present value of a modified Shared-Loss Loan shall be determined in accordance with Exhibits 2a(1)-(3) , as applicable;
 
(iii)           Modification Default Losses shall be determined in accordance with Exhibits 2a(1)-(3), as applicable;
 
(iv)           Short-Sale Losses shall be determined in accordance with Exhibits 2b(1)-(3) ;
 
(v)           Foreclosure Losses shall be determined in accordance with Exhibits 2c(1)-(3) ;
 
(vi)           Home Equity Loan Losses shall be determined in accordance with the charge-off policies of the loan classification criteria employed by the Assuming Institution's Chartering Authority as set forth in Exhibit 2d(1) ;
 
(vii)           Losses, if applicable, on Restructured Loans shall be determined in accordance with Exhibit 2d(2) ;
 
(viii)           Loan Sale Losses shall be determined in accordance with Exhibits 2e(1)-(3) ;
 
(ix)           Losses on Investor-Owned Residential Loans shall be determined in the same manner as Restructuring Losses. With the consent of the Receiver, Investor-Owned Residential Loans may be restructured under terms different from the standards set forth in Exhibit 5 .
 
 

 

 

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement
February 21, 2012
SF-4
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota
 


 
 
 
 

2.5.            True-Up Payment and Calculation .
 
(a)            Payment Obligation of the Assuming Institution . If the Assuming Institution's Bid Amount, as set forth in Article VII of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement, includes an “Asset discount bid” which represents five percent (5%) or more of the purchase price of the Assets determined in accordance with Article III of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement, the Assuming Institution shall pay to the Receiver on the True-Up Date any positive amount resulting from the calculation set forth in Exhibit 2.5 .
 
(b)            Reporting of Calculation . On or before the True-Up Date the Assuming Institution shall deliver to the Receiver a schedule, signed by the chief executive officer or the chief financial officer of the Assuming Institution, setting forth in reasonable detail the calculation described in Exhibit 2.5 including the calculation of the Net Loss Amount.
 
2.6.            Limitation on Payments .
 
(a)            Failure to Administer . If the Assuming Institution fails to administer any Shared-Loss Loan in accordance with the provisions of Article 3, the Receiver may determine that such asset will not be treated as a Shared-Loss Loan pursuant to this Agreement.
 
(b)            Receiver's Right to Withhold Payment . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article 2, the Receiver may withhold all or any portion of a payment to the Assuming Institution of the amount requested in a Monthly Certificate if the Receiver or the Corporation determines that:
 
(i)           a Monthly Certificate is incomplete, inaccurate or untimely;
 
(ii)           based upon the criteria set forth in this Agreement, including, without limitation, the requirements set forth in Section 2.4, or Customary Servicing Procedures, a Loss should not have been effected by the Assuming Institution;
 
(iii)           based upon the Examination Criteria, a Charge-Off of a Shared-Loss Loan should not have been effected by the Assuming Institution;
 
(iv)           there is a reasonable basis under the terms of this Agreement for denying the eligibility of amounts included in a Monthly Certificate for which reimbursement or payment is sought;
 
(v)           with respect to a particular Shared-Loss Loan, the Assuming Institution has not complied, or is not complying, with the Management Standards;
 
(vi)           the Assuming Institution has failed to comply with the requirements set forth in Section 5.5 including, but not limited to, permitting the Receiver, its agents, contractors and/or employees to determine compliance with this Agreement pursuant to Section 5.5(c); or
 
(vii)           a retroactive accounting adjustment is to be made by the Receiver pursuant to Section 5.5(c).
 
 

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement
February 21, 2012
SF-5
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota
 


 
 
 
 

(c)            Opportunity to Cure; Payment .
 
(i)           In the event that a determination is made to withhold an amount pursuant to Section 2.6(b), the Receiver shall provide the Assuming Institution with notice detailing the grounds for withholding such amount and the Assuming Institution shall cure any deficiency within a reasonable period of time.
 
(ii)           If the Assuming Institution demonstrates to the satisfaction of the Receiver that the grounds for withholding a payment, or any part thereof, no longer exist or have been cured, the Receiver shall pay the Assuming Institution the amount which the Receiver determines is eligible for payment within thirty (30) days following the date of such determination.
 
(iii)           If the Assuming Institution does not cure any such deficiency within a reasonable period of time, the Receiver may withhold payment as described in Section 2.6(b) with respect to the affected Shared-Loss Loan(s), but such withholding will not affect the Receiver's obligation to make any other payment properly due pursuant to this Agreement.
 
(d)            Adjustments . In the event that the Receiver withholds payment with respect to Losses claimed or determines pursuant to Section 2.6(b) that a payment was improperly made, the Assuming Institution and the Receiver shall, upon final resolution of such issue, make such accounting adjustments and payments as may be necessary to give retroactive effect to such actions, including making the necessary adjustments to the Covered Loss or Covered Gain for the affected Monthly Certificate(s).
 
(e)            Interest on Payments . Any payment by the Receiver pursuant to Section 2.6(c)(ii) shall be made together with interest on the amount thereof that accrues with effect from five (5) Business Days after the date on which payment was agreed or determined to be due until such amount is paid. The annual interest rate shall be determined by the Receiver based on the coupon equivalent of the three (3)-month U.S. Treasury Bill Rate in effect as of the first Business Day of each three-month period during which such interest accrues as reported in the Federal Reserve Board Statistical Release for Selected Interest Rates H.15 opposite the caption “Treasury bills (secondary market), 3-month” or, if not so reported for such day, for the next preceding Business Day for which such rate was so reported.
 
(f)            Determination of Disputes . Any dispute arising under this Section 2.6 shall be resolved pursuant to the dispute resolution procedures of Article 7.
 
2.7.            Treatment as a Shared-Loss Loan .
 
(a)            Payment of Foreclosure Loss or Short-Sale Loss . The Receiver shall be relieved of its obligations with respect to a Shared-Loss Loan upon payment to the Assuming Institution of amounts in respect of a Foreclosure Loss or a Short-Sale Loss on that Shared-Loss Loan.
 
(b)            Loss of Right to Receive Shared-Loss Loan Payments . The Assuming Institution shall not be entitled to payments relating to a Shared-Loss Loan pursuant to Section 2.3 if the Assuming Institution or any Affiliate of the Assuming Institution:
 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement
February 21, 2012
SF-6
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota


 
 
 
 

(i)           sells or otherwise transfers that Shared-Loss Loan or any interest therein (whether with or without recourse) to any Person, other than in compliance with this Agreement;
 
(ii)           makes any additional advance, commitment or increase in the amount of a Commitment with respect to that Shared-Loss Loan;
 
(iii)           makes any amendment, modification, renewal or extension of a Shared-Loss Loan, other than in compliance with this Agreement;
 
(iv)           manages, administers or collects any Related Loan in a manner which would increase the amount of any collections with respect to that Related Loan to the detriment of the Shared-Loss Loan to which such loan is related; or
 
(v)           fails to administer that Shared-Loss Loan pursuant to the Management Standards, including, without limitation, consistent failure to provide complete, accurate and timely certificates and reports pursuant to Article 5.
 
(c)            Effective Date of Loss of Shared-Loss Loan Treatment . If any of the actions described in Section 2.7(b) occur with respect to a Shared-Loss Loan, the Receiver shall not be obligated to make any payments to the Assuming Institution with respect to any affected Shared-Loss Loan after the date of occurrence of such action.
 
ARTICLE 3.   ADMINISTRATION OF SHARED-LOSS LOANS .
 
3.1.             Management Standards Regarding Administration . During the term of this Agreement the Assuming Institution shall manage, administer and collect all Shared-Loss Loans while owned by it or any of its Affiliates in accordance with the rules, requirements and standards regarding management, administration and collection of Shared-Loss Loans set forth in this Article 3 (the “Management Standards” ). Failure to comply with the Management Standards shall constitute a material breach of this Agreement. If the Receiver determines, in its sole and absolute discretion, that the Assuming Institution is not in compliance with the Management Standards, it may notify the Assuming Institution of the breach and may take action pursuant to this Agreement including, without limitation, withholding all or any portion of a payment, as provided in Section 2.6(b).
 
3.2.            Assuming Institution's Responsibilities and Duties .
 
(a)            Covenants of the Assuming Institution . The Assuming Institution shall:
 
(i)           be responsible to the Receiver and the Corporation in the performance of this Agreement, whether performed by the Assuming institution, an Affiliate or a Third Party Servicer;
 
(ii)           provide to the Receiver and the Corporation such certificates, notifications and reports as the Receiver or the Corporation reasonably deems advisable, including but not limited to the certificates, notifications and reports required by Article 5; and
 
 

 

 

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement
February 21, 2012
SF-7
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota
 


 
 
 
 

(iii)           permit the Receiver and the Corporation to monitor the Assuming Institution's performance of its duties hereunder at all times.
 
(b)            Duties of the Assuming Institution with Respect to Shared-Loss Loans . In the performance of duties in accordance with the Management Standards, the Assuming Institution shall at all times exercise its best business judgment and shall:
 
(i)           manage, administer and collect amounts owed on each Shared-Loss Loan in a manner consistent with the following:
 
(A)           usual and prudent business and banking practices and Customary Servicing Procedures; and
 
(B)           the Assuming Institution's (or, if applicable, a Third Party Servicer's) practices and procedures including, without limitation, all applicable laws and regulations, the written internal credit policy guidelines of the Assuming Institution (or, if applicable, of a Third Party Servicer) in effect from time to time, with respect to the management, administration and collection of loans, ORE and repossessed collateral that do not constitute Shared-Loss Loans;
 
(ii)           use its best efforts to maximize collections with respect to, and manage and administer, Shared-Loss Loans without favored treatment for any assets owned by the Assuming Institution or any of its Affiliates that are not Shared-Loss Loans;
 
(iii)           adopt and implement accounting, reporting, record-keeping and similar systems with respect to the Shared-Loss Loans, as provided in Sections 5.6 and 5.7;
 
(iv)           retain sufficient staff to perform its duties hereunder;
 
(v)           not manage, administer or collect a Related Loan in a manner which would have the effect of increasing the amount of any collections with respect to the Related Loan to the detriment of the Shared-Loss Loan to which such loan is related;
 
(vi)           cause any of its Affiliates to which it transfers any Shared-Loss Loans and any Third Party Servicer to act in accordance with the Management Standards; and
 
(vii) other than as provided in Section 2.4, comply with the Modification Guidelines for any Single Family Shared-Loss Loans meeting the requirements set forth in such guidelines and may propose exceptions to Exhibit 5 (FDIC Loan Modification Program) for a group of Shared-Loss Loans with similar characteristics, with the objectives of (A) minimizing the loss to the Assuming Institution and the Receiver and (B) maximizing the opportunity for qualified homeowners to remain in their homes with affordable mortgage payments.
 
(viii) in connection with the review of loss mitigation options such as loan modifications on shared-loss loans, have sufficient designated loss mitigation staff
 


Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement
February 21, 2012
SF-8
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota


 
 
 
 

so that (A) borrowers are apprised of loss mitigation options, (B) each borrower who is being considered for a loan modification or other loss mitigation options will have a single point of contact with the AI to respond to borrower inquiries and questions regarding the process, and (C) foreclosure actions are not taken while a borrower's request for a loan modification or other loss mitigation option is pending, or if the borrower is current on a trial or permanent modification.
 
3.3.            Third Party Servicers and Affiliates .
 
(a)            Appointment of Third Party Servicers .
 
(i)           With the prior consent of the Receiver, the Assuming Institution may perform any of its obligations and/or exercise any of its rights under this Agreement through one or more Third Party Servicers. The Assuming Institution shall notify the Receiver at least forty (40) days prior to the proposed appointment of a Third Party Servicer. Such notice will include information regarding the Third Party Servicer's relevant experience, qualifications, financial strength and any pending litigation in relation to its servicing activities. In the case of a Third Party Servicer that is an Affiliate of the Assuming Institution, the notice shall include an express statement that the Third Party Servicer is an Affiliate. The Receiver may object to the proposed appointment of a Third Party Servicer by giving the Assuming Institution notice that it so objects within thirty (30) days following the Receiver's receipt of the notice of the proposed appointment. The appointment of a Third Party Servicer by the Assuming Institution shall not release the Assuming Institution from any obligation or liability hereunder.
 
(ii)           The Assuming Institution shall provide to the Receiver written notification immediately following the execution of any contract pursuant to which a Third Party Servicer or any third party (other than an Affiliate of the Assuming Institution) will manage, administer or collect any of the Shared-Loss Loans.
 
(b)            Actions of and Expenses Incurred by Third Party Servicers . The Assuming Institution shall ensure that the practices, procedures and guidelines of any Third Party Servicer comply with the obligations of the Assuming Institution under this Agreement. The Assuming Institution shall provide to the Receiver a copy of the Assuming Institution's written agreement with each Third Party Servicer and shall ensure compliance by each Third Party Servicer with the Assuming Institution's obligations under this Agreement, including, without limitation, amending such agreement with each Third Party Servicer to the extent necessary. Subject to the foregoing and to the other provisions of this Agreement, a Third Party Servicer may take actions and incur expenditures in the same manner as the Assuming Institution, and out-of-pocket expenses incurred by a Third Party Servicer on behalf of the Assuming Institution shall be treated as if incurred by the Assuming Institution.
 
(c)            Duties with Respect to Affiliates . The Assuming Institution may transfer any Shared-Loss Loan to an Affiliate of the Assuming Institution for administrative convenience, provided that such transfer is for no consideration. The Assuming Institution shall provide to the Receiver prior written notification of any transaction with or by any Affiliate of the Assuming Institution with respect to any Shared-Loss Loan including, without limitation, the execution of any contract pursuant to which an Affiliate of the Assuming Institution will own, manage,
 
 

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement
February 21, 2012
SF-9
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota
 


 
 
 
 

administer or collect amounts owing with respect to a Shared-Loss Loan. The Assuming Institution shall notify the Receiver at least forty (40) days prior to a proposed transaction with an Affiliate which is not on an arm's length basis or commercially reasonable terms. Such notice will include information regarding the Affiliate's relevant experience, qualifications and financial strength. The Receiver may object to the proposed transaction with an Affiliate in such circumstances by giving the Assuming Institution notice that it so objects within thirty (30) days following the Receiver's receipt of the notice of the proposed transaction.
 
3.4.            Utilization by the Assuming Institution of Special Receivership Powers .
 
(a)            Notice and Request to Receiver . Upon timely notice to and with the prior consent of the Receiver, which may be granted or withheld in its sole discretion, to the extent permitted by applicable law, the Assuming Institution may utilize in a legal action any special legal power or right which the Assuming Institution derives as a result of having acquired a Shared-Loss Loan from the Receiver.
 
(b)            Use of Special Legal Powers . The Receiver may direct usage by the Assuming Institution of any special legal powers of the Receiver or the Corporation. The Assuming Institution shall:
 
(i)           comply in all respects with any direction from the Receiver or the Corporation and with any protocols, directives or interpretive memoranda issued from time to time by the Receiver or the Corporation;
 
(ii)           upon request of the Receiver, notify the Receiver of the status of any legal action in which any special legal power or right is utilized; and
 
(iii)           immediately notify the Receiver of any judgment or significant order in any legal action involving any of such special powers or rights.
 
3.5.             Tax Ruling . The Assuming Institution shall not at any time, without the Corporation's prior consent, seek a private letter ruling or other determination from the Internal Revenue Service or otherwise seek to qualify for any special tax treatment or benefits associated with any payments made by the Receiver pursuant to this Agreement.
 
ARTICLE 4.   SALE OF CERTAIN SHARED-LOSS LOANS AND ORE .
 
4.1.             Sales of Shared-Loss Loans . All sales of Shared-Loss Loans are subject to the prior written approval of the Receiver, except as provided in Section 4.3:
 
(a)            Sales with the Receiver's Consent .  At any time following the Commencement Date and with the prior consent of the Receiver, the Assuming Institution may conduct sales to liquidate for cash consideration, in one or more transactions, all or a portion of the Shared-Loss Loans (individually or in portfolio transactions) then held by the Assuming Institution. The Assuming Institution shall provide the Receiver with at least sixty (60) days notice prior to any such proposed sale and the notice shall set forth the sale details and the proposed sale schedule. Restructured Loans shall be sold in a separate pool or transaction (as applicable) from Shared-Loss Loans that have not been restructured. Proposals by the Assuming
 
 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement
February 21, 2012
SF-10
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota
 


 
 
 
 

Institution for the sale of any Shared-Loss Loans other than as provided in this Section 4.1(a) may be considered by the Receiver on a case-by-case basis.
 
(b)            Sales Required by the Receiver . During the twelve (12) month period immediately prior to the Termination Date the Receiver may, in its sole and absolute discretion, require the Assuming Institution to liquidate for cash consideration, in one or more transactions, all Shared-Loss Loans then held by the Assuming Institution. If the Receiver exercises such right, it shall give notice to the Assuming Institution setting forth the time period within which the Assuming Institution shall be required to offer to sell the Shared-Loss Loans and the Assuming Institution shall make a good faith effort to sell the Shared-Loss Loans and to otherwise comply with the provisions of the Receiver's notice.
 
(c)            Conduct of Sales . Any sale pursuant to this Section 4.1 shall be conducted by means of sealed bid, to third parties, which may not include any Affiliates of the Assuming Institution, any contractors of the Assuming Institution or any Affiliates of contractors of the Assuming Institution. The Assuming Institution shall notify the Receiver prior to the proposed appointment of any financial advisor or other third party broker or sales agent for the liquidation of the remaining Shared-Loss Loans pursuant to Section 4.1(b). The Receiver may object to such proposed appointment by giving the Assuming Institution notice that it so objects within thirty (30) days following the Receiver's receipt of the notice of the proposed appointment.
 
4.2.            Calculation of Gain or Loss on Sale .
 
(a)            Shared-Loss Loans . For Shared-Loss Loans that are not Restructured Loans, any gain or loss on sales conducted in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.1 will be calculated based on the gross sale price received by the Assuming Institution minus the aggregate unpaid principal balance of the Shared-Loss Loans which are sold, using the methodologies set forth in Exhibits 2e(1)-(3) .
 
(b)            Restructured Loans . For any Restructured Loan included in a sale under Section 4.1, a gain or loss will be calculated as follows:
 
(i)           the sale price received by the Assuming Institution; minus
 
(ii)           the net present value of estimated cash flows on the Restructured Loan that was used in the calculation of the related Restructuring Loss; plus
 
(iii)           loan principal payments collected by the Assuming Institution from the effective date on which the Loan was restructured to the date of sale, in accordance with the methodologies set forth in Exhibits 2e(1)-(3) .
 
4.3.             Sale of ORE . Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 4.1, the Assuming Institution may sell or otherwise dispose of ORE at any time to a person other than an Affiliate, a contractor of the Assuming Institution or any Affiliate of a contractor of the Assuming Institution, provided that such sale is conducted in an arm's length, commercially reasonable and prudent manner.
 
 

 

 

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement
February 21, 2012
SF-11
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota
 


 
 
 
 

ARTICLE 5. CERTIFICATES, REPORTS AND RECORDS .
 
5.1.            Reporting Obligations of the Assuming Institution .
 
(a)            Records, Notifications and Reports . The Assuming Institution shall maintain such records, provide such notifications and deliver such reports as are required pursuant to this Agreement, including, without limitation, the records, notifications and reports as provided in the following provisions of this Article 5. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be deemed to modify any laws, regulations or orders that are otherwise applicable to the Assuming Institution.
 
(b)            Certification of Accuracy and Completeness . Every submission by the Assuming Institution to the Receiver of a Monthly Certificate and any other document or information shall constitute a certification from the Assuming Institution that the information provided in such submission is correct, complete and in compliance with this Agreement.
 
5.2.             Monthly Certificates . Within fifteen (15) days following the end of each Shared-Loss Month, the Assuming Institution shall deliver to the Receiver a Monthly Certificate setting forth in such form and detail as the Receiver may reasonably specify from time to time:
 
(a)            Shared-Loss Loans . For each Shared-Loss Loan, a completed schedule, substantially in the form of Exhibit 1, which provides for the following items, among others:
 
(i)           the Applicable Percentage of the sum of:
 
(A)           the total Monthly Loss Amount for all Shared-Loss Loans; and
 
(B)           the total monthly Recovery Amount for all Shared-Loss Loans;
 
(ii)           the total monthly Collections on Fully Charged-Off Assets;
 
(iii)           the total Covered Loss or Covered Gain;
 
(iv)           the Cumulative Loss Amount as of the beginning and as of the end of the Shared-Loss Month;
 
(v)           a summary of Shared-Loss Loans for which Loss Amounts (calculated in accordance with the applicable Exhibit) are claimed, of the related Loss Amount for each Shared-Loss Loan and of the total Monthly Loss Amount for all Shared-Loss Loans; and
 
(vi)           a summary of Shared-Loss Loans for which Recovery Amounts were received by the Assuming Institution, of the Recovery Amount for each Shared-Loss Loan and of the total Recovery Amount for all Shared-Loss Loans.
 
(b)            Calculation of Loss Amount . For each of the Shared-Loss Loans for which a Loss is claimed for a Shared-Loss Month, a schedule showing the calculation of the
 
 

 

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement
February 21, 2012
SF-12
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota
 


 
 
 
 

Loss Amount in the form and in accordance with the methodology set forth in Exhibits 2a(1)-(3) , Exhibits 2b(1)-(3) , Exhibits 2c(1)-(3) or Exhibit 2d(1) as applicable.
 
(c)            Home Equity Loans . For each of the Restructured Loans where a gain or loss is realized in a sale under Sections 4.1 or 4.2, a schedule showing the calculation in the form and in accordance with the methodology set forth in Exhibit 2d(1) .
 
(d)            Restructured Loans . For each of the Restructured Loans where a gain or loss is realized in a sale under Sections 4.1 or 4.2, a schedule showing the calculation in the form and in accordance with the methodology set forth in Exhibit 2d(2) .
 
(e)            Portfolio Performance and Summary Schedule . A portfolio performance and summary schedule substantially in the form shown in Exhibit 3 .
 
5.3.            Monthly Data .
 
(a)            Monthly Data Download . Within fifteen (15) days following the end of each Shared-Loss Month, the Assuming Institution shall provide to the Receiver:
 
(i)           the servicing file in machine-readable format including but not limited to the fields shown on Exhibit 5.3(a) for each outstanding Shared-Loss Loan, as applicable; and
 
(ii)           an Excel file for ORE held as a result of foreclosure on a Shared-Loss Loan listing for each item of ORE:
 
(A)           the foreclosure date;
 
(B)           the unpaid loan principal balance;
 
(C)           the broker price opinion value or, if required by the Receiver in its discretion, the appraised value; and
 
(D)           the projected liquidation date.
 
(b)            Completeness of Information . The Assuming Institution shall, consistent with Customary Servicing Procedures, provide to the Receiver complete and accurate information, except to the extent that it is unable to do so as a result of the failure of the Failed Bank or the Receiver to provide information required to produce any of the items listed at Section 5.3(a)(ii).
 
(c)            Limitations . The Assuming Institution may claim each item of expenditure, income, gain or loss only on the Monthly Certificate for the period in which such expenditure, income, gain or loss was incurred. The inclusion of information regarding any expenses in a Monthly Certificate or other documentation does not create any reimbursement obligation of the Receiver if the Assuming Institution is not otherwise in compliance with this Agreement.
 
(d)            True-Up Date . The Assuming Institution shall deliver the schedule required pursuant to Section 2.5(b) on or before the True-Up Date.
 


Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement
February 21, 2012
SF-13
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota


 
 
 
 

5.4.             Notification of Related Loans . In addition to maintaining records of all Related Loans, the Assuming Institution shall prepare and deliver to the Receiver a schedule of all Related Loans on a semi-annual basis, together with the Monthly Certificates for the months ending June 30 and December 31, which specify all Related Loans on the Loan Records of the Assuming Institution as of the end of each such semi-annual period.
 
5.5.            Auditor's Report; Right to Audit .
 
(a)            Independent Auditor's Report .
 
(i)           Within the time period permitted for the examination audit pursuant to 12 C.F.R. § 363 following the end of each fiscal year, from and including the fiscal year during which the Bank Closing Date occurs, up to and including the calendar year during which the Termination Date occurs, the Assuming Institution shall deliver to the Receiver and the Corporation a report signed by its independent public accountants stating that such accountants have reviewed this Agreement and that, in the course of their annual audit of the Assuming Institution's books and records, nothing has come to their attention suggesting that any computations required to be made by the Assuming Institution during each such year were not made in accordance with this Agreement.
 
(ii)           In the event that the Assuming Institution cannot comply with the provisions of Section 5.5(a)(i), within seven (7) days following the end of the time period permitted for the examination audit pursuant to 12 C.F.R. § 363, the Assuming Institution shall submit to the Receiver corrected computations together with a report signed by its independent public accountants stating that, after giving effect to such corrected computations, nothing has come to the attention of such accountants suggesting that any computations required to be made by the Assuming Institution during such year were not made by the Assuming Institution in accordance with this Agreement. In such event, the Assuming Institution and the Receiver shall make all such accounting adjustments and payments as may be necessary to give effect to each correction reflected in such corrected computations, retroactive to the date on which the corresponding incorrect computation was made. It is the intention of this provision to align the timing of the audit required under this Agreement with the examination audit required pursuant to 12 C.F.R. § 363.
 
(b)            Assuming Institution's Internal Audit . The Assuming Institution shall perform on an annual basis an internal audit of its compliance with this Agreement and shall provide the Receiver and the Corporation with:
 
(i)           copies of all internal audit reports and access to all related internal audit work papers; and
 
(ii)           a certificate signed by the chief executive officer or chief financial officer of the Assuming Institution certifying that the Assuming Institution is in compliance with this Agreement or identifying any areas of non-compliance.
 
(c)            Right of Receiver or Corporation to Audit . The Receiver or the Corporation, their respective agents, contractors and employees, may (but are not required to) perform an audit to determine the Assuming Institution's compliance with this Agreement at any time, by providing not less than ten (10) Business Days prior notice. The scope, duration and
 
Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement
February 21, 2012
SF-14
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota
 


 
 
 
 

location of any such audit shall be at the discretion of the Receiver or the Corporation, as the case may be, and may be conducted at the Assuming Institution's place or places of business or otherwise. The Receiver or the Corporation, as the case may be, shall bear the expense of any such audit. In the event that any corrections are necessary as a result of such an audit, the Assuming Institution and the Receiver shall make such accounting adjustments, payments and withholdings as may be necessary to give retroactive effect to such corrections.
 
(d)            Authority to Advisors and Representatives . The Assuming Institution shall, and shall cause its Affiliates, contractors and Third Party Servicers to, allow its advisors and representatives to discuss its (and any Affiliates', contractors' or Third Party Servicers') affairs, finances and accounts as they relate to Shared-Loss Loans, or any other matters relating to this Agreement or the rights and obligations hereunder, with the Receiver and authorizes such advisors and representatives to so discuss such affairs, finances and accounts with the Receiver.
 
5.6.            Accounting Principles .
 
(a)            Maintenance of Books and Records . The Assuming Institution shall at all times during the term of this Agreement keep books and records which fairly present all dealings and transactions carried out in connection with its business and affairs.
 
(b)            Accounting Principles . Except as otherwise provided for in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement or this Agreement, the Assuming Institution shall keep all financial books and records in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, which shall be consistently applied for the periods involved.
 
(c)            Change in Accounting Principles . The Assuming Institution shall not make any change in its accounting principles which adversely affects the value of the Shared-Loss Loans, unless it obtains the prior written approval of the Corporation or if required by a change in generally accepted accounting principles. The Assuming Institution shall notify the Corporation of any change in its accounting principles that is required by a change in generally accepted accounting principles which would affect any Shared-Loss Loan, the accounting for any Shared-Loss Loan or the amount of any loss, gain, expense, cost or other item of reimbursement that may be due to or from the Assuming Institution.
 
5.7.            Records and Reports .
 
(a)            Content of Records . The Assuming Institution shall establish and maintain records on a separate general ledger, and on such subsidiary ledgers as may be appropriate, in such form and detail as the Receiver or the Corporation may specify, to account for the Shared-Loss Loans and to enable the Assuming Institution to prepare and deliver such reports as the Receiver or the Corporation may from time to time request pursuant to this Article 5. Without limitation, such books and records shall be kept in such a manner that information will be readily obtainable to determine and document compliance with this Agreement and the Purchase and Assumption Agreement, including but not limited to documentation which shows or supports the following:
 
(i)           alternatives considered by the Assuming Institution with respect to defaulted Loans or Loans for which default is reasonably foreseeable;
 
 

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement
February 21, 2012
SF-15
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota
 


 
 
 
 

(ii)           the calculation of Loss for claims submitted to the Receiver;
 
(iii)           each line item on the Loss claim forms; and
 
(iv)           the Recovery Amount on Loans for which the Receiver has made a payment pursuant to this Agreement.
 
(b)            Retention of Calculations . The Assuming Institution shall provide its loss calculations for Shared-Loss Loans to the Receiver upon request.
 
(c)            Additional Information . The Assuming Institution shall promptly provide to the Receiver or the Corporation such information as the requesting party may request from time to time, including financial statements, computations and information as the Receiver or the Corporation deems necessary or appropriate in connection with monitoring compliance with this Agreement, certified as correct by the chief executive officer or chief financial officer of the Assuming Institution if so requested. The Assuming Institution shall provide to the Receiver all such loan-level data and cumulative information regarding the Shared-Loss Loans as the Receiver may request from time to time.
 
ARTICLE 6. MISCELLANEOUS.
 
6.1.             Expenses . All costs and expenses incurred by a party in connection with this Agreement (including the performance of any obligations or the exercise of any rights hereunder) shall be borne by such party unless expressly otherwise provided, whether or not the transactions contemplated herein are consummated.
 
6.2.            Successors and Assigns .
 
(a)            Binding on Successors and Assigns; Assignment . This Agreement, and all of the terms and provisions hereof shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective permitted successors and assigns only. The Receiver may assign or otherwise transfer this Agreement and the rights and obligations of the Receiver hereunder (in whole or in part) to the Corporation in its corporate capacity without the consent of Assuming Institution. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Assuming Institution may not assign or otherwise transfer this Agreement or any of the Assuming Institution's rights or obligations hereunder (in whole or in part) or sell or transfer any subsidiary of the Assuming Institution holding title to Shared-Loss Loans without the prior written consent of the Receiver, which consent may be granted or withheld by the Receiver in its sole and absolute discretion. An assignment or transfer of this Agreement includes:
 
(i)           a merger or consolidation of the Assuming Institution with or into another Person, if the shareholders of the Assuming Institution will own less than sixty-six and two/thirds percent (66.66%) of the equity of the consolidated entity;
 
(ii)           a merger or consolidation of the Assuming Institution's Holding Company with or into another Person, if the shareholders of the Holding Company will own less than sixty-six and two/thirds percent (66.66%) of the equity of the consolidated entity;
 
 

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement
February 21, 2012
SF-16
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota
 


 
 
 
 

(iii)           the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Assuming Institution to another Person; or
 
(iv)           a sale of Shares by any one or more shareholders that will effect a change in control of the Assuming Institution, as determined by the Receiver with reference to the standards set forth in the Change in Bank Control Act, 12 U.S.C. 1817(j).
 
Any transaction under this Section 6.2 that requires the Receiver's consent that is made without such consent will relieve the Receiver of its obligations under this Agreement.
 
(b)            No Recognition of Loss . No loss shall be recognized under this Agreement as a result of any accounting adjustments that are made due to or as a result of any assignment or transfer of this Agreement or any merger, consolidation, sale or other transaction to which the Assuming Institution, its Holding Company or any Affiliate is a party, regardless of whether the Receiver consents to such assignment or transfer in connection with such transaction pursuant to this Section 6.2.
 
6.3.             WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES, TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN, OR TO HAVE A JURY PARTICIPATE IN RESOLVING, ANY DISPUTE, ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM, WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.
 
6.4.             No Third Party Beneficiary . This Agreement is for the sole and exclusive benefit of the parties and their respective permitted successors and permitted assigns and there shall be no other third party beneficiaries. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to grant to any other Person any right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Agreement or any provision hereof.
 
6.5.             Consent; Determination or Discretion . When the consent or approval of a party is required under this Agreement, such consent or approval shall be obtained in writing and unless expressly otherwise provided, shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. When a determination or decision is to be made by a party under this Agreement, that party shall make such determination or decision in its reasonable discretion unless expressly otherwise provided.
 
6.6.             Rights Cumulative . Except as expressly otherwise provided herein, the rights of each of the parties under this Agreement are cumulative, may be exercised as often as any party considers appropriate and are in addition to each such party's rights under the Purchase and Assumption Agreement, any of the agreements related thereto or under applicable law. Any failure to exercise or any delay in exercising any of such rights, or any partial or defective exercise of such rights, shall not operate as a waiver or variation of that or any other such right, unless expressly otherwise provided.
 
6.7.             References . References in this Agreement to Recitals, Articles, Sections and Exhibits are to Recitals, Articles, Sections and Exhibits of this Agreement, respectively, unless the context indicates that the Purchase and Assumption Agreement is intended. References to
 


Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement
February 21, 2012
SF-17
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota


 
 
 
 

parties are to the parties to this Agreement. Unless expressly otherwise provided, references to days and months are to calendar days and months respectively. Article and Section headings are for convenient reference and shall not affect the meaning of this Agreement. References to the singular shall include the plural, as the context may require, and vice versa.
 
6.8.            Notice .
 
(a)            Form of Notices . All notices shall be given in writing to the parties at the addresses set forth in Sections 6.8(b) and 6.8(c) and sent in accordance with the provisions of Section 13.6 of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement, unless expressly otherwise provided.
 
(b)            Notice to FDIC (Division of Resolutions and Receiverships) . With respect to a notice under this Agreement, other than pursuant to Section 3.4(a):
 
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
Division of Resolutions and Receiverships
550 17th Street, N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20429
Attention: Assistant Director, Franchise and Asset Marketing

(c)            Notice to FDIC (Legal Division) . With respect to a notice under Section 3.4(a):
 
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Legal Division
1601 Bryan Street
Dallas, Texas 75201
Attention: Regional Counsel

with a copy to:

Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Legal Division
Virginia Square, L. William Seidman Center
3501 Fairfax Drive, VS-E-7056
Arlington, Virginia 22226
Attention: Senior Counsel (Special Issues Group)

ARTICLE 7. DISPUTE RESOLUTION .
 
7.1.             Methods of Resolution . The methods of resolving a dispute arising pursuant to this Agreement shall be as follows:
 
(a)            Charge-Offs . Any dispute as to whether a Charge-Off of a Shared-Loss Asset was made in accordance with the Examination Criteria shall be finally resolved by the Assuming Institution's Chartering Authority.
 
(b)            Other Disputes . Any other dispute (a “Dispute Item” ) shall be resolved in accordance with the following provisions of this Article 7.
 
7.2.             Informal Resolution . The Receiver or the Corporation, as appropriate, (the “FDIC Party” ) and the Assuming Institution shall negotiate in good faith to resolve any Dispute
 
Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement
February 21, 2012
SF-18
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota


 
 
 
 

Item within thirty (30) Business Days following receipt of information concerning the Dispute Item.
 
7.3.             Resolution by Non-Binding Dispute Resolution Proceeding . If informal resolution of the Dispute Item pursuant to Section 7.2 is unsuccessful, the FDIC Party, on the one hand, and the Assuming Institution, on the other hand, may submit to the other party written notification of a Dispute Item (a “Notice of Dispute” ). The Notice of Dispute shall contain a description of the dispute, an estimate of the amount in issue and any other information required pursuant to this Article 7. The parties shall make good faith efforts to resolve the dispute by mutual agreement within thirty-five (35) Business Days following receipt of the Notice of Dispute. In furtherance of these efforts, the parties should consider the mutually agreed upon use of less formal dispute resolution techniques, which may include, but are not limited to, mediation, settlement conference, early neutral evaluation and any other dispute resolution proceedings (as defined in § 571(6) of the Administrative Dispute Resolution Act ( “ADRA” ), 5 U.S.C. § 571 et seq.), as amended).
 
7.4.             Confidentiality of Compromise Negotiations . All good faith attempts to resolve or compromise a dispute pursuant to Sections 7.2 or 7.3 will be confidential. All such compromise negotiations, including any statements made or documents prepared by any party, attorney or other participant, are inadmissible as evidence in other proceedings and may not be construed for any purpose as admissions against interest.
 
7.5.             Payment Resulting from Compromise Negotiations . If the FDIC Party and the Assuming Institution resolve a Dispute Item to their mutual satisfaction pursuant to Sections 7.2 or 7.3, including any dispute pursuant to Section 2.6, then within thirty (30) days following such resolution, the appropriate party shall make payment or take action as agreed by the parties.
 
7.6.            Formal Resolution .
 
(a)            Arbitration Matters . Any Dispute Item which has an estimated amount in issue not exceeding $500,000 per Asset may be proposed by the party seeking relief (the “Claimant Party” ) for arbitration pursuant to the provisions of this Section 7.6. No more than three Dispute Items may be submitted for any single arbitration, provided that, by mutual agreement pursuant to Section 7.6(c), the parties may agree to submit any Dispute Item(s) to arbitration.
 
(b)            Proposal to Arbitrate . If the FDIC Party and the Assuming Institution do not resolve a Dispute Item pursuant to Sections 7.2 and 7.3, then within ten (10) Business Days following the expiration of the period provided in Section 7.3, the Claimant Party may propose to submit the unresolved Dispute Item to arbitration by notifying the other party (the “Respondent Party” ) in writing.
 
(c)            Submission to Arbitration . The Respondent Party may agree to the Claimant Party's proposal of arbitration by responding in writing within ten (10) Business Days following receipt of such proposal. Within five (5) Business Days following receipt of the Respondent Party's agreement to arbitrate, the Claimant Party may submit the Dispute Item to the American Arbitration Association ( “AAA” ) for arbitration. No Dispute Item may be submitted for arbitration without the consent of both parties.
 
 

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement
February 21, 2012
SF-19
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota
 


 
 
 
 

(d)            Waiver of Arbitration . If the Claimant Party does not (i) propose to submit the Dispute Item to arbitration within the period set forth in Section 7.6(b) or (ii) submit the Dispute Item to AAA within the period set forth in Section 7.6(c), then the Claimant Party shall be deemed to have waived submission of the Dispute Item to arbitration.
 
(e)            Litigation Matters . If the FDIC Party and the Assuming Institution do not agree to submit the Dispute Item to arbitration, the Dispute Item may be resolved by litigation in accordance with Federal or state law, as provided in Section 13.9 of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement. Any litigation shall be filed in a United States District Court in the proper district.
 
(f)            Arbitration Administrator . The FDIC Party may, in its discretion, appoint an organization other than AAA for administration of arbitration pursuant to this Section 7.6, in which case this Article 7 and the rules and procedures set forth herein, including the Commercial Arbitration Rules as referred to in Section 7.9, shall govern the arbitration. AAA or such other organization appointed pursuant to this Section 7.6(f) shall be referred to in this Agreement as the “Arbitration Administrator.”
 
7.7.             Limitation on FDIC Party . Nothing in this Article 7 shall be interpreted as obligating the FDIC Party to submit to a dispute resolution proceeding (as defined in ADRA at § 571(6)) any Dispute Item described in (i) ADRA, § 572(b) or (ii) the FDIC's Statement of Policy Regarding Binding Arbitration, 66 Fed. Reg.18632 (April 10, 2001), as amended, as a dispute for which an agency shall consider not using a dispute resolution proceeding.
 
7.8.             Effectiveness of Agreement Pending Dispute . Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, in the event that a Notice of Dispute is provided to a party under this Article 7 prior to the Termination Date, the terms of this Agreement shall remain in effect with respect to the items set forth in such notice until the dispute with respect to such items has been finally resolved, and such dispute shall be resolved in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement even if that resolution occurs after the Termination Date.
 
7.9.             Governing Rules and Law for Arbitration . Any arbitration shall be substantively governed by the Federal law of the United States of America, and in the absence of controlling Federal law, in accordance with the laws of the state in which the main office of the Failed Bank is located. The arbitration shall be procedurally governed by the Commercial Arbitration Rules (the “Commercial Arbitration Rules” ) established by AAA to the extent that such rules are not inconsistent with this Article 7, the Federal Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. § 1 et seq. ( “Federal Arbitration Act” ), and ADRA., as each may be in effect at the time that the arbitration is initiated, except that the Commercial Arbitration Rules' Expedited Procedures shall not apply unless the FDIC Party and Claimant Party otherwise agree in writing. The Review Board (as defined below) may modify the procedures set forth in such rules from time to time with the prior written approval of the Claimant Party and the Respondent Party.
 
7.10.             Review Board Proceedings . The arbitration of a dispute shall be conducted by a review board (a “Review Board” ) which shall consist of either one (1) or three (3) members (each, a “Member” ) with such expertise as the Claimant Party and Respondent Party agree is relevant. The Claimant Party shall specify, in its Notice of Dispute, the number of Members which it proposes for the Review Board.
 
 

 

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement
February 21, 2012
SF-20
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota
 


 
 
 
 

(a)            Selection of Members .
 
(i)            Claimant Party Proposes One Member . If the Dispute Item(s) are less than $250,000 in total, the Claimant Party may propose that the Review Board shall consist of one Member, and shall state, in its Notice of Dispute, the name and address of the Member that it proposes for the Review Board. If the Respondent Party agrees, in its response to the Notice of Dispute, the Member suggested by the Claimant Party shall comprise the Review Board. If the Respondent Party agrees, in its response to the Notice of Dispute, that the Review Board shall consist of one Member, but states the name and address of a different proposed Member for the Review Board, then that Member shall be deemed acceptable to the Claimant Party if it submits the Notice of Dispute to the Arbitration Administrator, provided that, before the Respondent Party responds to the Notice of Dispute with a different proposed Member, the parties may also mutually agree upon one Member. If the Respondent Party proposes that the Review Board shall consist of three Members, then the Members shall be selected in accordance with Section 7.10(a)(iv).
 
(ii)            Claimant Party Proposes Three Members . If the Dispute Items exceed $250,000 in total, or if the Respondent Party proposes that the Review Board shall consist of three Members, then the Claimant Party shall state the name and address of the first of three Members in its Notice of Dispute. If the Respondent Party agrees that the Review Board shall consist of three Members, the Respondent Party shall state the name and address of the second Member in its response to the Notice of Dispute. Each such Member shall be considered a “Party-Appointed Arbitrator” ( “Party-Appointed Arbitrator” ), consistent with Commercial Arbitration Rule R-12. If the Claimant Party subsequently submits the Notice of Dispute to the Arbitration Administrator as provided in Section 7.6(c), then within ten (10) Business Days of such submission, the Party-Appointed Arbitrators shall select a neutral third Member (the “Neutral Member” ) in accordance with Commercial Arbitration Rules R-11 and R-13, except that the Neutral Member need not be from the National Roster of Commercial Arbitrators. If the Respondent Party proposes that the Review Board shall consist of one Member, then the Member shall be selected in accordance with Section 7.10(a)(iii).
 
(iii)            Respondent Party Proposes One Member . If the Claimant Party proposes that the Review Board shall consist of three Members, but the Respondent Party proposes that the Review Board shall consist of one Member in its response to the Notice of Dispute, then the Member proposed by the Claimant Party in the Notice of Dispute shall comprise the Review Board unless the Respondent Party states the name and address of a different proposed Member in its response to the Notice of Dispute. If the Respondent Party proposes a different Member in its response to the Notice of Dispute, then that Member shall be deemed acceptable to the Claimant Party if it submits the Notice of Dispute to the Arbitration Administrator.
 
(iv)            Respondent Party Proposes Three Members . If the Claimant Party proposes that the Review Board shall consist of one Member, but the Respondent Party proposes, in its response to the Notice of Dispute, that the Review Board shall consist of three Members, then the Member proposed by the Claimant Party in the Notice of Dispute shall comprise the first Member of the Review Board. The Respondent Party
 


Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement
February 21, 2012
SF-21
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota


 
 
 
 

shall state the name and address of the second Member in its response to the Notice of Dispute. Each such Member shall be considered a Party-Appointed Arbitrator. If the Claimant Party subsequently submits the Notice of Dispute to the Arbitration Administrator, a Neutral Member shall be selected in accordance with the procedure set forth in Section 7.10(a)(ii).
 
(b)            Removal of Members . A Party-Appointed Arbitrator may be removed at any time by the party who appointed that Member upon five (5) Business Days notice to the other party of the selection of a replacement Member. The Neutral Member may be removed by unanimous action of the Party-Appointed Arbitrators or unanimous action of the parties after five (5) Business Days notice to the Claimant Party and the Respondent Party and the Arbitration Administrator of the selection of a replacement Neutral Member.
 
(c)            Vacancies . Any vacancy on the Review Board prior to or after the commencement of the hearing of evidence and argument (the “Arbitration Hearing” ) shall be handled in accordance with Commercial Arbitration Rule R-19, except that if a vacancy arises after the Arbitration Hearing has commenced, a substitute Member shall be selected in accordance with the rules under which the original Member was selected.
 
7.11.             Impartiality . As a condition of serving on the Review Board, within five (5) Business Days after being selected, each Member shall provide a written oath, under penalty of perjury, containing a statement that the Member does not have any conflicts of interest (whether official, financial, personal or otherwise) with respect to the issues or parties in controversy, and that each Member agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Article 7 as applicable to the Members. If a Member has any potential conflict of interest, the Member shall fully disclose such interest in writing to the Claimant Party and the Respondent Party and the Member shall not serve on the Review Board, unless the Claimant Party and the Respondent Party agree otherwise. The Conflicts Committee of the Legal Division of the Corporation shall review any potential conflicts of interest for potential waiver. None of the Members may serve as counsel, advisor, witness or representative to any party to the arbitration.
 
7.12.             Schedule . The Review Board shall assume control of the arbitration process and shall schedule all events as expeditiously as possible. The Arbitration Hearing shall commence within ninety (90) Business Days after receipt of the Notice of Dispute by the Arbitration Administrator.
 
7.13.             Written Award . Within twenty (20) Business Days following closing of the Arbitration Hearing, as determined by Commercial Arbitration Rule R-35, the Review Board shall determine the prevailing party and award the prevailing party its proposed award or award any remedy or relief that the arbitrator deems just and equitable and within the scope of this Article 7, but in no event may an award of the Review Board (inclusive of all claims and counterclaims) exceed the maximum amount set forth in Section 7.6(a). If the Review Board consists of three (3) Members, the determination of any two (2) Members shall constitute the Review Board's determination. The Review Board shall present to the Claimant Party and the Respondent Party a written award regarding the dispute. The written award shall contain a brief, informal discussion of the factual and legal basis for the award and need not contain formal findings of facts and law.
 
 

 

 

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement
February 21, 2012
SF-22
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota
 


 
 
 
 

7.14.             Interest Rate on Award . Any award amounts ultimately determined to be payable pursuant to the Review Board's written award shall bear interest at the Settlement Interest Rate from a beginning date specified by the Review Board in its written award and until the date on which payment is made.
 
7.15.             Payments . All payments required to be made under this Article 7 shall be made by wire transfer and within fifteen (15) Business Days following the date on which the award becomes final, as provided by ADRA at § 580(b). The Review Board will have no authority to award any punitive, consequential, special or exemplary damages.
 
7.16.             Fees, Costs and Expenses . The Review Board will have no authority to award attorneys' fees or costs incurred by either party to the arbitration. Each party will bear the fees, costs, and expenses which it incurs in connection with the submission of any dispute to a Review Board, including the fees and expenses of the Member which it selected in accordance with the Arbitration Administrator's fee schedule. The Claimant Party and the Respondent Party will share equally the fees and expenses of the Neutral Member and any administrative fees of the arbitration (which shall not include the fees and expenses of the Members). No fees, costs or expenses incurred by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution shall be subject to reimbursement by the Receiver under this Article 7 or otherwise.
 
7.17.             Binding and Conclusive Nature . Arbitration of a dispute pursuant to this Article 7 shall be final, conclusive and binding on the parties and not subject to further dispute or review, and judgment upon the award made by the Review Board may be entered in accordance with applicable law in any court having jurisdiction thereof. Other than as provided by the Federal Arbitration Act and ADRA, no review, appeal or reconsideration of the Review Board's determination shall be permitted, including review, appeal or reconsideration by the Review Board or any other arbitrators. The parties agree to faithfully observe the provisions of this Article 7 and the Commercial Arbitration Rules, and the parties agree to abide by and perform any award rendered by the Review Board.
 
7.18.             No Precedent . No decision, interpretation, determination, analysis, statement, award or other pronouncement of a Review Board shall constitute precedent in regard to any subsequent proceeding (whether or not such proceeding involves dispute resolution under this Agreement), nor shall any Review Board be bound to follow any decision, interpretation, determination, analysis, statement, award or other pronouncement rendered by any previous Review Board or any other previous dispute resolution panel that may have convened in connection with a transaction involving other failed financial institutions or Federal assistance transactions.
 
7.19.             Confidentiality; Proceedings, Information and Documents . No arbitration held pursuant to this Article 7 shall be public or accessible to any person other than the parties and their representatives, the Review Board and witnesses participating in the arbitration (and then, only to the extent of their participation). Each party and each Member shall strictly maintain the confidentiality of all issues, disputes, arguments, positions and interpretations of any such proceeding, as well as all testimony, pleadings, filings, discovery, information, attachments, enclosures, exhibits, summaries, compilations, studies, analyses, notes, documents, statements, schedules and other similar items associated therewith ( “Confidential Information” ), in accordance with the provisions of ADRA. In the event that disclosure of
 
Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement
February 21, 2012
SF-23
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota
 


 
 
 
 

Confidential Information is required pursuant to law, rule or regulation, or in the event that disclosure is required pursuant to statute or court determination as provided by ADRA, then to the extent reasonably practicable, the person required to make the disclosure shall provide the other party or parties with written notice of such disclosure within one (1) Business Day following the request that it make such disclosure, and in any event prior to making such disclosure, so that the other party or parties may seek a protective order.
 
7.20.             Confidentiality of Arbitration Award . Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 7.19, no party has any duty of confidentiality with respect to any arbitration award made pursuant to this Article 7.
 
7.21.             Extension of Time Periods . The parties may extend any period of time provided in this Article 7 by mutual agreement.
 
7.22.             Venue . The arbitration shall take place at such location as the parties thereto may mutually agree, but if they cannot agree, then it will take place at the offices of the Corporation in Washington, D.C., or Arlington, Virginia.
 
ARTICLE 8. DEFINITIONS.
 
 The capitalized terms used in this Agreement shall have the meanings defined or referenced in this Article 8.
 
“AAA” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.6(c).
 
“Accounting Records” means Records including, but not limited to, corporate minutes, general ledger and subsidiary ledgers and schedules which support general ledger balances.
 
“Accrued Interest” means, for any Shared-Loss Loan, the amount of accrued earned and unpaid interest, taxes, credit life and/or disability insurance premiums (if any) payable by the Obligor, all as reflected on the Accounting Records of the Failed Bank or the Assuming Institution (as applicable) at the note rate specified in the applicable loan documents, for no more than a maximum of ninety (90) days.
 
“ADRA” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.3.
 
“Affiliate” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement; provided that, for purposes of this Agreement, no Third Party Servicer appointed by an Affiliate shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of the Assuming Institution solely by virtue of that appointment.
 
“Agreement” has the meaning set forth in Recital A.
 
“Applicable Percentage” is Eighty percent (80%) for the Tranche 1 Amount and Eighty percent (80%) for the Tranche 2 Amount.
 
“Arbitration Administrator” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.6(0.
 
“Arbitration Hearing” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.10(c).
 
“Assets” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
 
“Assuming Institution” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption
 
Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement
February 21, 2012
SF-24
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota
 


 
 
 
 

Agreement.
 
“Bank Closing Date” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
 
“Bank Premises” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
 
“Book Value” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
 
“Business Day” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
 
“Charge-Off” means, for any period with respect to a particular Shared-Loss Loan, the amount of a loan or portion of a loan classified as “Loss” under the Examination Criteria as effected by the Assuming Institution and reflected on its Accounting Records for such period, consisting solely of a charge-off of the following:
 
(a)           the principal amount of such Shared-Loss Loan net of unearned interest;
 
(b)           a write-down associated with Shared-Loss Loans, ORE or loan modification(s);
 
(c)           Accrued Interest for no more than a maximum of ninety (90) days; plus
 
(d)           capitalized expenditures.
 
No Charge-Off shall be taken with respect to any anticipated expenditure by the Assuming Institution until such expenditure is actually incurred.
 
Losses incurred on the sale or other disposition of Shared-Loss Loans to any Person shall not constitute Charge-Offs except for: (i) sales duly conducted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 4.1(a) and 4.1(b), (ii) the sale or other disposition of ORE to a Person other than an Affiliate of the Assuming Institution which was conducted in a commercially reasonable and prudent manner and (iii) other sales or dispositions, if any, with respect to which the Receiver granted prior consent.
 
“Chartering Authority” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
 
“Claimant Party” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.6(a).
 
“Collections on Fully Charged-Off Assets” means fifty per cent (50%) of collections on Fully Charged-Off Assets less fifty per cent (50%) of any expenses attributable to Fully Charged-Off Assets.
 
“Commencement Date” means the first day following the Bank Closing Date.
 
“Commercial Agreement” means, if any, the Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement and the Exhibits thereto attached to the Purchase and Assumption Agreement as Exhibit 4.I5B and entered into of even date with this Agreement between among Receiver, Corporation and the Assuming Institution.
 


Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement
February 21, 2012
SF-25
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota


 
 
 
 

“Commercial Arbitration Rules” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.9.
 
“Commitment” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
 
“Confidential Information” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.19.
 
“Corporation” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
 
“Covered Gain” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(b).
 
“Covered Loss” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(a).
 
“Cumulative Loss Amount” means the sum of all Monthly Loss Amounts minus the sum of (a) all Recovery Amounts plus (b) all Collections on Fully Charged-Off Assets.
 
“Customary Servicing Procedures” means procedures (including collection procedures) that the Assuming Institution (or, to the extent that a Third Party Servicer is appointed in accordance with Section 3.3, the Third Party Servicer) customarily employs and exercises in servicing and administering mortgage loans for its own accounts and the servicing procedures established by the Federal National Mortgage Association or Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (as in effect from time to time), which are in accordance with accepted mortgage servicing practices of prudent lending institutions and all applicable laws and regulations.
 
“Deficiency Loss” means, pursuant to the final determination by a court in a bankruptcy proceeding that the value of the collateral is less than the amount of the related Shared-Loss Loan, the difference between the then unpaid principal balance on the Shared-Loss Loan (or the net present value of a modified Shared-Loss Loan that defaults) and the value of the collateral so established.
 
“Dispute Item” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.1(b).
 
“Examination Criteria” means the loan classification criteria employed by, and any applicable regulations of, the Assuming Institution's Chartering Authority at the time an action is taken, as such criteria may be amended from time to time.
 
“Failed Bank” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
 
“Failed Bank Charge-Offs” means, with respect to any Asset, an amount equal to the aggregate reversals or charge-offs of Accrued Interest and charge-offs and write-downs of principal effected by the Failed Bank with respect to that Asset as reflected on the Accounting Records of the Failed Bank.
 
“Federal Arbitration Act” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.9.
 
“FDIC” means the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, in any capacity, as appropriate.
 
“FDIC Party” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.2.
 
“Final Shared-Loss Month” means the calendar month in which the Termination Date occurs.
 
Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement
February 21, 2012
SF-26
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota


 
 
 
 

“Fixtures” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
 
“Foreclosure Loss” means the loss realized when the Assuming Institution has completed the foreclosure on a Shared-Loss Loan and has realized final recovery on the collateral through liquidation and recovery of all insurance proceeds. Each Foreclosure Loss shall be calculated in the form and determined in accordance with the methodologies set forth in Exhibits 2c(1)-(3).
 
“Fully Charged-Off Assets” means Assets subject to Failed Bank Charge-Offs that were completely charged-off by the Failed Bank and had a Book Value of zero on the Bank Closing Date.
 
“Holding Company” means any company owning Shares of the Assuming Institution that is a holding company pursuant to the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, 12 U.S.C. 1841 et seq. or the Home Owners' Loan Act, 12 U.S.C. 1461 et seq.
 
“Home Equity Loan” means a Loan or the funded or unfunded portions of a line of credit secured by a mortgage on a one-to-four-family residence or stock of a cooperative housing association in respect of which the Failed Bank did not have a first lien on the same property as collateral.
 
“Home Equity Loan Loss” means the loss on a Home Equity Loan calculated in the form and determined in accordance with the charge-off policies of and the loan classification criteria employed by the Assuming Institution's Chartering Authority as set forth in Exhibit 2d(1).
 
“Investor-Owned Residential Loan” means a Loan, excluding advances made pursuant to a Home Equity Loan, that is secured by a mortgage on a one-to-four family residence or stock of a cooperative housing association that is not owner-occupied or the borrower's primary residence.
 
“Intrinsic Loss Estimate” is One Hundred Fifteen Million Six Hundred Seventy Six Thousand Seven Hundred Twelve Dollars ($115,676,712.00).
 
“Loan” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
 
“Loan Records” means the subsidiary systems of record on which the loan history and balance of each Shared-Loss Loan is maintained; individual loan files containing either an original or copies of documents that are customary and reasonable with respect to loan servicing, including management and disposition of ORE; the records documenting alternatives considered with respect to loans in default or for which a default is reasonably foreseeable; records of loss calculations and supporting documentation with respect to line items on the loss calculations; and monthly delinquency reports and other performance reports customarily utilized by the Assuming Institution in management of loan portfolios.
 
“Loan Sale Loss” means the loss realized on a sale of a Shared-Loss Loan in pursuant to Section 4.1(a).
 
 

 

 

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement
February 21, 2012
SF-27
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota
 


 
 
 
 

“Loss” means a Foreclosure Loss, Restructuring Loss, Short-Sale Loss, Loan Sale Loss, Modification Default Loss, Deficiency Loss or Home Equity Loan Loss.
 
“Loss Amount” means the dollar amount of any Loss incurred and reported on the Monthly Certificate for a Shared-Loss Loan.
 
“Management Standards” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1.
 
“Member” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.10.
 
“Modification Default Loss” means the loss calculated in the form and determined accordance with the methodologies set forth in Exhibits 2a(1)-(3) for Single Family Shared-Loss Loans previously modified pursuant to this Agreement that subsequently default and result in a Foreclosure Loss, a Short Sale Loss or a Deficiency Loss.
 
“Modification Guidelines” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(c).
 
“Monthly Certificate” means a certificate or certificates, signed by an officer of the Assuming Institution involved in, or responsible for, the administration and servicing of the Shared-Loss Loans, whose name appears on a list provided to the Receiver (as updated by the Assuming Institution as needed from time to time) of servicing officers and the related supporting documentation, setting forth in such form and detail as the Receiver may specify from time to time the items set forth in Section 5.2.
 
“Monthly Loss Amount” means the sum of all Restructuring Losses, Deficiency Losses, Modification Default losses, Short-Sale Losses, Foreclosure Losses, Home Equity Loan Losses, Loan Sale Losses and losses on Investor-Owned Residential Loans realized by the Assuming Institution for any Shared-Loss Month.
 
“Net Loss Amount” means the sum of all Covered Losses less all Covered Gains pursuant to the Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement, plus the Cumulative Loss Amount under and as defined in the Single Family Agreement.
 
“Neutral Member” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.10(a)(ii).
 
“Notice of Dispute” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.3.
 
“Obligor” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
 
“ORE” means the following Assets that (a) are owned by the Failed Bank as of the Bank Closing Date and purchased pursuant to the Purchase and Assumption Agreement or (b) have been acquired subsequent to the Bank Closing Date from the collection or settlement by the Assuming Institution of a Shared-Loss Loan, including, without limitation, any assets which have been fully or partially charged-off on the books and records of the Failed Bank or the Assuming Institution:
 
(i)           interests in real estate (other than Bank Premises and Fixtures), including but not limited to mineral rights, leasehold rights, condominium and cooperative interests, air rights and development rights; and
 
 

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement
February 21, 2012
SF-28
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota
 


 
 
 
 

(ii)           other assets (whether real property, furniture, fixtures or equipment and, at the option of the Receiver, other personal property) acquired by foreclosure of ORE or in full or partial satisfaction of judgments or indebtedness.
 
“Party-Appointed Arbitrator” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.10(a)(ii).
 
“Person” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
 
“Receiver” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
 
“Record” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
 
“Recovery Amount” means, with respect to any period prior to the Termination Date, the amount of funds received by the Assuming Institution that are (i) gains on a Foreclosure Loss or Short-Sale Loss calculated in accordance with the methodology set forth in Exhibits 2c(1)-(3) or Exhibits 2b(1)-(3) respectively, (ii) gains realized from a sale of Shared-Loss Loans pursuant to Sections 4.1(a) and 4.1(b) for which the Assuming Institution has previously received a Restructuring Loss payment from the Receiver or (iii) incentive payments from national programs paid to an investor or borrower on loans that have been modified or otherwise treated in accordance with Exhibit 5 .
 
“Related Loan” means a loan or extension of credit held by the Assuming Institution at any time on or prior to the end of the Final Shared-Loss Month that is:
 
(a)           made to an Obligor of a Shared-Loss Loan; or
 
(b)           attributable to the same primary Obligor with respect to any Loan described at paragraph (a) under the applicable rules of the Assuming Institution's Chartering Authority concerning the legal lending limits of financial institutions organized under its jurisdiction as in effect on the Commencement Date.
 
“Respondent Party” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.6(b).
 
“Restructured Loan” means a Shared-Loss Loan for which the Assuming Institution has received a Restructuring Loss payment from the Receiver, and may apply to owner-occupied and investor-owned residences.
 
“Restructuring Loss” means the loss on a modified Loan or a Restructured Loan represented by the difference between (a) the principal, Accrued Interest, tax and insurance advances, third party or other fees due on such loan prior to the modification or restructuring and (b) the net present value of estimated cash flows on the modified or restructured loan, discounted at the Then-Current Interest Rate. Each Restructuring Loss shall be calculated in the form and determined in accordance with the methodologies set forth in Exhibits 2a(1)-(3) , as applicable.
 
“Review Board” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.10.
 
“Settlement Interest Rate” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
 
 

 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement
February 21, 2012
SF-29
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota
 


 
 
 
 

“Shared-Loss Loan” means any or all of a Single Family Shared-Loss Loan, Investor-Owned Residential Loan, Restructured Loan or Home Equity Loan and any Commitment with respect to those Loans or any ORE resulting from foreclosure on such Loans, excluding however any Loan or ORE resulting from foreclosure on such Loan that is insured or guaranteed by any department or agency of any federal, state or local governmental unit.
 
“Shared-Loss Month” means each calendar month commencing on the first day of each month following the Commencement Date and ending on the Termination Date, except that the first Shared-Loss Month shall begin on the Commencement Date and end on the last day of that month.
 
“Shares” means common stock and any instrument which is, or may become, convertible into common stock.
 
“Short-Sale Loss” means the loss resulting from the Assuming Institution's acceptance from a mortgagor of a payoff in an amount less than the balance due on a Loan (including the costs of any cash incentives to the borrower to agree to such sale or to maintain the property pending such sale), provided that each Short-Sale Loss shall be calculated in the form and determined in accordance with the methodologies set forth in Exhibits 2b(1)-(3) .
 
“Single Family Shared-Loss Loan” means a single family one-to-four owner-occupied residential mortgage loan, excluding a Home Equity Loan, that is secured by a mortgage on a one-to four family residence or stock of a cooperative housing association.
 
“Termination Date” means the last day of the month in which the tenth (10th) anniversary of the Commencement Date occurs.
 
“Then-Current Interest Rate” means the most recently published Primary Mortgage Market Survey ® (PMMS) for 30-year fixed-rate loans, or such other interest rate approved by the Receiver.
 
“Third Party Servicer” means any servicer appointed from time to time by the Assuming Institution, which may include an Affiliate of the Assuming Institution, to service the Shared-Loss Loans on behalf of the Assuming Institution.
 
“Tranche 1 Amount” means a Net Loss Amount up to and including One Hundred Fifteen Million Six Hundred Seventy Six Thousand Seven Hundred Twelve Dollars ($115,676,712.00).
 
“Tranche 2 Amount” means a Net Loss Amount in excess of the Tranche 1 Amount.
 
“True-Up Date” means the date which is forty-five (45) days after the latest to occur of the Termination Date of this Agreement, the Termination Date of the Commercial Agreement or disposition of all Assets pursuant to this Agreement or the Commercial Agreement.
 


Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement
February 21, 2012
SF-30
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota


 
 
 
 

EXHIBIT 1
 
MONTHLY CERTIFICATE
 
Note: This is an example only and not representative of any transaction.
 





Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement
February 21, 2012
SF-31
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota



 
 
 
 








Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement
February 21, 2012
SF-32
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota



 
 
 
 








Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement
February 21, 2012
SF-33
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota




 
 
 
 

EXHIBIT 2a(1)
 
CALCULATION OF RESTRUCTURING LOSS
 
HAMP OR FDIC LOAN MODIFICATION
 
(Loan Written Down to Book Value Prior to Loss Share)
 
Note: This is an example only and not representative of any transaction.

1
Shared-Loss Month
20100831
2
Loan no:
123456
3
Modification Program:
HAMP
 
Loan before Restructuring
 
4
Unpaid principal balance
450000
50
Net Book Value per Schedule 4.15A
375000
51
Less: Post closing principal payments
2500
5
Remaining term
298
6
Interest rate
0.06500
7
Next ARM reset rate (if within next 4 months)
0.00000
8
Interest Paid-To-Date
20091230
9
Delinquency Status
 
10
Monthly payment - P&I
2539
11
Monthly payment - T&I
200
 
     Total monthly payment
2739
12
Household current annual income
55000
13
Valuation Date
20100901
14
Valuation Amount
350000
15
Valuation Type (INT, EXTP, AVM, BPO, DA, DB, FA, PAU and TV)
AVM
 
Terms of Modified/Restructured Loan
 
16
1st Trial Payment Due Date
20090119
17
Modification Effective Date
20090419
 
Net Unpaid Principal Balance (net of forbearance & principal
 
18
reduction)
403147
19
Principal forbearance
60040
20
Principal reduction
0
21
Product (fixed or step)
step
22
Remaining amortization term
480
23
Maturity date
20490119
24
Interest rate
0.02000
25
Next Payment due date
20090601
26
Monthly payment - P&I
1221
27
Monthly payment - T&I
200
 
     Total monthly payment
1421
28
Next reset date
20140501
29
Interest rate change per adjustment
0.01000
30
Lifetime interest rate cap
0.05530
31
Back end DTI
0.45000

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement
February 21, 2012
SF-34
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota


 
 
 
 

        Restructuring Loss Calculation  
50-
51
Net Book Value Less Principal Payments
372500
35
Attorneys' fees
0
36
Foreclosure costs, including title search, filing fees, advertising, etc.
500
37
Property protection costs, maint and repairs
0
38
Tax and insurance advances
2500
 
Other Advances
 
39
Appraisal/Broker's Price Opinion fees
100
40
Inspections
0
41
Other
0
 
Gross balance recoverable by Assuming Institution
375600
     
 
Cash Recoveries :
 
     
52
MI Claim Date
20090119
53
MI Claim Amount
252000
54
MI Response Date
20090519
42
MI Contribution
0
43
Other credits
0
44
T & I escrow account balances, if positive
0
 
Total Cash Recovery
0
     
 
Assumptions for Calculating Loss Share Amount, Restructured Loan:
 
     
45
Discount rate for projected cash flows
0.05530
46
Loan prepayment in full
120
47
NPV of projected cash flows (see amort schdl )
364556
     
48
Loss Amount
11044

 
Note: If the calculated Loss Amount is negative, meaning loss event proceeds are greater than the gross balance recoverable by the Assuming Institution, the claim is considered a recovery and reduces the total reported loss claim amount prior to applying the Applicable Percentage. If the total amount of the Certificate loss claim is negative, the payment amount due the FDIC is calculated by applying the Applicable Percentage.
 








Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement
February 21, 2012
SF-35
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota


 
 
 
 


 
EXHIBIT 2a(2)
 
CALCULATION OF RESTRUCTURING LOSS
 
HAMP OR FDIC LOAN MODIFICATION
 
(No Preceding Loan Restructure Under Loss Share)
 
Note: This is an example only and not representative of any transaction.
 
1
Shared-Loss Month
20090531
2
Loan no:
123456
3
Modification Program:
HAMP
 
Loan before Restructuring
 
4
Unpaid principal balance
450000
5
Remaining term
298
6
Interest rate
0.06500
7
Next ARM reset rate (if within next 4 months)
0.00000
8
Interest Paid-To-Date
20091230
9
Delinquency Status
 
10
Monthly payment - P&I
3047
11
Monthly payment - T&I
200
 
     Total monthly payment
3247
12
Household current annual income
55000
13
Valuation Date
20100901
14
Valuation Amount
350000
 
Valuation Type (INT, EXTP, AVM, BPO, DA, DB, FA, PAU and
 
15
TV)
AVM
 
Terms of Modified/Restructured Loan
 
16
1st Trial Payment Due Date
20090119
17
Modification Effective Date
20090419
 
Net Unpaid Principal Balance (net of forbearance & principal
 
18
reduction)
403147
19
Principal forbearance
60040
20
Principal reduction
0
21
Product (fixed or step)
step
22
Remaining amortization term
480
23
Maturity date
20490119
24
Interest rate
0.02000
25
Next Payment due date
20090601
26
Monthly payment - P&I
1221
27
Monthly payment - T&I
200
 
     Total monthly payment
1421
28
Next reset date
20140501
29
Interest rate change per adjustment
0.01000
30
Lifetime interest rate cap
0.05530
31
Back end DTI
0.45000
     
       Restructuring Loss Calculation  

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement
February 21, 2012
SF-36
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota


 
 
 
 


same
as 4
above
Unpaid Principal Balance before restructuring/modification
450000
34
Accrued interest, limited to 90 days
7313
35
Attorneys’ fees
0
36
Foreclosure costs, including title search, filing fees, advertising, etc.
500
37
Property protection costs, maint. and repairs
0
38
Tax and insurance advances
2500
 
Other Advances
100
39
Appraisal/Broker’s Price Opinion fees
100
40
Inspections
0
41
Other
0
 
Gross balance recoverable by Assuming Institution
460413
     
 
Cash Recoveries :
 
52
MI Claim Date
20090119
53
MI Claim Amount
370000
54
MI Response Date
20090519
42
MI Contribution
0
43
Other credits
0
44
T & I escrow account balances, if positive
0
 
Total Cash Recovery
0
     
 
Assumptions for Calculating Loss Share Amount, Restructured Loan:
 
     
45
Discount rate for projected cash flows
0.05530
46
Loan prepayment in full
120
47
NPV of projected cash flows (see amort schd2)
364556
     
48
Loss Amount
95856

 
Note: If the calculated Loss Amount is negative, meaning loss event proceeds are greater than the gross balance recoverable by the Assuming Institution, the claim is considered a recovery and reduces the total reported loss claim amount prior to applying the Applicable Percentage. If the total amount of the Certificate loss claim is negative, the payment amount due the FDIC is calculated by applying the Applicable Percentage.
 

 

 










Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement
February 21, 2012
SF-37
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota


 
 
 
 


 
EXHIBIT 2a(3)
 
CALCULATION OF RESTRUCTURING LOSS
 
2ND FDIC RESTRUCTURING
 
Note: This is an example only and not representative of any transaction.
 
Restructure after Covered Loan Restructuring
 
1
Shared-Loss Month
20090531
2
Loan no:
123456
3
Modification Program:
FDIC
 
Loan before Restructuring
 
4
Unpaid principal balance
450000
5
Remaining term
298
6
Interest rate
0.06500
7
Next ARM reset rate (if within next 4 months)
0.00000
8
Interest Paid-To-Date
20091230
9
Delinquency Status
 
10
Monthly payment - P&I
3047
11
Monthly payment - T&I
200
 
     Total monthly payment
3247
12
Household current annual income
55000
13
Valuation Date
20100901
14
Valuation Amount
350000
15
Valuation Type (INT, EXTP, AVM, BPO, DA, DB, FA, PAU and TV)
AVM
 
Terms of Modified/Restructured Loan
 
16
1st Trial Payment Due Date
20090201
17
Modification Effective Date
20090501
18
Net Principal balance (net of forbearance & principal reduction)
403147
19
Principal forbearance
60040
20
Principal reduction
0
21
Product (fixed or step)
step
22
Remaining amortization term
480
23
Maturity date
20490501
24
Interest rate
0.02000
25
Next Payment due date
20090601
26
Monthly payment - P&I
1221
27
Monthly payment - T&I
200
 
     Total monthly payment
1421
28
Next reset date
20140501
29
Interest rate change per adjustment
0.01000
30
Lifetime interest rate cap
0.05530
31
Back end DTI
0.45000
 
Restructuring Loss Calculation
 
32
Previous NPV of loan modification
458740

 
Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement
February 21, 2012
SF-38
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota


 
 
 
 


33
Less: Post modification principal payments
2500
 
Plus:
 
35
Attorneys' fees
0
36
Foreclosure costs, including title search, filing fees, advertising, etc.
500
37
Property protection costs, maint. and repairs
0
38
Tax and insurance advances
2500
 
Other Advances
 
39
Appraisal/Broker's Price Opinion fees
100
40
Inspections
0
41
Other
0
 
Gross balance recoverable by Assuming Institution
459340
 
Cash Recoveries :
 
52
MI Claim Date
20090119
53
MI Claim Amount
0
54
Ml Response Date
20090519
42
MI contribution
0
43
Other credits
0
44
T & I escrow account balances, if positive
0
 
Total Cash Recovery
0
 
Assumptions for Calculating Loss Share Amount, Restructured Loan:
 
45
Discount rate for projected cash flows
0.05530
46
Loan prepayment in full
120
47
NPV of projected cash flows (see amort schd3)
364556
48
Loss Amount
94784

 
Note: If the calculated Loss Amount is negative, meaning loss event proceeds are greater than the gross balance recoverable by the Assuming Institution, the claim is considered a recovery and reduces the total reported loss claim amount prior to applying the Applicable Percentage. If the total amount of the Certificate loss claim is negative, the payment amount due the FDIC is calculated by applying the Applicable Percentage.










Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement
February 21, 2012
SF-39
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota


 
 
 
 

Notes to Exhibits 2a (Restructuring)
 
1.
The data shown are for illustrative purposes.
   
2.
The Covered Loss is the difference between the gross balance recoverable by the Assuming Institution and the total cash recovery. There are three methods of calculation for Restructuring Loss:
   
 
a.
Use Exhibit 2a(1) for loans written down to book value prior to the Bank Closing Date (based on the loan balance specified on Schedule 4.15A ) less any post closing principal payments.
     
 
b.
If a Restructuring Loss has already been processed for the loan, use Exhibit 2a(3) . This version uses the Net Present Value (NPV) of the modified loan as the starting point for the Covered Loss.
     
 
c.
Otherwise, use Exhibit 2a(2) . The unpaid balance of the loan as of the last payment date is the starting point for this Restructuring Loss calculation.
     
3.
The gross balance recoverable by the Assuming Institution (shown after line 41) is calculated as: the sum of lines 50-51, and 35-41 for Exhibit 2a(1) , the sum of lines 4, and 34-41 for Exhibit 2a(2) , line 32 minus line 33 plus lines 35-41 for Exhibit 2a(3) . Costs specified in lines 35-41 must be related to the second restructuring.
   
4.
For all Exhibits 2a , the Assuming Institution's (or Third Party Servicer's) reasonable and customary out-of-pocket costs paid to either a third party or an Affiliate for foreclosure, property protection and maintenance costs, repairs, assessments, taxes, insurance and similar items are treated as part of the gross recoverable balance, to the extent they are not paid from funds in the borrower's escrow account, and are limited to amounts specified in Federal National Mortgage Association or Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation guidelines (as in effect from time to time).
   
5.
For all Exhibits 2a the total cash recovery is calculated as the sum of the lines 52-54 and 42-44.
   
6.
For purposes of loss sharing, Losses on Restructured Loans are calculated as the difference between the gross balance recoverable by the Assuming Institution and the Net Present Value (NPV) of the estimated cash flows (line 47). The cash flows should assume no default or prepayment for ten years, followed by prepayment in full at the end of ten (10) years (one hundred twenty (120) months).
   
7.
Reasonable and customary third party attorneys' fees and expenses incurred by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution in connection with any enforcement procedures, or otherwise with respect to such loan, are reported under attorneys' fees.
   
8.
For owner-occupied residential loans, the NPV is calculated using then current Primary Mortgage Market Survey (PMMS) for 30-year fixed-rate loans as of the restructuring date.


Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement
February 21, 2012
SF-40
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota


 
 
 
 

9.
For Investor-Owned Residential Loans or non-owned occupied residential loans, the Assuming Institution may propose a commercially reasonable discount rate for the NPV calculation.
   
10.
If the new loan is an adjustable-rate loan, interest rate resets and related cash flows should be projected based on the index rate in effect at the date of the loan restructuring. If the restructured loan otherwise provides for specific changes in monthly principal and interest (“P&I”) payments over the term of the loan, those changes should be reflected in the NPV. The Assuming Institution must retain the supporting schedules of NPV as required by Section 5.2 of the Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement and provide it to the FDIC if requested for a sample audit.
   
11.
Do not include late fees, prepayment penalties, or any similar lender fees or charges by the Failed Bank or Assuming Institution to the loan account, any allocation of the Assuming Institution's servicing costs, or any allocations of the Assuming Institution's general and administrative (G&A) or other operating costs.
   
12.
If Exhibit 2a(1) or 2a(3) is used, then no Accrued Interest may be included as a Covered Loss. Otherwise, the amount of Accrued Interest that may be added to the balance of the loan is limited to the minimum of:
   
 
a.
ninety (90) days;
     
 
b.
the number of days that the loan is delinquent at the time of restructuring; or
     
 
c.
the number of days between the resolution date and the restructuring.
     
 
To calculate Accrued Interest, apply the note interest rate that would have been in effect if the loan were performing to the principal balance after application of the last payment made by the borrower.













Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement
February 21, 2012
SF-41
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota


 
 
 
 


 
EXHIBIT 2b(1)
 
CALCULATION OF SHORT-SALE LOSS
 
(WRITTEN DOWN TO BOOK VALUE)
 
Note: This is an example only and not representative of any transaction.
 
Exhibit 2b(1)
CALCULATION OF LOSS FOR SHORT SALE LOANS
 
Loan written down to book value prior to Loss Share
 
1
Shared-Loss Month:
20090531
2
Loan#
62201
3
Interest Paid-to-Date
20071130
4
Short Payoff Date
20090522
5
Note Interest rate
0.08500
6
Occupancy
Owner
 
If owner occupied:
 
7
Household current annual income
45000
8
Estimated NPV of loan mod
220000
9
Valuation Date
20090121
10
Valuation Amount
300000
11
Valuation Type (INT, EXTP, AVM, BPO, DA, DB, FA, PAU and TV)
EXT
 
Short-Sale Loss calculation
 
13
Net Book Value per Schedule 4.15A
300000
14
Less: Post closing principal payments
0
17
Accrued interest, limited to 90 days
6375
18
Attorneys' fees
75
19
Foreclosure costs, including title search, filing fees, advertising, etc.
0
 
Property protection costs, maint., repairs and any costs or expenses
 
20
relating to environmental conditions
0
21
Tax and insurance advances
0
 
Other Advances
 
22
Appraisal/Brokers Price Opinion fees
250
23
Inspections
600
24
Other
0
25
incentive to borrower
5000
 
Gross balance recoverable by Assuming Institution
312300
 
Cash Recoveries :
 
26
Amount accepted in Short-Sale (proceeds gross of claimed amounts)
275000
27
Hazard Insurance
0
33
MI Claim Date
20090119
34
MI Claim Amount
0
35
MI Response Date
20090519
28
Mortgage Insurance
0
29
T & I escrow account balance, if positive
0

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement
February 21, 2012
SF-42
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota


 
 
 
 


30
Other credits, if any (itemize)
0
 
Total Cash Recovery
275000
     
31
Loss Amount
112066

'Costs with respect to environmental remediation activities are limited to $200,000 unless prior consent of the FDIC


Note: If the calculated Loss Amount is negative, meaning loss event proceeds are greater than the gross balance recoverable by the Assuming Institution, the claim is considered a recovery and reduces the total reported loss claim amount prior to applying the Applicable Percentage. If the total amount of the Certificate loss claim is negative, the payment amount due the FDIC is calculated by applying the Applicable Percentage.































Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement
February 21, 2012
SF-43
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota


 
 
 
 

EXHIBIT 2b(2)
 
CALCULATION OF LOSS FOR SHORT-SALE LOANS
 
(NO PRECEDING LOAN MODIFICATION UNDER LOSS SHARE)
 
Note: This is an example only and not representative of any transaction.

Exhibit 2b(2)
CALCULATION OF LOSS FOR SHORT SALE LOANS
No Preceding Loan Restructure under Loss Share

1
Shared-Loss Month:
20090531
2
Loan #
58776
3
Interest Paid-to-Date
20080731
4
Short Payoff Date
20090417
5
Note Interest rate
0.07750
6
Occupancy
if owner occupied:
Owner
7
Household current annual income
38500
8
Estimated NPV of loan mod
200000
9
Valuation Date
20090121
10
Valuation Amount
300000
11
Valuation Type (INT, EXTP, AVM, BPO, DA, DB, FA, PAU and TV)
EXT
 
Short-Sate Loss calculation
 
12
Loan UPB
375000
17
Accrued interest, limited to 90 days
7266
18
Attorneys' fees
0
19
Foreclosure costs, including title search, filing fees, advertising, etc.
400
 
Property protection costs, maint., repairs and any costs or expenses
 
20
relating to environmental conditions
1450
21
Tax and insurance advances
0
 
Other Advances
 
22
Appraisal/Broker's Price Opinion fees
350
23
Inspections
600
24
Other
0
25
Incentive to borrower
2000
 
Gross balance recoverable by Assuming Institution
387066
 
Cash Recoveries :
 
26
Amount accepted in Short-Sale (proceeds gross of claimed amounts)
275000
27
Hazard Insurance
0
33
MI Claim Date
20090119
34
MI Claim Amount
0
35
MI Response Date
20090519
28
Mortgage Insurance
0
29
T & I escrow account balance, if positive
0

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement
February 21, 2012
SF-44
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota


 
 
 
 

30
Other credits, if any (itemize)
0
 
Total Cash Recovery
275000
     
31
Loss Amount
112066

'Costs with respect to environmental remediation activities are limited to $200,000 unless prior consent of the FDIC


Note: If the calculated Loss Amount is negative, meaning loss event proceeds are greater than the gross balance recoverable by the Assuming Institution, the claim is considered a recovery and reduces the total reported loss claim amount prior to applying the Applicable Percentage. If the total amount of the Certificate loss claim is negative, the payment amount due the FDIC is calculated by applying the Applicable Percentage.
































Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement
February 21, 2012
SF-45
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota


 
 
 
 

EXHIBIT 2b(3)
 
CALCULATION OF LOSS FOR SHORT-SALE LOANS
 
(AFTER A COVERED LOAN MODIFICATION)
 
Note: This is an example only and not representative of any transaction.

Exhibit 2b(3)
 
CALCULATION OF LOSS FOR SHORT SALE LOANS Short-Sale after Covered Loan Restructuring
 
1
Shared-Loss Month:
20090531
2
Loan #
20076
3
Interest paid-to-date
20080930
4
Short Payoff Date
20090402
5
Note Interest rate
0. 07500
9
Valuation Date
20090121
10
Valuation Amount
230000
11
    Valuation Type (INT, EXTP, AVM, BPO, DA, DB, FA, PAU and TV)
EXT
 
Short-Sale Loss calculation
 
15
NPV of projected cash flows at first loan mod
311000
16
Less: Post modification principal payments
1000
 
Plus:
 
18
Attorneys' fees
0
19
Foreclosure costs, including title search, filing fees, advertising, etc.
 
 
Property protection costs, maint., repairs and any costs or expenses
 
20
relating to environmental conditions
0
21
Tax and insurance advances
0
 
Other advances
 
22
Appraisal/Broker's Price Opinion fees
350
23
      Inspections
600
24
Other
0
25
incentive to borrower
3500
 
Gross balance recoverable by Assuming institution
314450
 
Cash Recoveries :
 
26
Amount accepted in Short-Sale (proceeds gross of claimed amounts)
210000
27
Hazard Insurance
 
33
MI Claim Date
19000100
34
MI Claim Amount
0
35
MI Response Date
19000100
28
Mortgage Insurance
 
29
T 8. I escrow account balance, if positive
400
30
Other credits, if any (itemize)
0
 
Total Cash Recovery
210400

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement
February 21, 2012
SF-46
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota


 
 
 
 


31
Loss Amount
104050

'Costs with respect to environmental remediation activities are limited to $200,000 unless prior consent of the FDIC


Note: If the calculated Loss Amount is negative, meaning loss event proceeds are greater than the gross balance recoverable by the Assuming Institution, the claim is considered a recovery and reduces the total reported loss claim amount prior to applying the Applicable Percentage. If the total amount of the Certificate loss claim is negative, the payment amount due the FDIC is calculated by applying the Applicable Percentage.































Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement
February 21, 2012
SF-47
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota


 
 
 
 

Notes to Exhibits 2b (Short-Sale)
 
1.
The data shown are for illustrative purposes.
   
2.
The Covered Loss is the difference between the gross balance recoverable by Assuming Institution and the total cash recovery. There are three methods of calculation for Short-Sale Loss, depending upon the circumstances:
     
 
a.
Use Exhibit 2b(1) , for loans written down to book value prior to bank failure (based on the loan balance specified on Schedule 4.15A ) less any post closing principal payments.
     
 
b.
If a Restructuring Loss was submitted prior to the short sale, use Exhibit 2b(3) . This version uses the Net Present Value (NPV) of the modified loan as the starting point for the Covered Loss less post-modification principal payments.
     
 
c.
Otherwise, use Exhibit 2b(2) . The unpaid balance of the loan as of the last payment date is the starting point for this Short-Sale Loss calculation.
     
3.
The gross balance recoverable by the Assuming Institution (shown after line 25) is calculated as: line 13 minus line 14 plus lines 18-25 for Exhibit 2b(1) , the sum of lines 12, 17-25 for Exhibit 2b(2) , line 15 minus line 16 plus lines 18-25 for Exhibit 2b(3) .
   
4.
For all Exhibits 2b , the Assuming Institution's (or Third Party Servicer's) reasonable and customary out-of-pocket costs paid to either a third party or an Affiliate for foreclosure, property protection and maintenance costs, repairs, assessments, taxes, insurance and similar items are treated as part of the gross recoverable balance, to the extent they are not paid from funds in the borrower's escrow account, and are limited to amounts specified in Federal National Mortgage Association or Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation guidelines (as in effect from time to time).
   
5.
The total cash recovery is calculated as the sum of lines 26-30 for all Exhibits 2b and is shown after line 30.
   
6.
Reasonable and customary third party attorneys' fees and expenses incurred by on or behalf of the Assuming Institution in connection with any enforcement procedures, or otherwise with respect to such loan, are reported under attorneys' fees.
   
7.
Do not include late fees, prepayment penalties or any similar lender fees or charges by the Failed Bank or the Assuming Institution to the loan account, any allocation of the Assuming Institution's servicing costs, or any allocations of the Assuming Institution's general and administrative (G&A) or other operating costs.
   
8.
Net liquidation proceeds are gross of any claimed amounts and Accrued Interest amounts.
   
9.
If Exhibit 2b(1) or 2b(3) is used, then no Accrued Interest may be included as a Covered Loss. Otherwise, the amount of Accrued Interest that may be included as a Covered Loss is limited to the minimum of:
   
 
a.
ninety (90) days;

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement
February 21, 2012
SF-48
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota


 
 
 
 

   
b.
the number of days that the loan is delinquent when the property was sold; or
     
 
c.
the number of days between the resolution date and the date when the property was sold.
     
 
To calculate Accrued Interest, apply the note interest rate that would have been in effect if the loan were performing to the principal balance after application of the last payment made by the borrower.








































Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement
February 21, 2012
SF-49
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota


 
 
 
 

EXHIBIT 2c(1)
 
CALCULATION OF FORECLOSURE LOSS
 
(ORE OR FORECLOSURE OCCURRED PRIOR TO LOSS SHARE AGREEMENT)
 
Note: This is an example only and not representative of any transaction.

Exhibit 2c(1)
CALCULATION OF FORECLOSURE LOSS
Loan written down to book value prior to Loss Share
1
Shared-Loss Month
20090630
2
Loan no:
364574
3
Interest Paid-To-Date
20071001
4
Foreclosure sale date
20080202
5
Liquidation date
20090412
6
Note Interest rate
0.08100
10
Valuation Date
20090121
11
Valuation Amount
228000
12
Valuation Type (INT, EXTP, AVM, BPO, DA, DB, FA, PAU and TV)
INT
 
Foreclosure Loss calculation
 
13
Net Book Value per Schedule 4.15A
244900
14
Less: Post closing principal payments
0
 
Costs Incurred after Loss Share agreement In place:
 
19
Attorneys' fees
0
20
    Foreclosure costs, including title search, filing fees, advertising, etc.
0
21
Property protection costs, maint. and repairs
6500
22
Tax and insurance advances
0
 
Other Advances
 
23
Appraisal/Broker's Price Opinion fees
0
24
Inspections
0
25
Other
0
 
Gross balance recoverable by Assuming Institution
251400
 
Cash Recoveries :
 
26
Net liquidation proceeds (from HUD-1 settl stmt)
219400
27
Hazard Insurance proceeds
0
33
MI Claim Date
19000100
34
MI Claim Amount
0
35
MI Response Date
19000100
28
Mortgage Insurance proceeds
0
29
T & I escrow account balances, if positive
0
30
Other credits, if any (itemize)
0
 
Total Cash Recovery
219400

 


Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement
February 21, 2012
SF-50
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota


 
 
 
 


31
Loss Amount
32000

 
Note: If the calculated Loss Amount is negative, meaning loss event proceeds are greater than the gross balance recoverable by the Assuming Institution, the claim is considered a recovery and reduces the total reported loss claim amount prior to applying the Applicable Percentage. If the total amount of the Certificate loss claim is negative, the payment amount due the FDIC is calculated by applying the Applicable Percentage.
 








































Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement
February 21, 2012
SF-51
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota


 
 
 
 

EXHIBIT 2c(2)
 
CALCULATION OF FORECLOSURE LOSS
 
(DURING THE TERM OF THE AGREEMENT,
 
NO PRECEDING LOAN MODIFICATION UNDER LOSS SHARE)
 
Note: This is an example only and not representative of any transaction.

Exhibit 2c(2)
CALCULATION OF FORECLOSURE LOSS
No Preceding Loan Restructuring under Loss Share
1
Shared-Loss Month
20090531
2
Loan no:
292334
3
Interest Paid-to-Date
20080430
4
Foreclosure sale date
20090115
5
Liquidation date
20090412
6
Note Interest rate
0.08000
7
Occupancy
Owner
 
If owner occupied:
 
8
Household current annual income
42000
9
Estimated NPV of loan mod
195000
10
Valuation Date
20090121
11
Valuation Amount
235000
12
Valuation Type (INT, EXTP, AVM, BPO, DA, DB, FA, PAU and TV)
EXT BPO
 
Foreclosure Loss calculation
 
15
Loan Principal balance at property reversion
300000
 
Plus:
 
18
Accrued interest, limited to 90 days
6000
19
Attorneys' fees
0
20
Foreclosure costs, including title search, filing fees, advertising, etc.
500
21
Property protection costs, maint. and repairs
5500
22
Tax and insurance advances
1500
 
Other Advances
 
23
Appraisal/Broker's Price Opinion fees
0
24
Inspections
50
25
Other
0
 
Gross balance recoverable by Assuming Institution
313550
 
Cash Recoveries :
 
26
Net liquidation proceeds (from HUD-1 settl stmt)
205000
27
Hazard insurance proceeds
0
33
MI Claim Date
19000100
34
MI Claim Amount
0
35
MI Response Date
19000100
28
Mortgage Insurance proceeds
0

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement
February 21, 2012
SF-52
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota


 
 
 
 


29
T & I escrow account balances, if positive
0
30
Other credits, if any (itemize)
0
 
Total Cash Recovery
205000
     
31
Loss Amount
108550

Note: If the calculated Loss Amount is negative, meaning loss event proceeds are greater than the gross balance recoverable by the Assuming Institution, the claim is considered a recovery and reduces the total reported loss claim amount prior to applying the Applicable Percentage. If the total amount of the Certificate loss claim is negative, the payment amount due the FDIC is calculated by applying the Applicable Percentage.





































Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement
February 21, 2012
SF-53
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota


 
 
 
 

EXHIBIT 2c(3)
 
CALCULATION OF FORECLOSURE LOANS
 
(FORECLOSURE AFTER COVERED LOAN MODIFICATION)
 
Note: This is an example only and not representative of any transaction.

Exhibit 2c(3)
CALCULATION OF FORECLOSURE LOSS
Foreclosure after a Covered Loan Restructuring
1
Shared-Loss Month
20090531
2
Loan no :
138554
3
Interest Paid-to-Date
20080430
4
Foreclosure sale date
20090115
5
Liquidation date
20090412
6
Note Interest rate
0,04000
10
Valuation Date
20081215
11
Valuation Amount
210000
12
Valuation Type (INT, EXTP, AVM, BPO, DA, DB, FA, PAU and TV)
EXT
 
Foreclosure_Loss calculation
 
16
NPV of projected cash flows at loan mod
285000
17
Less: Post modification principal payments
2500
 
Plus:
 
19
Attorneys' fees
0
20
Foreclosure costs, including titre search, tiling fees, advertising, etc.
500
21
Property protection costs, maint. and repairs
7000
22
Tax and insurance advances
2000
 
Other Advances
 
23
Appraisal/Broker's Price Opinion fees
 
24
Inspections
0
25
Other
0
 
Gross balance recoverable by Assuming Institution
292000
 
Cash Recoveries :
 
26
Net liquidation proceeds (from HUD-1 settl stmt)
201000
27
Hazard Insurance proceeds
0
33
MI Claim Date
19000100
34
MI Claim Amount
0
35
MI Response Date
19000100
28
Mortgage Insurance proceeds
0
29
T & I escrow account balances, if positive
0
30
Other credits, if any (itemize)
0
 
Total Cash Recovery
201000

 
Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement
February 21, 2012
SF-54
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota


 
 
 
 


31
Loss Amount
91000

 
Note: If the calculated Loss Amount is negative, meaning loss event proceeds are greater than the gross balance recoverable by the Assuming Institution, the claim is considered a recovery and reduces the total reported loss claim amount prior to applying the Applicable Percentage. If the total amount of the Certificate loss claim is negative, the payment amount due the FDIC is calculated by applying the Applicable Percentage.
 





































Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement
February 21, 2012
SF-55
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota


 
 
 
 

Notes to Exhibits 2c (Foreclosure)
 
1.
The data shown are for illustrative purposes.
   
2.
The Covered Loss is the difference between the gross balance recoverable by Assuming Institution and the total cash recovery. There are three methods of calculation for Foreclosure Loss, depending upon the circumstance:
   
 
a.
Use Exhibit 2c(1) for loans written down to book value prior to bank failure(based on the loan balance specified on Schedule 4.15A ) less any post closing principal payments.
     
 
b.
If a Restructuring Loss was submitted prior to the foreclosure liquidation, use Exhibit 2c(3) . This version uses the Net Present Value (NPV) of the modified loan as the starting point for the Covered Loss less post modification principal payments.
     
 
c.
Otherwise, use Exhibit 2c(2) . The unpaid balance of the loan as of the last payment date is the starting point for this Foreclosure Loss calculation.
     
3.
The gross balance recoverable by the Assuming Institution (shown after line 25) is calculated as: line 13 minus line 14 plus lines 19-25 for Exhibit 2c(1) , the sum of lines 15, 18-25 for Exhibit 2c(2) , line 13 minus line 14 plus lines 19-25 for Exhibit 2c(3) .
   
4.
For all Exhibits 2c , the Assuming Institution's (or Third Party Servicer's) reasonable and customary out-of-pocket costs paid to either a third party or an Affiliate for foreclosure, property protection and maintenance costs, repairs, assessments, taxes, insurance and similar items are treated as part of the gross recoverable balance, to the extent they are not paid from funds in the borrower's escrow account, and are limited to amounts specified in Federal National Mortgage Association or Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation guidelines (as in effect from time to time).
   
5.
The total cash recovery is calculated as the sum of lines 26-30, 33-35 for all Exhibits 2c and is shown after line 30.
   
6.
Reasonable and customary third party attorneys' fees and expenses incurred by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution in connection with any enforcement procedures, or otherwise with respect to such loan, are reported under attorneys' fees.
   
7.
Do not include late fees, prepayment penalties or any similar lender fees or charges by the Failed Bank or the Assuming Institution to the loan account, any allocation of the Assuming Institution's servicing costs, or any allocations of the Assuming Institution's general and administrative (G&A) or other operating costs.
   
8.
Net liquidation proceeds are gross of any claimed amounts and Accrued Interest amounts.



Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement
February 21, 2012
SF-56
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota


 
 
 
 

9.
If Exhibit 2c(1) , or 2c(3) is used, then no Accrued Interest may be included as a Covered Loss. Otherwise, the amount of Accrued Interest that may be included as a Covered Loss is limited to the minimum of:
   
 
a.
ninety (90) days;
     
 
b.
the number of days that the loan is delinquent when the property was sold; or
     
 
c.
the number of days between the resolution date and the date when the property was sold.
     
 
To calculate Accrued Interest, apply the note interest rate that would have been in effect if the loan were performing to the principal balance after application of the last payment made by the borrower.
































Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement
February 21, 2012
SF-57
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota


 
 
 
 

EXHIBIT 2d(I)
 
CALCULATION OF HOME EQUITY LOAN LOSS
 
Note: This is an example only and not representative of any transaction.

1
Shared-Loss Month:
20090531
2
Loan*
58776
3
Interest paid-to-dale
20081201
4
Charge-Off Date
20090531
5
Note Interest rate
0.03500
6
Occupancy
Owner
 
If owner occupied:
 
7
Household current annual income
0
8
Valuation Date
20090402
9
Valuation Amount
230000
10
Valuation Type (INT, EXTP, AVM, BPO, DA, DB, FA, PAU and TV)
BPO
11
Balance of superior liens
300000
 
Charge-Off Loss calculation
 
12
Loan Principal balance
55000
13
Charge-off amount (principal only)
55000
 
Plus:
 
14
Accrued Interest, limited to 90 days
481
15
Attorneys' fees
0
16
Foreclosure costs, including title search, filing fees, advertising, etc.
250
 
Property protection costs, maint., repairs and any costs or
 
17
expenses relating to environmental conditions
0
18
Tax and Insurance advances
0
 
Other Advances
 
19
Appraisal/Broker's Price Opinion fees
75
20
Inspections
0
21
Other
0
 
Gross balance recoverable by Assuming Institution
55806
22
Foreclosure sale proceeds
0
23
Hazard Insurance proceeds
0
31
MI Claim Date
19000100
32
MI Claim Amount
 
33
MI Response Date
19000100
24
Mortgage Insurance proceeds
0
25
Tax overage
 
26
First lien payoff
1500
27
Other credits, if any (itemize)
0

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement
February 21, 2012
SF-58
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota


 
 
 
 



 
Total Cash Recovery
1500
     
28
Loss Amount
54306

'Costs with respect to environmental remediation activities are limited to $200,000 unless prior consent of the FDIC



Note: If the calculated Loss Amount is negative, meaning loss event proceeds are greater than the gross balance recoverable by the Assuming Institution, the claim is considered a recovery and reduces the total reported loss claim amount prior to applying the Applicable Percentage. If the total amount of the Certificate loss claim is negative, the payment amount due the FDIC is calculated by applying the Applicable Percentage.




































Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement
February 21, 2012
SF-59
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota


 
 
 
 

EXHIBIT 2d(2)
 
CALCULATION OF RECOVERY
 
WHEN A RESTRUCTURING LOSS HAS BEEN PAID
 
Note: This is an example only and not representative of any transaction.
 
Shared-Loss Month:
 
[input month]
 
Loan No.:
 
[input loan no.)
 
       
NOTE
The calculation of recovery on a loan for which a Restructuring Loss has been paid will only apply if the loan is sold.
       
EXAMPLE CALCULATION
     
Restructuring Loss Information
     
Loan principal balance before restructuring
 
$ 200,000
A
NPV, restructured loan
 
   165,000
B
Loss on restructured loan
 
$   35,000
A - B
Times FDIC applicable loss share % (80%)
 
80%
 
Loss share payment to Assuming
Institution
 
$   28,000
C
Calculation — Recovery amount due to
     
Receiver
     
Loan sales price
 
$ 190,000
 
NPV of restructured loan at mod date
 
   165,000
 
Gain - step 1
 
      25,000
D
         PLUS
     
Loan UPB after restructuring
(1)
200,000
 
Loan UPB at liquidation date
 
192,000
 
Gain - step 2 (principal collections after restructuring)
 
      8,000
E
 
Recovery amount
 
33,000
D + E
Times FDIC loss share %
 
80%
 
Recovery due to FDIC
 
$   26,400
F
       
Net loss share paid to Assuming Institution
 
$     1,600
 
(C — F)
     
Proof Calculation
(2)
   
Loan principal balance
 
$ 200,000
G
Principal collections on loan
 
8,000
 
Sales price for loan
 
   190,000
 
Total collections on loan
 
   198,000
H
Net loss on loan
 
$     2,000
G - H
Times FDIC applicable loss share % (80%)
 
80%
 
Loss share payment to Assuming
 
$     1,600
 
Institution
     


Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement
February 21, 2012
SF-60
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota


 
 
 
 

(1)
This example assumes that the FDIC loan modification program as shown in Exhibit 5 is applied and the loan restructuring does not result in a reduction in the loan principal balance due from the borrower.
(2)
This proof calculation is provided to illustrate the concept and the Assuming Institution is not required to provide this with its Recovery calculations.










































Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement
February 21, 2012
SF-61
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota


 
 
 
 

Notes to Exhibits 2d (Charge-Off)
 
1.
The data shown are for illustrative purposes.
   
2.
The Covered Loss is the difference between the gross loss recoverable by Assuming Institution and the total cash recovery. The gross balance recoverable by the Assuming Institution is calculated as the charge-off amount plus permissible third party fees (sum of lines 13-21). If a charge-off occurred prior to bank failure, the charge-off amount is limited to the loan balance specified on Schedule 4.15A less post closing principal payments. Otherwise the charge-off amount is limited to the outstanding principal balance at the time of the last payment made.
   
3.
For all Exhibits 2d , the Assuming Institution's (or Third Party Servicer's) reasonable and customary out-of-pocket costs paid to either a third party or an Affiliate for foreclosure, property protection and maintenance costs, repairs, assessments, taxes, insurance and similar items are treated as part of the gross recoverable balance, to the extent they are not paid from funds in the borrower's escrow account, and are limited to amounts specified in Federal National Mortgage Association or Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation guidelines (as in effect from time to time).
   
4.
The total cash recovery is calculated as the sum of lines 23-27, and is shown after line 27.
   
5.
Reasonable and customary attorneys' fees and expenses incurred by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution in connection with any enforcement procedures, or otherwise with respect to such loan, are reported under attorneys' fees.
   
6.
Do not include late fees, prepayment penalties, or any similar lender fees or charges by the Failed Bank or the Assuming Institution to the loan account, any allocation of the Assuming Institution's servicing costs or any allocations of the Assuming Institution's general and administrative (G&A) or other operating costs.
   
7.
If a Charge-Off occurred prior to bank failure, no Accrued Interest may be claimed. Otherwise, the amount of Accrued Interest that may be included as a Covered Loss is limited to the minimum of:
   
 
a.
ninety (90) days;
     
 
b.
the number of days that the loan is delinquent when the Charge-Off occurred; or
     
 
c.
the number of days between the resolution date and the Charge-Off date.
     
 
To calculate Accrued Interest, apply the note interest rate that would have been in effect if the loan were performing to the principal balance after application of the last payment made by the borrower.



Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement
February 21, 2012
SF-62
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota


 
 
 
 

EXHIBIT 2e(1)
 
CALCULATION OF LOAN SALE LOSS
 
(LOAN WRITTEN DOWN TO BOOK VALUE PRIOR TO LOSS SHARE)
 
Note: This is an example only and not representative of any transaction.

Exhibit 2e(1)
CALCULATION OF LOAN SALE LOSS
Loan written down to book value prior to Loss Share
     1   
Shared-Loss Month
20100930
22
FDIC Asset ID:
4587999
2
Loan No:
 
7
Valuation Date
20100330
8
Valuation Amount
250000
9
Valuation Type (INT, EXTP, AVM, BPO, DA, DB, FA, PAU and TV)
INT
10
Delinquency Status
F
 
Loan Sale Loss calculation
 
11
Net Book Value per Schedule 4.15A
250000
12
Less: Post closing principal payments
1000
 
Gross balance recoverable by Assuming Institution
249000
 
Cash Recoveries :
 
3
Sale Data
20100920
4
Gross Sale Proceeds
220000
16
Other credits, if any (itemize)
0
 
Total Cash Recovery
220000
5
Loss Amount
29000

Note: If the calculated Loss Amount is negative, meaning loss event proceeds are greater than the gross balance recoverable by the Assuming Institution, the claim is considered a recovery and reduces the total reported loss claim amount prior to applying the Applicable Percentage. If the total amount of the Certificate loss claim is negative, the payment amount due the FDIC is calculated by applying the Applicable Percentage.








Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement
February 21, 2012
SF-63
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota


 
 
 
 

EXHIBIT 2e(2)
 
CALCULATION OF LOAN SALE LOSS
 
(NO PRECEDING LOAN MODIFICATION UNDER LOSS SHARE)
 
Note: This is an example only and not representative of any transaction.

Exhibit 2e(2)
CALCULATION OF LOAN SALE LOSS
No Preceding Loan restructuring under Loss Share
1
Shared-Loss Month
20100930
21
FDIC Loan ID:
8877050
2
Loan No:
 
7
Valuation Date
20100330
8
Valuation Amount
210000
9
Valuation Type (INT, EXTP, AVM, BPO, DA, DB, FA, PAU and TV)
INT
10
Delinquency Status
F
 
Loan Sale Loss calculation
 
13
UPB
285000
 
Gross balance recoverable by Assuming Institution
285000
 
Cash Recoveries :
 
3
Sale Date
20100920
4
Gross Sale Proceeds
200000
16
Other credits, if any (itemize)
0
 
Total Cash Recovery
200000
5
Loss Amount
85000

Note: If the calculated Loss Amount is negative, meaning loss event proceeds are greater than the gross balance recoverable by the Assuming Institution, the claim is considered a recovery and reduces the total reported loss claim amount prior to applying the Applicable Percentage. If the total amount of the Certificate loss claim is negative, the payment amount due the FDIC is calculated by applying the Applicable Percentage.










Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement
February 21, 2012
SF-64
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota


 
 
 
 

EXHIBIT 2e(3)
 
CALCULATION OF LOAN SALE LOSS
 
(LOAN SALE AFTER A COVERED LOAN MODIFICATION)
 
Note: This is an example only and not representative of any transaction.

Exhibit 2e(3)
CALCULATION OF LOAN SALE LOSS
Loan Sale after a Covered Loan Restructuring
1
Shared-Loss Month
20100930
21
FDIC Loan ID:
222512
2
Loan No:
 
7
Valuation Date
20100330
8
Valuation Amount
230000
9
Valuation Type (INT, EXTP, AVM, BPO, DA, DB, FA, PAU and TV)
INT
10
Delinquency Status
F
 
Loan Sale Loss calculation
 
14
NPV of projected cash flows at loan mod
265000
15
Less: Post modification principal payments
2500
 
Gross balance recoverable by Assuming Institution
262500
 
Cash Recoveries :
 
3
Sale Date
20100920
4
Gross Sale Proceeds
205000
16
Other credits, if any (itemize)
 
 
Total Cash Recovery
205000
5
Loss Amount
57500

Note: If the calculated Loss Amount is negative, meaning loss event proceeds are greater than the gross balance recoverable by the Assuming Institution, the claim is considered a recovery and reduces the total reported loss claim amount prior to applying the Applicable Percentage. If the total amount of the Certificate loss claim is negative, the payment amount due the FDIC is calculated by applying the Applicable Percentage.








Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement
February 21, 2012
SF-65
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota


 
 
 
 

Notes to Exhibits 2e (Loan Sale)
 
1.
The data shown are for illustrative purposes.
   
2.
The Covered Loss is the difference between the outstanding loan balance and the gross sales proceeds. There are three methods of calculation for Loan Sale Loss, depending upon the circumstances:
   
 
a.
Use Exhibit 2e(1) for loans written down to book value prior to bank failure (based on the loan balance specified on Schedule 4.15A ) less any post-closing principal payments.
     
 
b.
If a Restructuring Loss was submitted prior to the loan sale, use Exhibit 2e(3) . This version uses the Net Present Value (NPV) of the modified loan as the starting point for the Covered Loss less post modification principal payments.
     
 
c.
Otherwise, use Exhibit 2e(2) . The unpaid balance of the loan as of the last payment date is the starting point for this Loan Sale Loss calculation.
     
3.
All loan sales require FDIC approval.























Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement
February 21, 2012
SF-66
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota


 
 
 
 

EXHIBIT 2.5
 
TRUE-UP
 
Pursuant to Section 2.5(a) of this Agreement, the following calculation applies to determine any payment due by the Assuming Institution to the Receiver on the True-Up Date. All capitalized terms used in this Exhibit 2.5 have the meanings defined or referenced in Article 8 of this Agreement.
 
X
=
A-(B+C-FD)
   
2

Where:

X = the amount payable to the Receiver pursuant to Section 2.5(a)

A = 20% of the Intrinsic Loss Estimate

B = 20% of the Net Loss Amount

C = 25% of the Asset discount bid, expressed in dollars, of total Shared-Loss Loans on Schedules 4.15A and 4.15B as of the Bank Closing Date

D = 3.5% of total Shared-Loss Loans on Schedules 4.15A and 4.15B as of the Bank Closing Date




















Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement
February 21, 2012
SF-67
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota


 
 
 
 


EXHIBIT 3
 
PORTFOLIO PERFORMANCE AND SUMMARY SCHEDULE
 


SHARED-LOSS LOANS
PORTFOLIO PERFORMANCE AND SUMMARY SCHEDULE
MONTH ENDED:                                                                           [input report month]

POOL SUMMARY
   
     
 
#
$
Loans at Sale Date
xx
xx
     
Loans as of this month-end
xx
xx



             
Percent of Total
PORTFOLIO PERFORMANCE STATUS
   
#
 
$
 
#
Current
             
30 — 59 days past due
             
60 — 89 days past due
             
90 — 119 days past due
             
120 and over days past due
             
In foreclosure
             
ORE
             
Total
             
Memo Item :
             
Loans in process of restructuring — total
             
Loans in bankruptcy
             
Loans in process of restructuring by delinquency status
             
Current
             
30 - 59 days past due
             
60 - 89 days past due
             
90 - 119 days past due
             
120 and over days past due In foreclosure
             
Total
             




Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement
February 21, 2012
SF-68
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota


 
 
 
 

List of Loans Paid Off During Month

Loan #
Principal
Balance

List of Loans Sold During Month

Loan #
Principal
Balance

































Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement
February 21, 2012
SF-69
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota


 
 
 
 

EXHIBIT 4
 
WIRE TRANSFER INSTRUCTIONS
 
BANK RECEIVING WIRE
 
   
9 DIGIT ABA ROUTING NUMBER
 
   
ACCOUNT NUMBER
 
   
NAME OF ACCOUNT
 
   
ATTENTION TO WHOM
 
   
PURPOSE OF WIRE
 
   
FDIC RECEIVER WIRING INSTRUCTIONS
 
BANK RECEIVING WIRE
 
   
SHORT NAME
 
   
ADDRESS OF BANK RECEIVING WIRE
 
   
9 DIGIT ABA ROUTING NUMBER
 
   
ACCOUNT NUMBER
 
   
NAME OF ACCOUNT
 
   
ATTENTION TO WHOM
 
   
PURPOSE OF WIRE
 
   












Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement
February 21, 2012
SF-70
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota


 
 
 
 

EXHIBIT 5
 
FDIC MORTGAGE LOAN MODIFICATION PROGRAM
 
Objective

The objective of this FDIC Mortgage Loan Modification Program ( “Program” ) is to modify the terms of certain residential mortgage loans so as to improve affordability, increase the probability of performance, allow borrowers to remain in their homes and increase the value of the loans to the FDIC and assignees. The Program provides for the modification of Qualifying Loans (as defined below) by reducing the borrower's monthly housing debt to income ratio ( “DTI Ratio” ) to no more than 31% at the time of the modification and eliminating adjustable interest rate and negative amortization features.
 
Qualifying Loans

In order for a mortgage loan to be a Qualifying Loan it must meet all of the following criteria, which must be confirmed by the lender:
 
 
·
The collateral securing the mortgage loan is owner-occupied and the owner's primary residence; and
 
 
·
The mortgagee has a first priority lien on the collateral; and
 
 
·
Either the borrower is at least 60 days delinquent or a default is reasonably foreseeable.
 
Modification Process

The lender shall undertake a review of its mortgage loan portfolio to identify Qualifying Loans. For each Qualifying Loan, the lender shall determine the net present value ( “NPV” ) of the modified loan and shall provide the methodology employed to determine the NPV, and a certification that the lender's model assumptions are documented and validated through periodic independent reviews. A sound model validation process includes the lender's modeling assumptions, consideration of industry standards and results and the lender's own portfolio experiences, other available models or predictors, and any model validation requirements of the lender's chartering authority.
 
If the NPV of a Qualifying Loan will exceed the value of the foreclosed collateral upon disposition, then the Qualifying Loan shall be modified so as to reduce the borrower's monthly DTI Ratio to 31% at the time of the modification. To achieve this, the lender shall use a combination of interest rate reduction, term extension and principal forbearance, as necessary.
 
The borrower's monthly DTI Ratio shall be a percentage calculated by dividing borrower's gross monthly housing payment (including principal, interest, taxes and insurance, any homeowners' association dues, i.e., PITIA) by the borrower's monthly income. For the purpose of the foregoing calculation:
 
(1) the borrower's monthly income shall be defined as the borrower's (along with any co-borrowers') income amount before any payroll deductions and includes wages and salaries, overtime pay, commissions, fees, tips, bonuses, housing allowances, other compensation for
 
Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement
February 21, 2012
SF-71
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota


 
 
 
 

personal services, Social Security payments, including Social Security received by adults on behalf of minors or by minors intended for their own support, and monthly income from annuities, insurance policies, retirement funds, pensions, disability or death benefits, unemployment benefits, rental income and other income. All income information must be documented and verified. If the borrower receives public assistance or collects unemployment, the Assuming Institution must determine whether the public assistance or unemployment income will continue for at least nine (9) months.
 
(2) the borrower's monthly housing payment shall be the amount required to pay monthly principal and interest plus one-twelfth of the then current annual amount required to pay real property taxes and homeowner's insurance with respect to the collateral.
 
In order to calculate the monthly principal payment, the lender shall capitalize to the outstanding principal balance of the Qualifying Loan the amount of all delinquent interest, delinquent taxes, past due insurance premiums, third party fees and (without duplication) escrow advances (such amount, the “Capitalized Balance” ).
 
In order to achieve the goal of reducing the DTI Ratio to 31%, the lender shall take the following steps in the following order of priority with respect to each Qualifying Loan:
 
       
1.
Reduce the interest rate to the then current Primary Mortgage Market Survey ® (PMMS) for 30-year fixed-rate loans, and adjust the term to 30 years.
     
 
2.
If the DTI Ratio is still in excess of 31%, reduce the interest rate further, but no lower than 3%, until the DTI ratio of 31% is achieved, for a period of five (5) years.
     
 
3.
If the DTI Ratio is still in excess of 31% after adjusting the interest rate to 3%, extend the remaining term of the loan by 10 years.
     
 
4.
If the DTI Ratio is still in excess of 31%, calculate a new monthly payment (the “Adjusted Payment Amount” ) that will result in the borrower's monthly DTI Ratio not exceeding 31%. After calculating the Adjusted Payment Amount, the lender shall bifurcate the Capitalized Balance into two portions — the amortizing portion and the non-amortizing portion. The amortizing portion of the Capitalized Balance shall be the mortgage amount that will fully amortize over a 40-year term at an annual interest rate of 3% and monthly payments equal to the Adjusted Payment Amount. The non-amortizing portion of the Capitalized Balance shall be the difference between the Capitalized Balance and the amortizing portion of the Capitalized Balance. If the amortizing portion of the Capitalized Balance is less than 75% of the current estimated value of the collateral, then the lender may choose not to restructure the loan. If the lender chooses to restructure the loan, then the lender shall forbear on collecting the non-amortizing portion of the Capitalized Balance, and such amount shall be due and payable only upon the earlier of (i) maturity of the modified loan, (ii) a sale of the property or (iii) a pay-off or refinancing of the loan. No interest shall be charged on the non-amortizing portion of the Capitalized Balance, but repayment shall be secured by a first lien on the collateral.



Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement
February 21, 2012
SF-72
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota


 
 
 
 

At the end of the five (5) year period in paragraph 2, above, the interest rate on the modified loan shall adjust to the Primary Mortgage Market Survey® (PMMS) for 30-year fixed-rate loans as of the date of the loan modification, but subject to an annual adjustment cap of one percent (1%) per year. At that time, the monthly amount due by the borrower will also adjust to amortize fully the remaining Capitalized Balance (or, in any case in which the Capitalized Balance was bifurcated, the amortizing portion thereof) over the remaining term of the modified loan.
 
Special Note:
 
The NPV calculation used to determine whether a loan should be modified based on the modification process above is distinct and different from the net present value calculation used to determine the Covered Loss if the loan is modified. Please refer only to the net present value calculation described in this exhibit for the modification process, with its separate assumptions, when determining whether to provide a modification to a borrower. Separate assumptions may include, without limitation, the Assuming Institution's determination of a probability of default without modification, a probability of default with modification, home price forecasts, prepayment speeds, and event timing. These assumptions are applied to different projected cash flows over the term of the loan, such as the projected cash flow of the loan performing or defaulting without modification and the projected cash flow of the loan performing or defaulting with modification.
 
By contrast, the net present value for determining the Covered Loss is based on a 10 year period. While the assumptions in the net present value calculation used in the modification process may change, the net present value calculation for determining the Covered Loss remains constant.
 
Related Junior Lien Mortgage Loans
 
In cases where the lender holds a junior lien mortgage loan that is collateralized by the same property that collateralizes a Qualifying Loan that is modified as described above, the junior lien mortgage loan shall also be modified to enhance overall affordability to the borrower. At a minimum, the lender shall reduce the interest rate on the junior lien mortgage loan to no more than 2% per annum. Further modifications may be made at the lender's discretion as needed to support affordability and performance of the modified first lien Qualifying Loan.
 












Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement
February 21, 2012
SF-73
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota


 
 
 
 

EXHIBIT 5.3(a)
 
SINGLE FAMILY SHARED-LOSS LOANS
 
Single Family Active Loan Listing

1.
Property type
2.
Lien Status
3.
Original loan amount
4.
Documentation
5.
Original Credit Score
6,
Original LTV
7.
Original combined LTV
8.
Original front-end DTI
9.
Original back-end DTI
10.
Negative Amortization cap
11.
Property city
12.
Property state
13.
Property street address
14.
Property zip
15.
Maturity date
16.
MI Coverage
17.
Occupancy
18.
Interest rate type
19.
Product Type
20.
Loan amortization type
21.
Lookback
22.
Interest Rate Spread
23.
Interest rate index
24.
Lifetime Interest Rate Cap
25.
Interest rate floor
26.
First interest cap
27.
Periodic interest rate cap
28.
Periodic interest floor
29.
Payment Adjustment Cap
30.
Outstanding Unpaid Principal Balance
31.
Interest rate
32.
Interest Paid to Date
33.
Next payment due date
34.
Scheduled Principal and Interest Amount
35.
Escrow Taxes and Insurance Payment
36.
Escrow balance
37.
Next interest rate reset date
38.
Next payment reset date
39.
Rate reset period
40.
Payment reset period
41.
Payment History

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement
February 21, 2012
SF-74
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota


 
 
 
 

42.
Exceptional Loan Status
43.
Valuation date
44.
Valuation amount
45.
Valuation Type
46.
Household income
47.
Current Credit Score
48.
HELOC Maximum Draw Amount
49.
HELOC Draw Period End Date
50.
Superior Lien Balance
51.
FDIC Asset ID
52.
Origination Date
53.
Last Renewal Date
54.
Number of Renewals
55.
Guarantor
56.
Nonaccrual
57.
Last Payment Date
58.
LSBO
59.
Undisbursed Commitment availability
60.
Credit Line Status
61.
HELOC Amount Advanced
   
Non-Single Family Active Loan Listing
 
1.
Borrower ID
2.
Short Name
3.
Long Name
4.
Address line 1
5.
Address line 2
6.
Address line 3
7.
City
8.
State
9.
Zip Code
10.
Taxpayer ID
11.
Business Type
12.
Relationship Name
13.
Relationship ID
14.
Credit Score
15.
Stock symbol
16.
Out of Territory
17.
Insiders and Employees
18.
Lending Division
19.
Lending Officer
20.
Branch ID



Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement
February 21, 2012
SF-75
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota


 
 
 
 

21.
Note number
22.
Balance outstanding
23.
Undisbursed Commitment availability
24.
Original Amount
25.
Origination Date
26.
Last renewal date
27.
Maturity Date
28.
Last extension date
29.
Number of renewals
30.
Number of extensions
31.
Note purpose
32.
Collateral Code
33.
Interest Rate
34.
Interest Rate Index
35.
Interest Rate Spread
36.
Interest earned not collected
37.
Borrower's internal rating
38.
Borrower's rating date
39.
Note risk rating
40.
Note balance rated pass
41.
Note balance rated special mention
42.
Note balance rated substandard
43.
Note balance rated doubtful
44.
Charge off amount
45.
Specific Reserve
46.
Shared National Credit
47.
Guarantor
48.
Days Past Due
49.
Interest paid-to date
50.
Nonaccrual
51.
Times Past Due 30 59
52.
Times Past Due 60 89
53.
Times Past Due 90+
54.
Loan Type
55.
FFIEC Code
56.
Participation indicator
57.
Amount Sold
58.
Participation Sold Original Amount
59.
Collateral description
60.
Loan for sale
61.
Next due date





Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement
February 21, 2012
SF-76
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota


 
 
 
 

62.
Payment frequency
63.
Variable Rate
64.
Periodic Interest Rate Cap
65.
Interest Rate Reset Interval
66.
Lifetime Interest Rate Cap
67.
Troubled Debt Restructured
68.
Amortizing/Non-amortizing status
69.
Payment amount
70.
Last Payment Date
71.
Capitalized Interest
72.
Number of payments in contract
73.
Collateral Value
74.
Collateral Valuation/Appraisal Date
75.
Lien Status
76.
Block Numbering Area or Census Tract
77.
MSA Code
78.
Dealer Code
79.
Dealer Reserve Balance
80.
Escrow Balance
81.
Co-maker/Joint-maker
82.
Late Charges
83.
FDIC Asset ID
84.
FDIC Asset Type
85.
Share-Loss Quarter
86.
Collateral Property street address
87.
Collateral Property city
88.
Collateral Property state
89.
Collateral Property zip
90.
Payment reset period
91.
First payment date
92.
Interest rate floor
93.
First interest cap
94.
Original LTV
95.
Original combined LTV
96.
Next interest rate reset date
97.
Exceptional Loan Status
98.
Valuation Type
99.
Superior Loan Balance
100.
Modification
101.
Other Adjustments
102.
Assumed Commitment Advances





Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement
February 21, 2012
SF-77
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota


 
 
 
 

103.
Permitted Advances
104.
Capital Expenditures
105.
Interest Reserve
106.
Net Operating Income











































Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement
February 21, 2012
SF-78
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota


 
 
 
 

SCHEDULE 4.15A
 
LOANS SUBJECT TO LOSS SHARING UNDER THE
 
SINGLE FAMILY SHARED-LOSS AGREEMENT
 
This Schedule will be provided post-closing with data as of the Bank Closing Date.
 




































Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement
February 21, 2012
SF-79
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota


 
 
 
 



















EXHIBIT 4.15B
 
COMMERCIAL SHARED-LOSS AGREEMENT
 

























Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement
February 21, 2012
 
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota


 
 
 
 

EXHIBIT 4.15B
 
COMMERCIAL SHARED-LOSS AGREEMENT
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 

ARTICLE 1.                                GENERAL
1
 
5.6
Accounting Principles
21
       
5.7
Records and Reports
22
1.1
Purpose
1
       
1.2
Relationship with Purchase and Assumption
   
ARTICLE 6.                                MISCELLANEOUS
22
 
Agreement
1
       
1.3
Defined Terms
1
 
6.1
Expenses
22
       
6.2
Successors and Assigns
22
ARTICLE 2.                                SHARED-LOSS ARRANGEMENT
1
 
6.3
Waiver of Jury Trial
23
       
6.4
No Third Party Beneficiary
23
2.1
Accounting for and Management of Shared-Loss
   
6.5
Consent, Determination or Discretion
23
 
Assets
1
 
6.6
Rights Cumulative
23
2.2
Payments with Respect to Shared-Loss Assets
2
 
6.7
References
24
2.3
Payments Applicable to Shared-Loss Quarters
2
 
6.8
Notice
24
2.4
Payments Applicable to Recovery Quarters
3
       
2.5
True-Up Payment and Calculation
4
 
ARTICLE 7.                                DISPUTE RESOLUTION
25
2.6
Limitation on Payments
4
       
2.7
Expenses
5
 
7.1
Methods of Resolution
25
2.8
Permitted Advances and Amendments
8
 
7.2
Informal Resolution
25
2.9
Recovery
9
 
7.3
Resolution by Non-Binding Dispute Resolution
 
2.10
Treatment as a Shared-Loss Asset
12
   
Proceeding
25
2.11
Receiver’s Option to Purchase
13
 
7.4
Confidentiality of Compromise Negotiations
25
       
7.5
Payment Resulting from Compromise
 
ARTICLE 3.                                ADMINISTRATION OF SHARED-
     
Negotiations
25
LOSS ASSETS
14
 
7.6
Formal Resolution
25
       
7.7
Limitation on FDIC Party
26
3.1
Management Standards Regarding Administration
14
 
7.8
Effectiveness of Agreement Pending Dispute
26
3.2
Assuming Institution’s Responsibilities and Duties
14
 
7.9
Governing Rules and Law
27
3.3
Third Party Servicers and Affiliates
16
 
7.10
Review Board Proceedings
27
3.4
Utilization by Assuming Institution of Special
   
7.11
Impartiality
28
 
Receivership Powers
17
 
7.12
Schedule
29
3.5
Tax Ruling
17
 
7.13
Written Award
29
       
7.14
Interest Rate on Award
29
ARTICLE 4.                                SALE OF CERTAIN SHARED-LOSS
   
7.15
Payments
29
ASSETS
17
 
7.16
Fees, Costs and Expenses
29
       
7.17
Binding and Conclusive Nature
29
4.1
Sales of Shared-Loss Assets
17
 
7.18
No Precedent
30
4.2
Calculation of Gain or Loss on Sale
18
 
7.19
Confidentiality; Proceedings, Information and
 
4.3
Sale of ORE, Additional ORE or Subsidiary ORE
18
   
Documents
30
       
7.20
Confidentiality of Arbitration Award
30
ARTICLE 5.                                CERTIFICATES, REPORTS AND
   
7.21
Extension of Time Periods
30
RECORDS
18
 
7.22
Venue
30
             
5.1
Reporting Obligations of the Assuming Institution
18
 
ARTICLE 8.                                DEFINITIONS
30
5.2
Quarterly Certificates
18
       
5.3
Notification of Certain Transactions
20
       
5.4
Notification of Related Loans
20
       
5.5
Auditor’s Report; Right to Audit
20
     








Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement
February 21, 2012
C-i
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota


 
 
 
 

EXHIBITS

   
Page
True-Up
Exhibit 2.5
38
Exclusion from Reimbursable Expenses
Exhibit 2.7
39
Interest Income as a Recovery
Exhibit 2.9
40
Form of Quarterly Certificates
Exhibit 5.2
41


SCHEDULES


   
Page
Loans Subject to Loss-Sharing under the Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement
Schedule 4.15B
45
Shared-Loss Subsidiaries
Schedule 4.15D
46





























Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement
February 21, 2012
C-ii
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota


 
 
 
 

EXHIBIT 4.15B
 
COMMERCIAL SHARED-LOSS AGREEMENT
 
A.           This Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement and the Exhibits attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference (collectively, the “Agreement” ) is made pursuant to and as of the date of that certain Purchase and Assumption Agreement (the “Purchase and Assumption Agreement” ) among the Receiver, the Assuming Institution and the Corporation, to which this Agreement is attached.
 
B.           This Agreement shall apply only if the Assuming Institution has purchased Shared-Loss Assets (as defined herein) pursuant to the Purchase and Assumption Agreement. Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, it is the intention of the parties that the Receiver and the Assuming Institution shall share certain losses, expenses and Recoveries (as defined herein).
 
A G R E E M E N T
 
ARTICLE 1. GENERAL
 
1.1.             Purpose . The purpose of this Agreement is to set forth requirements regarding, among other things, management of Shared-Loss Assets by the Assuming Institution and procedures for notices, consents, reporting and payments. In administering the Shared-Loss Assets, the Assuming Institution shall at all times comply with the Management Standards set forth in Article 3.
 
1.2.             Relationship with Purchase and Assumption Agreement . To the extent that any inconsistencies may arise between the terms of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement and this Agreement with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement, the terms of this Agreement shall control.
 
1.3.             Defined Terms . The capitalized terms used in this Agreement have the meanings defined or referenced in Article 8.
 
ARTICLE 2. SHARED-LOSS ARRANGEMENT .
 
2.1.            Accounting for and Management of Shared-Loss Assets .
 
(a)            Initial Values . The Assuming Institution shall record the Shared-Loss Assets on its Accounting Records at their respective Book Values as of the Commencement Date.
 
(b)            Adjustments . After the Commencement Date, the Assuming Institution shall adjust the Book Values of the Shared-Loss Assets in accordance with this Agreement, the Examination Criteria and Article VIII of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
 
(c)            Management . The Assuming Institution shall manage and account for the Shared-Loss Assets in accordance with this Agreement.
 
(d)            Loss Mitigation . Within 90 days of bank closing, the Assuming Institution shall submit to the FDIC for approval a written loss mitigation plan. The loss mitigation plan
 


Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement
February 21, 2012
C-1
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota


 
 
 
 

shall be updated annually and submitted to FDIC. The Assuming Institution shall, in implementing its loss mitigation plan with respect to each Shared Loss Asset in default or for which a default is reasonably foreseeable, (A) undertake and document loss mitigation efforts that must include loan restructuring, short-sale and any other appropriate methods of loss mitigation and (B) select the method that the Assuming Institution determines will result in the least Loss, based on its estimated and documented calculations. On a quarterly basis the Assuming Institution shall deliver to the FDIC the internal management reports utilized to monitor the status of loan restructurings in process for assets on Schedule 4.15B as well as assets that have successfully undergone documented loan restructurings.
 
2.2.            Payments with Respect to Shared-Loss Assets .
 
(a)            Calculation and Method of Payments . Subject to the conditions of this Agreement, the parties shall make the payments set forth in this Article 2. All payments made by a party under this Agreement shall be made by wire transfer.
 
(b)            Timing of Payments .
 
(i)           Payments by the Receiver under this Article 2 shall be made within thirty (30) days following the date on which the Receiver receives the Quarterly Certificate with respect to each Shared-Loss Quarter or Recovery Quarter, provided that the Quarterly Certificate is complete, accurate, timely and in compliance with the requirements of this Agreement.
 
(ii)           Payments by the Assuming Institution under this Article 2 shall be made on or before the due date for the Quarterly Certificate for each Shared-Loss Quarter or Recovery Quarter, as applicable.
 
(c)            Source of Receiver's Funds . Payment obligations of the Receiver with respect to this Agreement shall be treated as administrative expenses of the Receiver pursuant to 12 U.S.0 § 1821(d)(11). To the extent that the Receiver requires funds to make payments relating to Shared-Loss Assets pursuant to this Agreement, the Receiver shall request funds under the Master Loan and Security Agreement between the FDIC in its corporate capacity and the FDIC in its receivership capacity, with respect to any receivership, dated as of May 21, 2009, as amended.
 
(d)            Shared-Loss Subsidiaries . Covered Losses with respect to Subsidiary Shared-Loss Loans and Subsidiary ORE shall not exceed the Applicable Percentage of the Investment in Subsidiary of each Shared-Loss Subsidiary, if any, identified on Schedule 4.15D as the owner of each such Subsidiary Shared-Loss Loans or Subsidiary ORE.
 
2.3.             Payments Applicable to Shared-Loss Quarters . For each Shared-Loss Quarter, pursuant to the applicable Quarterly Certificate, one of the payments described at (a) or (b) below shall be made, as appropriate, with respect to Shared-Loss Assets:
 
(a)            Covered Loss Payments by the Receiver . The Receiver shall pay to the Assuming Institution the Applicable Percentage of the “Covered Loss” which is an amount equal to:
 


Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement
February 21, 2012
C-2
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota


 
 
 
 

(i)           the sum of:
 
(A)           Charge-Offs; Rim
 
(B)           Reimbursable Expenses attributable to Shared-Loss Assets; minus
 
(C)           Recoveries; and
 
(ii)           fifty per cent (50%) of collections on Fully Charged-Off Assets less fifty per cent (50%) of any expenses attributable to such Fully Charged-Off Assets, provided and only to the extent that such expenses would be Reimbursable Expenses if such Fully Charged-Off Assets were Shared-Loss Assets.
 
(b)            Covered Gain Payments by the Assuming Institution . If the result of the calculation described in Section 2.3(a)(i) is a negative amount (the “Covered Gain” ), the Assuming Institution shall pay the Applicable Percentage of such amount to the Receiver.
 
2.4.             Payments Applicable to Recovery Quarters . For each Recovery Quarter, pursuant to the applicable Quarterly Certificate, the payments described at (a) and (b) below shall be made, as appropriate, with respect to Shared-Loss Assets:
 
(a)            Payments by the Receiver . The Receiver shall pay to the Assuming Institution an amount equal to the Applicable Percentage of any Reimbursable Expenses, for the period through and including the last Shared-Loss Quarter, which are specified on the Quarterly Certificate for the first Recovery Quarter.
 
(b)            Payments by the Assuming Institution . The Assuming Institution shall pay to the Receiver:
 
(i)           an amount equal to the Applicable Percentage of Net Recoveries for each Recovery Quarter; plus
 
(ii)           an amount equal to fifty per cent (50%) of any collections on Fully Charged-Off Assets minus fifty per cent (50%) of any Reimbursable Expenses attributable to such Fully Charged-Off Assets.
 
(c)            Net Recoveries . “Net Recoveries” means gross Recoveries during any Calendar Quarter minus Reimbursable Expenses during such Calendar Quarter.
 
(d)            Negative Net Recoveries . If Net Recoveries received in a Recovery Quarter is a negative amount, then the amount of such Net Recoveries shall be offset against the amount of gross Recoveries received in the following Recovery Quarter to determine the amount of Net Recoveries for that following Recovery Quarter. If, after applying the preceding provisions, Net Recoveries received in any subsequent Recovery Quarter is also a negative amount, the provisions of this Section 2.4(d) shall continue to apply to determine the amount of Net Recoveries in each such subsequent Recovery Quarter.
 


Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement
February 21, 2012
C-3
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota


 
 
 
 

2.5.            True-Up Payment and Calculation .
 
(a)            Payment Obligation of the Assuming Institution . If the Assuming Institution's Bid Amount, as set forth in Article VII of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement, includes an “Asset discount bid” which represents five percent (5%) or more of the purchase price of the Assets determined in accordance with Article III of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement, the Assuming Institution shall pay to the Receiver on the True-Up Date any positive amount resulting from the calculation set forth in Exhibit 2.5 .
 
(b)            Reporting of Calculation . On or before the True-Up Date the Assuming Institution shall deliver to the Receiver a schedule, signed by the chief executive officer or the chief financial officer of the Assuming Institution, setting forth in reasonable detail the calculation described in Exhibit 2.5 , including the calculation of the Net Loss Amount.
 
2.6.            Limitation on Payments .
 
(a)            Failure to Administer . If the Assuming Institution fails to administer any Shared-Loss Asset in accordance with the provisions of Article 3, the Receiver may determine that such asset will not be treated as a Shared-Loss Asset pursuant to this Agreement.
 
(b)            Receiver's Right to Withhold Payment . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article 2, the Receiver may withhold all or any portion of a payment to the Assuming Institution of the amount requested in a Quarterly Certificate if the Receiver determines that:
 
(i)           the Quarterly Certificate is incomplete, inaccurate or untimely;
 
(ii)           based upon the Examination Criteria, a Charge-Off of a Shared-Loss Asset should not have been effected by the Assuming Institution;
 
(iii)           there is a reasonable basis under the terms of this Agreement for denying the eligibility of amounts included in a Quarterly Certificate for which reimbursement or payment is sought;
 
(iv)           with respect to a particular Shared-Loss Asset, the Assuming Institution has not complied or is not complying with the Management Standards;
 
(v)           the Assuming Institution has failed to comply with the requirements set forth in Section 5.5 including, but not limited to permitting the Receiver, its agents, contractors and/or employees to determine compliance with this Agreement pursuant to Section 5.5(c); or
 
(vi)           a retroactive accounting adjustment is to be made by the Receiver pursuant to Section 5.5(c).
 
(c)            Opportunity to Cure; Payment .
 
(i)           In the event that a determination is made to withhold an amount pursuant to Section 2.6(b), the Receiver shall provide the Assuming Institution with
 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement
February 21, 2012
C-4
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota


 
 
 
 

notice detailing the grounds for withholding such amount and the Assuming Institution shall cure any deficiency within a reasonable period of time.
 
(ii)           If the Assuming Institution demonstrates to the satisfaction of the Receiver that the grounds for withholding a payment, or any part thereof, no longer exist or have been cured, the Receiver shall pay the Assuming Institution the amount which the Receiver determines is eligible for payment within thirty (30) days following the date of such determination.
 
(iii)           If the Assuming Institution does not cure any such deficiency within a reasonable period of time, the Receiver may withhold payment as described in Section 2.6 (b) with respect to the affected Shared-Loss Asset(s), but such withholding will not affect the Receiver's obligation to make any other payment properly due pursuant to this Agreement.
 
(d)            Adjustments . In the event that the Receiver withholds payment with respect to a Charge-Off of a Shared-Loss Asset or determines pursuant to Section 2.6(b) that a payment was improperly made, the Assuming Institution and the Receiver shall, upon final resolution of such issue, make such accounting adjustments and payments as may be necessary to give retroactive effect to such actions.
 
(e)            Interest on Payments . Any payment by the Receiver pursuant to Section 2.6(d) shall be made together with interest on the amount thereof that accrues with effect from five (5) Business Days after the date on which payment was agreed or determined to be due until such amount is paid. The annual interest rate shall be determined by the Receiver based on the coupon equivalent of the three (3)-month U.S. Treasury Bill Rate in effect as of the first Business Day of each Calendar Quarter during which such interest accrues as reported in the Federal Reserve Board Statistical Release for Selected Interest Rates H.15 opposite the caption “Treasury bills (secondary market), 3-Month” or, if not so reported for such day, for the next preceding Business Day for which such rate was so reported.
 
(f)            Determination of Disputes . Any dispute arising under this Section 2.6 shall be resolved pursuant to the dispute resolution procedures of Article 7.
 
2.7.            Expenses .
 
(a)            Reimbursable Expenses . Reimbursable Expenses incurred by the Assuming Institution for a product, service or activity may be reimbursable or recoverable by the Assuming Institution and may be included for the purpose of calculating payments relating to Shared-Loss Assets. “Reimbursable Expenses” means actual, reasonable and necessary out-of-pocket expenses incurred in the usual, prudent and lawful management of a Shared-Loss Asset which are paid to third parties by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution or its Affiliates for a Shared-Loss Quarter or a Recovery Quarter, as applicable, in respect of the following expenditure:
 
(i)           expenses to recover amounts owed with respect to:
 


Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement
February 21, 2012
C-5
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota


 
 
 
 

(A)           Shared-Loss Assets as to which a Charge-Off was effected prior to the end of the final Shared-Loss Quarter as reflected on the Accounting Records of the Assuming Institution; and
 
(B)           Failed Bank Charge-Offs;
 
(ii)           expenses to recover amounts described in paragraph (i) which relate to an Environmental Assessment and any environmental conditions relating to the Shared-Loss Assets, including remediation expenses for any pollutant or contaminant and fees for consultants retained to assess the presence, storage or release of any hazardous or toxic substance or any pollutant or contaminant relating to the collateral securing a Shared-Loss Asset that has been fully or partially charged-off, in each case up to a maximum of $200,000 per Shared-Loss Asset, except as provided in the last paragraph of this Section 2.7(a);
 
(iii)           ORE Expenses to the extent that such amount exceeds any ORE Income;
 
(iv)           reasonable and necessary litigation expenses with respect to maximizing Recoveries of Shared-Loss Assets but excluding amounts, if any, incurred with respect to any alleged improper conduct of the Assuming Institution;
 
(v)           fees incurred for attorneys, appraisers and other independent professional consultants engaged as necessary to assist in collections of Shared-Loss Assets, up to a maximum of $100,000 per Shared-Loss Asset, except as provided in the last paragraph of this Section 2.7(a);
 
(vi)           a proportion of expenses for collections by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution on an Asset other than a Shared-Loss Asset with a Book Value greater than zero which are applied to both that Book Value and to a Failed Bank Charge-Off, equal to the collections on such Asset which are applied to the Failed Bank Charge-Off divided by the total collections on such Asset; and
 
(vii)           with respect to the final Recovery Quarter, Reimbursable Expenses may include (A) a Net ORE Loss Carryforward if applicable and to the extent set forth in Section 2.9(g)(iii) and (B) any ORE Expenses to the extent that such amount exceeds ORE Income.
 
If the Assuming Institution estimates in good faith that required expenditures for the purposes described (A) in paragraph (ii) may exceed $200,000 or (B) in paragraph (v) may exceed $100,000 with respect to a particular Shared-Loss Asset, and provides the Receiver with advance notice and details thereof prior to incurring any such expenditure, the Receiver may, in its sole and absolute discretion, consent to such greater amount being deemed a Reimbursable Expense for purposes of this Agreement.
 
(b)            Exclusions . Reimbursable Expenses do not include the following:
 
(i)           Capitalized Expenditures;
 


Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement
February 21, 2012
C-6
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota


 
 
 
 

(ii)           amounts paid to Affiliates of the Assuming Institution;
 
(iii)           with respect to Shared-Loss Assets with prior Failed Bank Charge-Offs or Charge-Offs or write-downs for which the Assuming Institution is recognizing interest income as described in Section 2.9(d), the portion of the expense attributable to that Shared-Loss Loan which is derived by applying the calculation set forth in Exhibit 2.7 ;
 
(iv)           Federal, State or local income taxes and expenses related thereto;
 
(v)           salaries, other compensation and related benefits of employees of the Assuming Institution and its Affiliates including, without limitation, bonus, commission or severance arrangements, training, payroll taxes, dues and travel- or relocation-related expenses;
 
(vi)           the cost of space occupied by the Assuming Institution or its Affiliates and their respective staff and the rental and maintenance of furniture and equipment;
 
(vii)           expenses for data processing, including the purchase or enhancement of data processing systems;
 
(viii)           except as expressly permitted in Sections 2.7(a)(ii) and 2.7(a)(v), fees for accounting and other independent professional consultants;
 
(ix)           allocated portions of any other overhead or general and administrative expense for services of a type which the Assuming Institution does not normally perform internally;
 
(x)           expenses not incurred in good faith and/or with the same degree of care that the Assuming Institution normally would exercise in the collection of troubled assets in which it alone had an interest;
 
(xi)           servicing fees payable to a third party (including a Third Party Servicer which is an Affiliate of the Assuming Institution), if the Assuming Institution would have provided those services had the relevant Shared-Loss Assets not been subject to this Agreement;
 
(xii)           in a Recovery Quarter, ORE Expenses to the extent that such amount exceeds ORE Income; and
 
(xiii)           expenses which exceed the amount of Recoveries made in any Recovery Quarter.
 
(c)            Reimbursable Expenses Incurred in Shared-Loss Quarters . Reimbursable Expenses for Shared-Loss Quarters shall be submitted to the Receiver in each Quarterly Certificate, and in any event on or before the end of the first Recovery Quarter.
 


Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement
February 21, 2012
C-7
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota


 
 
 
 

(d)            Reimbursable Expenses Incurred in Recovery Quarters . Reimbursable Expenses for Recovery Quarters shall be submitted to the Receiver in the Quarterly Certificate for each Recovery Quarter, and in any event on or before the Termination Date.
 
(e)            Notification of Certain Expenditures .
 
(i)           Under certain circumstances the Assuming Institution may determine that, in order to maximize collection of a Shared-Loss Asset or an Asset on which a Failed Bank Charge-Off has been effected, there is a substantial likelihood that funds will need to be expended after the Bank Closing Date by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution to a third party for a specified purpose, which do not otherwise constitute Reimbursable Expenses. If such expenditure is estimated to exceed ten percent (10%) of the Book Value of such Shared-Loss Asset or Asset, respectively, and that Shared-Loss Asset or Asset has a Legal Balance on the Accounting Records of the Assuming Institution of $1,000,000 or more, then the Assuming Institution shall promptly report such proposed expenditure to the Receiver, and may request that such expenditure be treated as a Permitted Expense.
 
(ii)           Within thirty (30) days following receipt of a notice pursuant to Section 2.7(e)(i), the Receiver will advise the Assuming Institution whether the Receiver grants or withholds its consent to the qualification of the proposed expenditures as a Reimbursable Expense. If consent is withheld, the Assuming Institution shall not be required to make such expenditures and otherwise shall continue to administer such Shared-Loss Asset in accordance with the Management Standards.
 
2.8.             Permitted Advances and Amendments . Pursuant to this Agreement, certain advances in respect of a Shared-Loss Loan and certain amendments in respect of a Shared-Loss Loan or a Shared-Loss Loan Commitment made by the Assuming Institution may be permissible additions to the Book Value of the Shared-Loss Assets, and entitle such Shared-Loss Assets to retain their status as such, if they satisfy certain criteria, as set forth below:
 
(a)            Permitted Advance . A “Permitted Advance” is an advance on a Shared-Loss Loan which is made by the Assuming Institution in good faith, justified by contemporaneous supporting documentation in the Credit File, in accordance with the applicable requirements set forth in Article 3 and with the then effective written internal credit policy guidelines of the Assuming Institution and which meets the following criteria:
 
(i)           it is an advance made by the Assuming Institution, or a legally binding commitment by the Assuming Institution to advance funds and, in either case, funds are advanced fully within one (1) year from the Commencement Date; and
 
(A)           the sum of the following is less than 110% of the Book Value of such Shared-Loss Loan after such advance has been made:
 
(1)           the Book Value of such Shared-Loss Loan; plus
 


Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement
February 21, 2012
C-8
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota


 
 
 
 

(2)           the unfunded amount of the legally binding commitment referred to at Section 2.8(a)(i) with respect to that Shared-Loss Loan;
 
(B)           the Assuming Institution has not taken a Charge-Off with respect to that Shared-Loss Loan; and
 
(C)           no Shared-Loss Loan Commitment exists for such Shared-Loss Loan; or
 
(ii)           it is an advance made by the Assuming Institution which the Assuming Institution determines is necessary to preserve or secure the value of the collateral for a Shared-Loss Loan. In making such determination, the Assuming Institution shall apply the same criteria as it would if the Shared-Loss Assets were owned by the Assuming Institution or any of its Affiliates, and subject to the limitation on expenses related to the remediation, presence, storage or release of any hazardous or toxic substance, pollutant or contaminant as set forth in Section 2.7(a)(ii).
 
(b)            Permitted Amendment . A “Permitted Amendment” is, with respect to any Shared-Loss Loan Commitment or Shared-Loss Loan, any amendment, modification, renewal or extension thereof, or any waiver of any term, right or remedy thereunder which is made by the Assuming Institution in good faith, justified by contemporaneous supporting documentation in the Credit File, in accordance with the applicable requirements set forth in Article 3 and with the then effective written internal credit policy guidelines of the Assuming Institution. A Permitted Amendment may extend the term of a Shared-Loss Loan Commitment or Shared-Loss Loan beyond the end of the final Shared-Loss Quarter or, if later, beyond the term which existed as of the Bank Closing Date, provided, any such extension does not extend shared-loss coverage beyond the fmal Shared-Loss Quarter. A Permitted Amendment must also satisfy the following criteria:
 
(i)           the sum of the following is less than 110% of the Book Value of such Shared-Loss Loan after such amendment or modification has been made:
 
(A)           the Book Value of such Shared-Loss Loan; plus
 
(B)           the unfunded amount of any applicable Shared-Loss Loan Commitment, inclusive of amounts advanced pursuant to such amendment, modification, renewal or extension; and
 
(ii)           with respect to a Shared-Loss Loan Commitment or Shared-Loss Loan which is not a revolving line of credit, it does not increase the amount of principal (A) then remaining available to be advanced by the Assuming Institution under the Shared-Loss Loan Commitment or (B) then outstanding under the Shared-Loss Loan beyond the limit provided in Section 2.8(b)(i); or
 
(iii) with respect to a Shared-Loss Loan Commitment or Shared-Loss Loan which is a revolving line of credit, it does not increase the maximum amount of principal authorized as of the Bank Closing Date to be outstanding at any one time under
 
Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement
February 21, 2012
C-9
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota


 
 
 
 

the underlying revolving line of credit relationship with the debtor beyond the limit provided in Section 2.8(b)(i) (regardless of the extent to which such revolving line of credit may have been funded as of the Bank Closing Date or may subsequently have been funded and/or repaid).
 
2.9.            Recovery .
 
(a)            Calculation of a Recovery . A “Recovery” is the sum of the following amounts (without duplication) for any period, subject to the limitations and exceptions set forth in Section 2.9(b):
 
(i)           collections by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution on Charge-Offs of a Shared-Loss Asset effected by the Assuming Institution prior to the end of the final Shared-Loss Quarter;
 
(ii)           collections by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution on Failed Bank Charge-Offs;
 
(iii)           collections by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution on any Asset on which a Failed Bank Charge-Off has been effected, to the extent that such collections exceed the Book Value of such Asset;
 
(iv)           ORE Income;
 
(v)           collections by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution of any Reimbursable Expenses;
 
(vi)           any gain received on a sale or other disposition of a Shared-Loss Loan or Shared-Loss Subsidiary by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution;
 
(vii)           the amount of any fee or other consideration received by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution for any amendment, modification, renewal, extension, refinance, restructure, commitment, sale or other similar action with respect to a Shared-Loss Loan as to which there exists a Failed Bank Charge-Off or as to which a Charge-Off has been effected by the Assuming Institution during or prior to such period, not exceeding the total of any related Failed Bank Charge-Offs, Charge-Offs and Reimbursable Expenses made with respect to the particular Shared-Loss Loan; and
 
(viii)           interest income, if any, pursuant to Section 2.9(d).
 
(b)            Limitations and Exceptions . In calculating a Recovery, the following shall not be included:
 
(i)           amounts paid to the Assuming Institution by the Receiver pursuant to Article 2;
 
(ii)           amounts received by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution with respect to Charge-Offs effected by the Assuming Institution after the final Shared-Loss Quarter;
 


Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement
February 21, 2012
C-10
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota


 
 
 
 

(iii)           the amount of any gain with respect to Shared-Loss Loans, ORE, Additional ORE or Subsidiary ORE included in a Recovery which exceeds the total amount of any Failed Bank Charge-Offs, Charge-Offs and Reimbursable Expenses made with respect to the particular Shared-Loss Asset; and
 
(iv)           after the final Shared-Loss Quarter, ORE Income except to the extent that aggregate ORE Income exceeds ORE Expenses.
 
(c)            Order of Application . For the purpose of calculating Recoveries, the Assuming Institution shall apply any collections received on an Asset not otherwise applied to reduce the Book Value of such Asset, if applicable, in the following order:
 
(i)           to Charge-Offs and Failed Bank Charge-Offs;
 
(ii)           to Reimbursable Expenses;
 
(iii)           to interest income; and
 
(iv)           to other expenses incurred by the Assuming Institution which are not Reimbursable Expenses.
 
(d)            Interest Income as a Recovery . In the event that (i) there is any amendment, modification, renewal, extension, refinance, restructure, commitment, sale or other similar action with respect to a Shared-Loss Loan as to which there exists a Failed Bank Charge-Off or as to which a Charge-Off has been effected by the Assuming Institution during or prior to a Recovery Period and (ii) as a result, the Assuming Institution recognizes interest income for financial accounting purposes on that Shared-Loss Loan, then a Recovery shall also include the portion of such interest income recognized by the Assuming Institution which is derived by applying the calculation set forth in Exhibit 2.9 subject to the limitations set forth in Section 2.9(e).
 
(e)            Maximum Amount of Interest Income . The amount of any interest income included as a Recovery with respect to a Shared-Loss Loan subject to Section 2.9(d) shall not exceed the total of the following:
 
(i)           Failed Bank Charge-Offs;
 
(ii)           Charge-Offs effected by the Assuming Institution during or prior to the period in which the amount of a Recovery is being determined; and
 
(iii)           Reimbursable Expenses paid to the Assuming Institution pursuant to this Agreement during or prior to the period in which the amount of a Recovery is being determined, all with respect to that particular Shared-Loss Loan.
 
(f)            Application of Collections . Any collections on a Shared-Loss Loan that are not applied to reduce Book Value of principal or recognized as interest income shall be applied pursuant to Section 2.9(c).
 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement
February 21, 2012
C-11
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota


 
 
 
 

(g)            Treatment of Net ORE Loss Carryforward . To determine whether the Assuming Institution is entitled to apply a Net ORE Loss Carryforward at the end of the final Recovery Quarter, the Assuming Institution shall calculate and report the following information with respect to Recovery Quarters:
 
(i)           For any Recovery Quarter other than the final Recovery Quarter, Net ORE Income is calculated as the amount of ORE Income received during such Recovery Quarter less (A) ORE Expenses paid to third parties during such Recovery Quarter and (B) if applicable, Net ORE Loss Carryforward. Any positive Net ORE Income shall be reported as a Recovery on the Quarterly Certificate for such Recovery Quarter.
 
(ii)           For the final Recovery Quarter, Net ORE Income is calculated as the amount of ORE Income received during the final Recovery Quarter less ORE Expenses from the beginning of the final Recovery Quarter up to the date the Assuming Institution is required to deliver the Final Recovery Certificate pursuant to this Agreement.
 
(iii)           If there is a Net ORE Loss Carryforward at the end of the final Recovery Quarter, an amount equal to the Net ORE Loss Carryforward up to but not exceeding the total Net ORE Income reported as a Recovery on Quarterly Certificates for all Recovery Quarters may be included as a Recovery Expense on the Final Recovery Certificate.
 
2.10.            Treatment as a Shared-Loss Asset .
 
(a)            Loss of Right to Receive Shared-Loss Asset Payments . The Assuming Institution shall not be entitled to payments relating to a Shared-Loss Asset pursuant to Section 2.2 if the Assuming Institution or any Affiliate of the Assuming Institution:
 
(i)           sells or otherwise transfers that Shared-Loss Asset or any interest therein (whether with or without recourse) to any Person, other than in compliance with this Agreement;
 
(ii)           makes any additional advance, commitment or increase in the amount of a commitment with respect to that Shared-Loss Loan that does not constitute a Permitted Advance or a Shared-Loss Loan Commitment Advance, in which case the entire Shared-Loss Loan will not be entitled to such payments;
 
(iii)           makes any amendment, modification, renewal or extension of that Shared-Loss Loan that does not constitute a Permitted Amendment;
 
(iv)           manages, administers or collects any Related Loan in a manner which would increase the amount of any collections with respect to that Related Loan to the detriment of the Shared-Loss Asset to which such loan is related; or
 
(v)           fails to administer that Shared-Loss Asset pursuant to the Management Standards, including, without limitation, consistent failure to provide complete, accurate and timely certificates and reports pursuant to Article 5.
 


Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement
February 21, 2012
C-12
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota


 
 
 
 

(b)            Effective Date of Loss of Shared-Loss Asset Treatment . If any of the actions described in Section 2.10(a) occur with respect to a Shared-Loss Asset, the Receiver shall not be obligated to make any payments to the Assuming Institution with respect to any affected Shared-Loss Loan after the date of occurrence of such action. In the event that the Receiver withholds payment pursuant to the foregoing provisions, the Assuming Institution and the Receiver shall make such accounting adjustments and payments as may be necessary to give retroactive effect to such actions.
 
(c)            Treatment of Recoveries . Notwithstanding Sections 2.10(a) and (b), a Shared-Loss Loan which has been the subject of Charge-Offs prior to the occurrence of any action described in Section 2.10(a) shall be treated as a Shared-Loss Asset for the purpose of calculating Recoveries on such Charge-Offs, provided that the amount of Recoveries shall be limited to the amount of such Charge-Offs.
 
2.11.            Receiver's Option to Purchase .
 
(a)            Exercise of Option to Purchase . At any time on or prior to the Termination Date, the Receiver shall have the option, exercisable by notice to the Assuming Institution, to purchase a Shared-Loss Asset or an Asset on which a Failed Bank Charge-Off has been effected which meets any of the following criteria:
 
(i)           if the Shared-Loss Asset has been fully or partially charged-off or written down and the Receiver determines that the Assuming Institution is not diligently pursuing collection efforts with respect to such Shared-Loss Asset;
 
(ii)           if the Shared-Loss Asset is the subject of a request pursuant to Section 2.7(e), notwithstanding any prior consent by the Receiver with respect to any requested expenditures;
 
(iii)           if it is an Asset on which a Failed Bank Charge-Off has been effected; and
 
(iv)           if the Shared-Loss Asset is a Related Loan required to be included in a schedule pursuant to Section 5.4.
 
(b)            Transfer by the Assuming Institution . Within ten (10) Business Days following the date upon which the Assuming Institution receives notice pursuant to Section 2.11(a), the Assuming Institution shall transfer to the Receiver such Shared-Loss Asset or Asset and all Credit Files and Accounting Records relating thereto and shall take all such other actions as may be necessary and appropriate to assign, transfer and convey such Shared-Loss Asset or Asset to the Receiver.
 
(c)            Payment by the Receiver . Within fifteen (15) Business Days after the date upon which the Assuming Institution transfers the Shared-Loss Asset or Asset pursuant to Section 2.11(b), the Receiver shall pay to the Assuming Institution a purchase price equal to:
 
(i)           the principal amount of such Shared-Loss Asset, any fees or penalties due from an Obligor and any Accrued Interest (subject to the limitations set forth at Section 2.11(d)), as stated on the Accounting Records of the Assuming
 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement
February 21, 2012
C-13
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota


 
 
 
 

Institution, as of the date such price is determined (in the case of a Shared-Loss Loan, regardless of the Legal Balance thereof) plus all Reimbursable Expenses incurred up to and through the transfer date of such Shared-Loss Asset pursuant to Section 2.11(b) which have not previously been paid to the Assuming Institution; minus
 
(ii)           the Related Liability Amount applicable to any Related Liabilities related to such Shared-Loss Asset or Asset.
 
(d)            Limitations on Payment by the Receiver . In the case of the purchase of a Shared-Loss Loan:
 
(i)           the price paid pursuant to Section 2.11(c) shall not include any Accrued Interest accruing during the ninety (90) day period prior to the purchase date pursuant to Section 2.11(b), except to the extent that such Accrued Interest is included in the Book Value of such Shared-Loss Loan;
 
(ii)           the Receiver shall be entitled to any collections received by the Assuming Institution after the purchase date, which shall be paid by the Assuming Institution forthwith upon receipt and in any event no later than simultaneously with delivery of the next Quarterly Certificate; and
 
(iii)           for the purposes of determining the amount of unpaid interest which accrued during a given period with respect to a variable-rate Shared-Loss Loan, all collections of interest shall be deemed to be applied to unpaid interest in the chronological order (oldest first) in which such interest accrued.
 
(e)            Receiver's Assumption of Related Liabilities . The Receiver shall assume all Related Liabilities with respect to any Shared-Loss Asset or Asset repurchased pursuant to this Section 2.11 with effect from the date of transfer of such Shared-Loss Asset or Asset.
 
ARTICLE 3. ADMINISTRATION OF SHARED-LOSS ASSETS .
 
3.1.             Management Standards Regarding Administration . During the term of this Agreement the Assuming Institution shall manage, administer and collect all Shared-Loss Assets while owned by it or any of its Affiliates in accordance with the rules, requirements and standards regarding management, administration and collection of Shared-Loss Assets set forth in this Article 3 (the “Management Standards” ). Failure to comply with the Management Standards shall constitute a material breach of this Agreement. If the Receiver determines in its sole and absolute discretion that the Assuming Institution is not in compliance with the Management Standards, it may notify the Assuming Institution of the breach and may take action pursuant to this Agreement including, without limitation, as provided in Sections 2.6(a) and (b).
 
3.2.            Assuming Institution's Responsibilities and Duties .
 
(a)            Covenants of the Assuming Institution . The Assuming Institution shall:
 
(i)           be responsible to the Receiver and the Corporation in the performance of this Agreement, whether performed by the Assuming Institution, an Affiliate or a Third Party Servicer;
 
Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement
February 21, 2012
C-14
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota


 
 
 
 

(ii)           provide to the Receiver and the Corporation such certificates, notifications and reports as the Receiver or the Corporation reasonably deems advisable, including but not limited to the certificates, notifications and reports required by Article 5; and
 
(iii)           permit the Receiver and the Corporation to monitor the Assuming Institution's performance of its duties hereunder at all times.
 
(b)            Duties of the Assuming Institution with Respect to Shared-Loss Assets . In the performance of duties in accordance with the Management Standards, the Assuming Institution shall at all times exercise its best business judgment and shall:
 
(i)           manage, administer, collect and effect Charge-Offs and Recoveries with respect to each Shared-Loss Asset in a manner consistent with the following:
 
(A)           usual and prudent business and banking practices; and
 
(B)           the Assuming Institution's (or, if applicable, a Third Party Servicer's) practices and procedures including, without limitation, all applicable law, the written internal credit policy guidelines of the Assuming Institution (or, if applicable, of a Third Party Servicer) in effect from time to time, with respect to the management, administration and collection of and taking of Charge-Offs and write-downs with respect to loans, ORE and repossessed collateral that do not constitute Shared-Loss Assets;
 
(ii)           use its best efforts to maximize collections with respect to, and manage and administer, Shared-Loss Assets without favored treatment for any assets owned by the Assuming Institution or any of its Affiliates that are not Shared-Loss Assets;
 
(iii)           implement its loss mitigation plans with respect to each Shared Loss Asset in default or for which a default is reasonably foreseeable so as to result in the least Loss resolution, based on its estimated calculations and document its evaluation of loan restructuring, short-sale and any other appropriate methods of loss mitigation prior to taking any foreclosure actions.
 
(iv)           adopt and implement accounting, reporting, record-keeping and similar systems with respect to the Shared-Loss Assets, as provided in Sections 5.6 and 5.7;
 
(v)           retain sufficient staff to perform its duties hereunder;
 
(vi)           not manage, administer or collect a Related Loan in a manner which would have the effect of increasing the amount of any collections with respect to the Related Loan to the detriment of the Shared-Loss Asset to which such loan is related; and
 


Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement
February 21, 2012
C-15
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota


 
 
 
 

(vii) cause any of its Affiliates to which it transfers any Shared-Loss Assets and any Third Party Servicer to act in accordance with the Management Standards.
 
3.3.            Third Party Servicers and Affiliates .
 
(a)            Appointment of Third Party Servicers .
 
(i)           With the prior consent of the Receiver, the Assuming Institution may perform any of its obligations and/or exercise any of its rights under this Agreement through one or more Third Party Servicers. The Assuming Institution shall notify the Receiver at least forty (40) days prior to the proposed appointment of a Third Party Servicer. Such notice will include information regarding the Third Party Servicer's relevant experience, qualifications, financial strength and any pending litigation in relation to servicing activities. In the case of a Third Party Servicer that is an Affiliate of the Assuming Institution, the notice shall include an express statement that the Third Party Servicer is an Affiliate. The Receiver may object to the proposed appointment of a Third Party Servicer by giving the Assuming Institution notice that it so objects within thirty (30) days following the Receiver's receipt of the notice of the proposed appointment. The appointment of a Third Party Servicer by the Assuming Institution shall not release the Assuming Institution from any obligation or liability hereunder.
 
(ii)           The Assuming Institution shall provide to the Receiver written notification immediately following the execution of any contract pursuant to which a Third Party Servicer or any third party (other than an Affiliate of the Assuming Institution) will manage, administer or collect any of the Shared-Loss Assets.
 
(b)            Actions of and Expenses Incurred by Third Party Servicers . The Assuming Institution shall ensure that the practices, procedures and guidelines of any Third Party Servicer comply with the obligations of the Assuming Institution under this Agreement. The Assuming Institution shall provide to the Receiver a copy of the Assuming Institution's written agreement with each Third Party Servicer and shall ensure compliance by each Third Party Servicer with the Assuming Institution's obligations under this Agreement, including, without limitation, amending such agreement with each Third Party Servicer to the extent necessary. Subject to the foregoing and to the other provisions of this Agreement, a Third Party Servicer may take actions and incur expenditures in the same manner as the Assuming Institution, and out-of-pocket expenses incurred by a Third Party Servicer on behalf of the Assuming Institution shall be Reimbursable Expenses if such out-of-pocket expenses would qualify as Reimbursable Expenses if incurred by the Assuming Institution.
 
(c)            Duties with Respect to Affiliates . The Assuming Institution shall provide to the Receiver prior written notification of any transaction with or by any Affiliate of the Assuming Institution with respect to any Shared-Loss Asset including, without limitation, the execution of any contract pursuant to which an Affiliate of the Assuming Institution will own, manage, administer or collect amounts owing with respect to a Shared-Loss Asset. The Assuming Institution shall notify the Receiver at least forty (40) days prior to a proposed transaction with an Affiliate which is not on an arm's length basis or commercially reasonable
 


Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement
February 21, 2012
C-16
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota


 
 
 
 

terms. Such notice will include information regarding the Affiliate's relevant experience, qualifications and financial strength. The Receiver may object to the proposed transaction with an Affiliate in such circumstances by giving the Assuming Institution notice that it so objects within thirty (30) days following the Receiver's receipt of the notice of the proposed transaction.
 
3.4.            Utilization by the Assuming Institution of Special Receivership Powers .
 
(a)            Notice and Request to Receiver . Upon timely notice to and with the prior consent of the Receiver, which may be granted or withheld in its sole discretion, to the extent permitted by applicable law, the Assuming Institution may utilize in a legal action any special legal power or right which the Assuming Institution derives as a result of having acquired a Shared-Loss Asset from the Receiver.
 
(b)            Use of Special Legal Powers . The Receiver may direct usage by the Assuming Institution of any special legal powers of the Receiver or the Corporation. The Assuming Institution shall:
 
(i)      comply in all respects with any direction from the Receiver or the Corporation and with any protocols, directives or interpretive memoranda issued from time to time by the Receiver or the Corporation;
 
(ii)           upon request of the Receiver, notify the Receiver of the status of any legal action in which any special legal power or right is utilized; and
 
(iii)           immediately notify the Receiver of any judgment or significant order in any legal action involving any of such special powers or rights.
 
3.5.             Tax Ruling . The Assuming Institution shall not at any time, without the Corporation's prior consent, seek a private letter ruling or other determination from the Internal Revenue Service or otherwise seek to qualify for any special tax treatment or benefits associated with any payments made by the Receiver pursuant to this Agreement.
 
ARTICLE 4.   SALE OF CERTAIN SHARED-LOSS ASSETS .
 
4.1.             Sales of Shared-Loss Assets . All sales of Shared-Loss Assets are subject to the prior written approval of the Receiver, except as provided in Section 4.3:
 
(a)            Sales with the Receiver's Consent . After the fourth anniversary of the Commencement Date and with the prior consent of the Receiver, the Assuming Institution may conduct sales to liquidate for cash consideration, in one or more transactions, all or a portion of the Shared-Loss Assets (individually or in portfolio transactions) then held by the Assuming Institution. The Assuming Institution shall provide the Receiver with at least sixty (60) days notice prior to any such proposed sale and the notice shall set forth the sale details and the proposed sale schedule.
 
(b)            Sales Required by the Receiver . During the twelve (12) month period immediately prior to the Termination Date the Receiver may, in its sole and absolute discretion, require the Assuming Institution to liquidate for cash consideration, in one or more transactions, all Shared-Loss Assets then held by the Assuming Institution. If the Receiver exercises such
 


Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement
February 21, 2012
C-17
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota


 
 
 
 

right, it shall give notice to the Assuming Institution setting forth the time period within which the Assuming Institution shall be required to offer to sell the Shared-Loss Assets. The Assuming Institution shall make a good faith effort to sell the Shared-Loss Assets and to otherwise comply with the provisions of the Receiver's notice.
 
(c)            Conduct of Sales . Any sale pursuant to this Section 4.1 shall be conducted by means of sealed bid, to third parties, which may not include any Affiliates of the Assuming Institution, any contractors of the Assuming Institution or any Affiliates of contractors of the Assuming Institution. The Assuming Institution shall notify the Receiver prior to the proposed appointment of any financial advisor or other third party broker or sales agent for the liquidation of the remaining Shared-Loss Assets pursuant to Section 4.1(b). The Receiver may object to such proposed appointment by giving the Assuming Institution notice that it so objects within thirty (30) days following the Receiver's receipt of the notice of the proposed appointment.
 
4.2.             Calculation of Gain or Loss on Sale . The gain or loss on sales conducted in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.1 will be calculated based on the gross sale price received by the Assuming Institution less the Book Value of the Shared-Loss Assets which are sold.
 
4.3.             Sale of ORE, Additional ORE or Subsidiary ORE . Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 4.1, the Assuming Institution may sell or otherwise dispose of ORE, Additional ORE or Subsidiary ORE at any time to a Person other than an Affiliate, a contractor of the Assuming Institution or any Affiliate of a contractor of the Assuming institution, provided that such sale is conducted in an arm's length, commercially reasonable and prudent manner.
 
ARTICLE 5.   CERTIFICATES, REPORTS AND RECORDS .
 
5.1.            Reporting Obligations of the Assuming Institution .
 
(a)            Records, Notifications and Reports . The Assuming Institution shall maintain such records, provide such notifications and deliver such reports as are required pursuant to this Agreement, including, without limitation, the records, notifications and reports as provided in the following provisions of this Article 5. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be deemed to modify any laws, regulations or orders that are otherwise applicable to the Assuming Institution.
 
(b)            Certification of Accuracy and Completeness . Every submission by the Assuming Institution to the Receiver of a Quarterly Certificate, the Final Recovery Certificate and any other document or information shall constitute a certification from the Assuming Institution that the information provided in such submission is correct, complete and in compliance with this Agreement.
 
5.2.            Quarterly Certificates .
 
(a)            Shared-Loss Quarters . Within thirty (30) days after the end of each Shared-Loss Quarter, the Assuming Institution shall deliver to the Receiver a Quarterly Certificate setting forth the following information with respect to each such Shared-Loss Quarter, in such form and detail as the Receiver may specify from time to time:
 


Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement
February 21, 2012
C-18
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota


 
 
 
 

(i)           Charge-Offs with respect to Shared-Loss Assets;
 
(ii)           Recoveries;
 
(iii)           collections on Assets on which a Failed Bank Charge-Off has been effected;
 
(iv)           aggregate Charge-Offs less Recoveries;
 
(v)           Reimbursable Expenses; and
 
(vi)           ORE Income.
 
(b)            Recovery Quarters . Not later than thirty (30) days after the end of each Recovery Quarter, the Assuming Institution shall deliver to the Receiver a Quarterly Certificate setting forth the information specified in Section 5.2(a) and the following information with respect to each Recovery Quarter, in such form and detail as the Receiver may specify from time to time:
 
(i)           Recoveries and Reimbursable Expenses;
 
(ii)           on the Quarterly Certificate for the first Recovery Quarter only, the Assuming Institution may report as a separate item any Reimbursable Expenses which were: (A) paid prior to or during the final Shared-Loss Quarter, (B) not included in a Quarterly Certificate for any Shared-Loss Quarter because they were not paid by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution during a Shared-Loss Quarter and (C) paid by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution during the first Recovery Quarter; and
 
(iii)           ORE Income, ORE Expenses and Net ORE Income.
 
(c)            Final Recovery Certificate . In addition to the information specified in Sections 5.2(a) and 5.2(b), in the Final Recovery Certificate the Assuming Institution shall include any Recoveries which were not included in a Quarterly Certificate for a Recovery Quarter and may include any Reimbursable Expenses which were: (A) incurred prior to or during the final Recovery Quarter, (B) not included in a Quarterly Certificate for any Recovery Quarter because they were not paid by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution during a Recovery Quarter and (C) paid by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution prior to the date the Assuming Institution is required to deliver the Final Recovery Certificate to the Receiver pursuant to Section 5.2(b).
 
(d)            Completeness of Information . The Assuming Institution shall provide to the Receiver complete and accurate information, except to the extent that it is unable to do so as a result of the failure of the Failed Bank or the Receiver to provide requested information.
 
(e)            Limitations . The Assuming Institution may claim each Charge-Off and each item of expenditure, income, gain or loss only on the Quarterly Certificate for the period in which such Charge-Off, expenditure, income, gain or loss was incurred. The inclusion of information regarding Reimbursable Expenses in a Quarterly Certificate or other documentation
 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement
February 21, 2012
C-19
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota


 
 
 
 

does not create any reimbursement obligation of the Receiver if the Assuming Institution is not otherwise in compliance with this Agreement.
 
(f)            True-Up Date . The Assuming Institution shall deliver the schedule required pursuant to Section 2.5(b) on or before the True-Up Date.
 
5.3.             Notification of Certain Transactions . Prior to the Termination Date the Assuming Institution shall notify the Receiver within fifteen (15) days following any of the following becoming fully or partially charged-off:
 
(a)           a Shared-Loss Loan having a Legal Balance (or, in the case of more than one (1) Shared-Loss Loan made to the same Obligor, a combined Legal Balance) of $5,000,000 or more in circumstances in which a legal claim against the relevant Obligor survives; and
 
(b)           a Shared-Loss Loan made to a director, an “executive officer” as defined in 12 C.F.R. § 215.2(d), a “principal shareholder” as defined in 12 C.F.R. § 215.2(1), or an Affiliate of the Assuming Institution.
 
5.4.             Notification of Related Loans . In addition to maintaining records of all Related Loans, the Assuming Institution shall prepare and deliver to the Receiver, on a semi-annual basis, together with the Quarterly Certificates for all Shared-Loss Quarters and Recovery Quarters ending on June 30 and December 31, schedules of all Related Loans which are commercial loans or commercial real estate loans which have Legal Balances of $5,000,000 or more on the Accounting Records of the Assuming Institution as of June 30 and December 31, to the extent that more than one of such loans are to the same Obligor on Related Loans of $5,000,000 or more.
 
5.5.            Auditor's Report; Right to Audit .
 
(a)            Independent Auditor's Report .
 
(i)           Within the time period permitted for the examination audit pursuant to 12 C.F.R. § 363 following the end of each fiscal year, from and including the fiscal year during which the Bank Closing Date occurs, up to and including the calendar year during which the Termination Date occurs, the Assuming Institution shall deliver to the Receiver and the Corporation a report signed by its independent public accountants stating that such accountants have reviewed this Agreement and that, in the course of their annual audit of the Assuming Institution's books and records, nothing has come to their attention suggesting that any computations required to be made by the Assuming Institution during each such year were not made in accordance with this Agreement.
 
(ii)           In the event that the Assuming Institution cannot comply with the provisions of Section 5.5(a)(i), within seven (7) days following the end of the time period permitted for the examination audit pursuant to 12 C.F.R. § 363, the Assuming Institution shall submit to the Receiver corrected computations together with a report signed by its independent public accountants stating that, after giving effect to such corrected computations, nothing has come to the attention of such accountants suggesting that any computations required to be made by the Assuming Institution during such year were not
 
Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement
February 21, 2012
C-20
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota


 
 
 
 

made by the Assuming Institution in accordance with this Agreement. In such event, the Assuming Institution and the Receiver shall make all such accounting adjustments and payments as may be necessary to give effect to each correction reflected in such corrected computations, retroactive to the date on which the corresponding incorrect computation was made. It is the intention of this provision to align the timing of the audit required under this Agreement with the examination audit required pursuant to 12 C.F.R. § 363.
 
(b)            Assuming Institution's Internal Audit . The Assuming Institution shall perform on an annual basis an internal audit of its compliance with this Agreement and shall provide the Receiver and the Corporation with:
 
(i)           copies of all internal audit reports and access to all related internal audit work papers; and
 
(ii)           a certificate signed by the chief executive officer or chief financial officer of the Assuming Institution certifying that the Assuming Institution is in compliance with this Agreement or identifying any areas of non-compliance.
 
(c)            Right of Receiver or Corporation to Audit . The Receiver or the Corporation, their respective agents, contractors and employees, may (but are not required to) perform an audit to determine the Assuming Institution's compliance with this Agreement at any time, by providing not less than ten (10) Business Days prior notice. The scope and duration of any such audit shall be at the discretion of the Receiver or the Corporation, as the case may be. The Receiver or the Corporation, as the case may be, shall bear the expense of any such audit. In the event that any corrections are necessary as a result of such an audit, the Assuming Institution and the Receiver shall make such accounting adjustments, payments and withholdings as may be necessary to give retroactive effect to such corrections.
 
(d)            Authority to Advisors and Representatives . The Assuming Institution shall, and shall cause its Affiliates, contractors and Third Party Servicers to, allow its advisors and representatives to discuss its (and any Affiliates', contractors' or Third Party Servicers') affairs, finances and accounts as they relate to Shared-Loss Assets, or any other matters relating to this Agreement or the rights and obligations hereunder, with the Receiver and authorizes such advisors and representatives to so discuss such affairs, finances and accounts with the Receiver.
 
5.6.            Accounting Principles .
 
(a)            Maintenance of Books and Records . The Assuming Institution shall at all times during the term of this Agreement keep books and records which fairly present all dealings and transactions carried out in connection with its business and affairs.
 
(b)            Accounting Principles . Except as otherwise provided for in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement or this Agreement, the Assuming Institution shall keep all financial books and records in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, which shall be consistently applied for the periods involved.
 
(c)            Change in Accounting Principles . The Assuming Institution shall not make any change in its accounting principles which adversely affects the value of the Shared-
 
Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement
February 21, 2012
C-21
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota


 
 
 
 

Loss Assets, unless it obtains the prior written approval of the Corporation or if required by a change in generally accepted accounting principles. The Assuming Institution shall notify the Corporation of any change in its accounting principles that is required by a change in generally accepted accounting principles which would affect any Shared-Loss Asset, the accounting for any Shared-Loss Asset or the amount of any loss, gain, expense, cost or other item of reimbursement that may be due to or from the Assuming Institution.
 
5.7.            Records and Reports .
 
(a)            Content of Records . The Assuming Institution shall establish and maintain records on a separate general ledger, and on such subsidiary ledgers as may be appropriate, in such form and detail as the Receiver or the Corporation may specify, to account for the Shared-Loss Assets and to enable the Assuming Institution to prepare and deliver such reports as the Receiver or the Corporation may from time to time request pursuant to this Article 5. Without limitation, such books and records shall be kept in such a manner that information will be readily available to determine and document compliance with this Agreement and the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
 
(b)            Additional Information . The Assuming Institution shall promptly provide to the Receiver or the Corporation such information as the requesting party may request from time to time, including financial statements, computations and information as the Receiver or the Corporation deems necessary or appropriate in connection with monitoring compliance with this Agreement, certified as correct by the chief executive officer or chief financial officer of the Assuming Institution if so requested. The Assuming Institution shall provide to the Receiver all such loan-level data and cumulative information regarding the Shared-Loss Assets as the Receiver may request from time to time.
 
ARTICLE 6.   MISCELLANEOUS .
 
6.1.             Expenses . All costs and expenses incurred by a party in connection with this Agreement (including the performance of any obligations or the exercise of any rights hereunder) shall be borne by such party unless expressly otherwise provided, whether or not the transactions contemplated herein are consummated.
 
6.2.            Successors and Assigns .
 
(a)            Binding on Successors and Assigns: Assignment . This Agreement, and all of the terms and provisions hereof shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective permitted successors and assigns only. The Receiver may assign or otherwise transfer this Agreement and the rights and obligations of the Receiver hereunder (in whole or in part) to the Corporation in its corporate capacity without the consent of the Assuming Institution. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Assuming Institution may not assign or otherwise transfer this Agreement or any of the Assuming Institution's rights or obligations hereunder (in whole or in part) or sell or transfer any subsidiary of the Assuming Institution holding title to Shared-Loss Assets without the prior written consent of the Receiver, which consent may be granted or withheld by the Receiver in its sole and absolute discretion. An assignment or transfer of this Agreement includes:
 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement
February 21, 2012
C-22
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota


 
 
 
 

(i)           a merger or consolidation of the Assuming Institution with or into another Person, if the shareholders of the Assuming Institution will own less than sixty-six and two/thirds percent (66.66%) of the equity of the consolidated entity;
 
(ii)           a merger or consolidation of the Assuming Institution's Holding Company with or into another Person, if the shareholders of the Holding Company will own less than sixty-six and two/thirds percent (66.66%) of the equity of the consolidated entity;
 
(iii)           the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Assuming Institution to another Person; or
 
(iv)           a sale of Shares by any one or more shareholders that will effect a change in control of the Assuming Institution, as determined by the Receiver with reference to the standards set forth in the Change in Bank Control Act, 12 U.S.C. 1817(j).
 
Any transaction under this Section 6.2 that requires the Receiver's consent that is made without such consent will relieve the Receiver of its obligations under this Agreement.
 
(b)            No Recognition of Loss . No loss shall be recognized under this Agreement as a result of any accounting adjustments that are made due to or as a result of any assignment or transfer of this Agreement or any merger, consolidation, sale or other transaction to which the Assuming Institution, its Holding Company or any Affiliate is a party, regardless of whether the Receiver consents to such assignment or transfer in connection with such transaction pursuant to this Section 6.2.
 
6.3.             WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES, TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN, OR TO HAVE A JURY PARTICIPATE 1N RESOLVING ANY DISPUTE, ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM, WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.
 
6.4.             No Third Party Beneficiary . This Agreement is for the sole and exclusive benefit of the parties and their respective permitted successors and permitted assigns and there shall be no other third party beneficiaries. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to grant to any other Person any right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Agreement or any provision hereof.
 
6.5.             Consent; Determination or Discretion . When the consent or approval of a party is required under this Agreement, such consent or approval shall be obtained in writing and unless expressly otherwise provided, shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. When a determination or decision is to be made by a party under this Agreement, that party shall make such determination or decision in its reasonable discretion unless expressly otherwise provided.
 
6.6.             Rights Cumulative . Except as expressly otherwise provided herein, the rights of each of the parties under this Agreement are cumulative, may be exercised as often as any party
 


Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement
February 21, 2012
C-23
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota


 
 
 
 

considers appropriate and are in addition to each such party's rights under the Purchase and Assumption Agreement, any of the agreements related thereto or under applicable law. Any failure to exercise or any delay in exercising any of such rights, or any partial or defective exercise of such rights, shall not operate as a waiver or variation of that or any other such right, unless expressly otherwise provided.
 
6.7.             References . References in this Agreement to Recitals, Articles, Sections and Exhibits are to Recitals, Articles, Sections and Exhibits of this Agreement, respectively, unless the context indicates that the Purchase and Assumption Agreement is intended. References to parties are to the parties to this Agreement. Unless expressly otherwise provided, references to days and months are to calendar days and months respectively. Article and Section headings are for convenient reference and shall not affect the meaning of this Agreement. References to the singular shall include the plural, as the context may require, and vice versa.
 
6.8.            Notice .
 
(a)            Form of Notices . All notices shall be given in writing to the parties at the addresses set forth in Sections 6.8(b) and 6.8(c) and sent in accordance with the provisions of Section 13.6 of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement, unless expressly otherwise provided.
 
(b)            Notice to FDIC (Division of Resolutions and Receiverships) . With respect to a notice under this Agreement, other than pursuant to Section 3.4(a):
 
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
Division of Resolutions and Receiverships
550 17th Street, N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20429
Attention: Assistant Director, Franchise and Asset Marketing

(c)            Notice to FDIC (Legal Division) . With respect to a notice under Section 3.4(a):
 
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Legal Division
1601 Bryan Street
Dallas, Texas 75201
Attention: Regional Counsel

with a copy to:

Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Legal Division
Virginia Square, L. William Seidman Center
3501 Fairfax Drive, VS-E-7056
Arlington, Virginia 22226
Attention: Senior Counsel (Special Issues Group)


Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement
February 21, 2012
C-24
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota


 
 
 
 

ARTICLE 7.   DISPUTE RESOLUTION .
 
7.1.             Methods of Resolution . The methods of resolving a dispute arising pursuant to this Agreement shall be as follows:
 
(a)            Charge-Offs . Any dispute as to whether a Charge-Off of a Shared-Loss Asset was made in accordance with the Examination Criteria shall be finally resolved by the Assuming Institution's Chartering Authority.
 
(b)            Other Disputes . Any other dispute (a “Dispute Item” ) shall be resolved in accordance with the following provisions of this Article 7.
 
7.2.             Informal Resolution . The Receiver or the Corporation, as appropriate, (the “FDIC Party”) and the Assuming Institution shall negotiate in good faith to resolve any Dispute Item within thirty (30) Business Days following receipt of information concerning the Dispute Item.
 
7.3.             Resolution by Non-Binding Dispute Resolution Proceeding . If informal resolution of the Dispute Item pursuant to Section 7.2 is unsuccessful, the FDIC Party, on the one hand, and the Assuming Institution, on the other hand, may submit to the other party written notification of a Dispute Item (a “Notice of Dispute” ). The Notice of Dispute shall contain a description of the dispute, an estimate of the amount in issue and any other information required pursuant to this Article 7. The parties shall make good faith efforts to resolve the dispute by mutual agreement within thirty-five (35) Business Days following receipt of the Notice of Dispute. In furtherance of these efforts, the parties should consider the mutually agreed upon use of less formal dispute resolution techniques, which may include, but are not limited to, mediation, settlement conference, early neutral evaluation and any other dispute resolution proceedings (as defined in § 571(6) of the Administrative Dispute Resolution Act ( “ADRA” ), 5 U.S.C. § 571 et seq.), as amended).
 
7.4.             Confidentiality of Compromise Negotiations . All good faith attempts to resolve or compromise a dispute pursuant to Sections 7.2 or 7.3 will be confidential. All such compromise negotiations, including any statements made or documents prepared by any party, attorney or other participant, are inadmissible as evidence in other proceedings and may not be construed for any purpose as admissions against interest.
 
7.5.             Payment Resulting from Compromise Negotiations . If the FDIC Party and the Assuming Institution resolve a Dispute Item to their mutual satisfaction pursuant to Sections 7.2 or 7.3, including any dispute pursuant to Section 2.6, then within thirty (30) days following such resolution, the appropriate party shall make payment or take action as agreed by the parties.
 
7.6.            Formal Resolution .
 
(a)            Arbitration Matters . Any Dispute Item which has an estimated amount in issue not exceeding $1,000,000 per Asset may be proposed by the party seeking relief (the “Claimant Party” ) for arbitration pursuant to the provisions of this Section 7.6. No more than three Dispute Items may be submitted for any single arbitration, provided that, by mutual
 


Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement
February 21, 2012
C-25
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota


 
 
 
 

agreement pursuant to Section 7.6(c), the parties may agree to submit any Dispute Item(s) to arbitration.
 
(b)            Proposal to Arbitrate . If the FDIC Party and the Assuming Institution do not resolve a Dispute Item pursuant to Sections 7.2 and 7.3, then within ten (10) Business Days following the expiration of the period provided in Section 7.3, the Claimant Party may propose to submit the unresolved Dispute Item to arbitration by notifying the other party (the “Respondent Party” ) in writing.
 
(c)            Submission to Arbitration . The Respondent Party may agree to the Claimant Party's proposal of arbitration by responding in writing within ten (10) Business Days following receipt of such proposal. Within five (5) Business Days following receipt of the Respondent Party's agreement to arbitrate, the Claimant Party may submit the Dispute Item to the American Arbitration Association ( “AAA” ) for arbitration. No Dispute Item may be submitted for arbitration without the consent of both parties.
 
(d)            Waiver of Arbitration . If the Claimant Party does not (i) propose to submit the Dispute Item to arbitration within the period set forth in Section 7.6(b) or (ii) submit the Dispute Item to AAA within the period set forth in Section 7.6(c), then the Claimant Party shall be deemed to have waived submission of the Dispute Item to arbitration.
 
(e)            Litigation Matters . If the FDIC Party and the Assuming Institution do not agree to submit the Dispute Item to arbitration, the Dispute Item may be resolved by litigation in accordance with Federal or state law, as provided in Section 13.9 of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement. Any litigation shall be filed in a United States District Court in the proper district.
 
(f)            Arbitration Administrator . The FDIC Party may, in its discretion, appoint an organization other than AAA for administration of arbitration pursuant to this Section 7.6, in which case this Article 7 and the rules and procedures set forth herein, including the Commercial Arbitration Rules as referred to in Section 7.9, shall govern the arbitration. AAA or such other organization appointed pursuant to this Section 7.6(f) shall be referred to in this Agreement as the “Arbitration Administrator.”
 
7.7.             Limitation on FDIC Party . Nothing in this Article 7 shall be interpreted as obligating the FDIC Party to submit to a dispute resolution proceeding (as defined in ADRA at § 571(6)) any Dispute Item described in (i) ADRA, § 572(b) or (ii) the FDIC's Statement of Policy Regarding Binding Arbitration, 66 Fed. Reg. 18632 (April 10, 2001), as amended, as a dispute for which an agency shall consider not using a dispute resolution proceeding.
 
7.8.             Effectiveness of Agreement Pending Dispute . Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, in the event that a Notice of Dispute is provided to a party under this Article 7 prior to the Termination Date, the terms of this Agreement shall remain in effect with respect to the items set forth in such notice until the dispute with respect to such items has been finally resolved, and such dispute shall be resolved in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement even if that resolution occurs after the Termination Date.
 


Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement
February 21, 2012
C-26
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota


 
 
 
 

7.9.             Governing Rules and Law for Arbitration . Any arbitration shall be substantively governed by the Federal law of the United States of America, and in the absence of controlling Federal law, in accordance with the laws of the state in which the main office of the Failed Bank is located. The arbitration shall be procedurally governed by the Commercial Arbitration Rules (the “Commercial Arbitration Rules” ) established by AAA to the extent that such rules are not inconsistent with this Article 7, the Federal Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. § 1 et seq. ( “Federal Arbitration Act” ), and ADRA., as each may be in effect at the time that the arbitration is initiated, except that the Commercial Arbitration Rules' Expedited Procedures shall not apply unless the FDIC Party and Claimant Party otherwise agree in writing. The Review Board (as defined below) may modify the procedures set forth in such rules from time to time with the prior written approval of the Claimant Party and the Respondent Party.
 
7.10.             Review Board Proceedings . The arbitration of a dispute shall be conducted by a review board (a “Review Board” ) which shall consist of either one (1) or three (3) members (each, a “Member” ) with such expertise as the Claimant Party and Respondent Party agree is relevant. The Claimant Party shall specify, in its Notice of Dispute, the number of Members which it proposes for the Review Board.
 
(a)            Selection of Members .
 
(i)            Claimant Party Proposes One Member . If the Dispute Item(s) are less than $500,000 in total, the Claimant Party may propose that the Review Board shall consist of one Member, and shall state, in its Notice of Dispute, the name and address of the Member that it proposes for the Review Board. If the Respondent Party agrees, in its response to the Notice of Dispute, the Member suggested by the Claimant Party shall comprise the Review Board. If the Respondent Party agrees, in its response to the Notice of Dispute, that the Review Board shall consist of one Member, but states the name and address of a different proposed Member for the Review Board, then that Member shall be deemed acceptable to the Claimant Party if it submits the Notice of Dispute to the Arbitration Administrator, provided that , before the Respondent Party responds to the Notice of Dispute with a different proposed Member, the parties may also mutually agree upon one Member. If the Respondent Party proposes that the Review Board shall consist of three Members, then the Members shall be selected in accordance with Section 7.10(a)(iv).
 
(ii)            Claimant Party Proposes Three Members . If the Dispute Items exceed $500,000 in total, or if the Respondent Party proposes that the Review Board shall consist of three Members, then the Claimant Party shall state the name and address of the first of three Members in its Notice of Dispute. If the Respondent Party agrees that the Review Board shall consist of three Members, the Respondent Party shall state the name and address of the second Member in its response to the Notice of Dispute. Each such Member shall be considered a “Party-Appointed Arbitrator” ( “Party-Appointed Arbitrator” ), consistent with Commercial Arbitration Rule R-12. If the Claimant Party subsequently submits the Notice of Dispute to the Arbitration Administrator as provided in Section 7.6(c), then within ten (10) Business Days of such submission, the Party-Appointed Arbitrators shall select a neutral third Member (the “Neutral Member” ) in accordance with Commercial Arbitration Rules R-11 and R-13, except that the Neutral
 


Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement
February 21, 2012
C-27
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota


 
 
 
 

Member need not be from the National Roster of Commercial Arbitrators. If the Respondent Party proposes that the Review Board shall consist of one Member, then the Member shall be selected in accordance with Section 7.10(a)(iii).
 
(iii)            Respondent Party Proposes One Member . If the Claimant Party proposes that the Review Board shall consist of three Members, but the Respondent Party proposes that the Review Board shall consist of one Member in its response to the Notice of Dispute, then the Member proposed by the Claimant Party in the Notice of Dispute shall comprise the Review Board unless the Respondent Party states the name and address of a different proposed Member in its response to the Notice of Dispute. If the Respondent Party proposes a different Member in its response to the Notice of Dispute, then that Member shall be deemed acceptable to the Claimant Party if it submits the Notice of Dispute to the Arbitration Administrator.
 
(iv)            Respondent Party Proposes Three Members . If the Claimant Party proposes that the Review Board shall consist of one Member, but the Respondent Party proposes, in its response to the Notice of Dispute, that the Review Board shall consist of three Members, then the Member proposed by the Claimant Party in the Notice of Dispute shall comprise the first Member of the Review Board. The Respondent Party shall state the name and address of the second Member in its response to the Notice of Dispute. Each such Member shall be considered a Party-Appointed Arbitrator. If the Claimant Party subsequently submits the Notice of Dispute to the Arbitration Administrator, a Neutral Member shall be selected in accordance with the procedure set forth in Section 7.10(a)(ii).
 
(b)            Removal of Members . A Party-Appointed Arbitrator may be removed at any time by the party who appointed that Member upon five (5) Business Days notice to the other party of the selection of a replacement Member. The Neutral Member may be removed by unanimous action of the Party-Appointed Arbitrators or unanimous action of the parties after five (5) Business Days notice to the Claimant Party and the Respondent Party and the Arbitration Administrator of the selection of a replacement Neutral Member.
 
(c)            Vacancies . Any vacancy on the Review Board prior to or after the commencement of the hearing of evidence and argument (the “Arbitration Hearing” ) shall be handled in accordance with Commercial Arbitration Rule R-19, except that if a vacancy arises after the Arbitration Hearing has commenced, a substitute Member shall be selected in accordance with the rules under which the original Member was selected.
 
7.11.             Impartiality . As a condition of serving on the Review Board, within five (5) Business Days after being selected, each Member shall provide a written oath, under penalty of perjury, containing a statement that the Member does not have any conflicts of interest (whether official, financial, personal or otherwise) with respect to the issues or parties in controversy, and that each Member agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Article 7 as applicable to the Members. If a Member has any potential conflict of interest, the Member shall fully disclose such interest in writing to the Claimant Party and the Respondent Party and the Member shall not serve on the Review Board, unless the Claimant Party and the Respondent Party agree otherwise. The Conflicts Committee of the Legal Division of the Corporation shall review any potential
 


Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement
February 21, 2012
C-28
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota


 
 
 
 

conflicts of interest for potential waiver. None of the Members may serve as counsel, advisor, witness or representative to any party to the arbitration.
 
7.12.             Schedule . The Review Board shall assume control of the arbitration process and shall schedule all events as expeditiously as possible. The Arbitration Hearing shall commence within ninety (90) Business Days after receipt of the Notice of Dispute by the Arbitration Administrator.
 
7.13.             Written Award . Within twenty (20) Business Days following closing of the Arbitration Hearing, as determined by Commercial Arbitration Rule R-35, the Review Board shall determine the prevailing party and award the prevailing party its proposed award/award any remedy or relief that the arbitrator deems just and equitable and within the scope of this Article 7, but in no event may an award of the Review Board (inclusive of all claims and counterclaims) exceed the maximum amount set forth in Section 7.6(a) of this Agreement. If the Review Board consists of three (3) Members, the determination of any two (2) Members shall constitute the Review Board's determination. The Review Board shall present to the Claimant Party and the Respondent Party a written award regarding the dispute. The written award shall contain a brief, informal discussion of the factual and legal basis for the award and need not contain formal findings of facts and law.
 
7.14.             Interest Rate on Award . Any award amounts ultimately determined to be payable pursuant to the Review Board's written award shall bear interest at the Settlement Interest Rate from a beginning date specified by the Review Board in its written award and until the date on which payment is made.
 
7.15.             Payments . All payments required to be made under this Article 7 shall be made by wire transfer and within fifteen (15) Business Days following the date on which the award becomes final, as provided by ADRA at § 580(b). The Review Board will have no authority to award any punitive, consequential, special or exemplary damages.
 
7.16.             Fees, Costs and Expenses . The Review Board will have no authority to award attorneys' fees or costs incurred by either party to the arbitration. Each party will bear the fees, costs, and expenses which it incurs in connection with the submission of any dispute to a Review Board, including the fees and expenses of the Member which it selected in accordance with the Arbitration Administrator's fee schedule. The Claimant Party and the Respondent Party will share equally the fees and expenses of the Neutral Member and any administrative fees of the arbitration (which shall not include the fees and expenses of the Members). No fees, costs or expenses incurred by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution shall be subject to reimbursement by the Receiver under this Article 7 or otherwise.
 
7.17.             Binding and Conclusive Nature . Arbitration of a dispute pursuant to this Article 7 shall be final, conclusive and binding on the parties and not subject to further dispute or review, and judgment upon the award made by the Review Board may be entered in accordance with applicable law in any court having jurisdiction thereof. Other than as provided by the Federal Arbitration Act and ADRA, no review, appeal or reconsideration of the Review Board's determination shall be permitted, including review, appeal or reconsideration by the Review Board or any other arbitrators. The parties agree to faithfully observe the provisions of this
 


Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement
February 21, 2012
C-29
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota


 
 
 
 

Article 7 and the Commercial Arbitration Rules, and the parties agree to abide by and perform any award rendered by the Review Board.
 
7.18.             No Precedent . No decision, interpretation, determination, analysis, statement, award or other pronouncement of a Review Board shall constitute precedent in regard to any subsequent proceeding (whether or not such proceeding involves dispute resolution under this Agreement), nor shall any Review Board be bound to follow any decision, interpretation, determination, analysis, statement, award or other pronouncement rendered by any previous Review Board or any other previous dispute resolution panel that may have convened in connection with a transaction involving other failed financial institutions or Federal assistance transactions.
 
7.19.             Confidentiality; Proceedings. Information and Documents . No arbitration held pursuant to this Article 7 shall be public or accessible to any person other than the parties and their representatives, the Review Board and witnesses participating in the arbitration (and then, only to the extent of their participation). Each party and each Member shall strictly maintain the confidentiality of all issues, disputes, arguments, positions and interpretations of any such proceeding, as well as all testimony, pleadings, filings, discovery, information, attachments, enclosures, exhibits, summaries, compilations, studies, analyses, notes, documents, statements, schedules and other similar items associated therewith ( “Confidential Information” ), in accordance with the provisions of ADRA. In the event that disclosure of Confidential Information is required pursuant to law, rule or regulation, or in the event that disclosure is required pursuant to statute or court determination as provided by ADRA, then to the extent reasonably practicable, the person required to make the disclosure shall provide the other party or parties with written notice of such disclosure within one (1) Business Day following the request that it make such disclosure, and in any event prior to making such disclosure, so that the other party or parties may seek a protective order.
 
7.20.             Confidentiality of Arbitration Award . Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 7.19, no party has any duty of confidentiality with respect to any arbitration award made pursuant to this Article 7.
 
7.21.             Extension of Time Periods . The parties may extend any period of time provided in this Article 7 by mutual agreement.
 
7.22.             Venue . The arbitration shall take place at such location as the parties thereto may mutually agree, but if they cannot agree, then it will take place at the offices of the Corporation in Washington, D.C., or Arlington, Virginia.
 
ARTICLE 8.   DEFINITIONS .  
 
The capitalized terms used in this Agreement have the meanings defined or referenced in this Article 8.
 
“AAA” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.6(c).
 
“Accounting Records” means Records including, but not limited to, corporate minutes, general ledger and subsidiary ledgers and schedules which support general ledger balances.
 
“Accrued Interest” means, for any Shared-Loss Loan, Permitted Advance or Shared-
 
Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement
February 21, 2012
C-30
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota


 
 
 
 

Loss Loan Commitment Advance at any time, the amount of accrued earned and unpaid interest, taxes, credit life and/or disability insurance premiums (if any) payable by the Obligor, all as reflected on the Accounting Records of the Failed Bank or the Assuming Institution (as applicable), but excluding any amount accrued after the applicable Asset has been placed on non-accrual or nonperforming status by either the Failed Bank or the Assuming Institution (as applicable), for no more than a maximum of ninety (90) days.
 
“Additional ORE” means Shared-Loss Loans that become ORE after the Bank Closing Date.
 
“ADRA” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.3.
 
“Affiliate” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement; provided that, for purposes of this Agreement, no Third Party Servicer appointed by an Affiliate shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of the Assuming Institution solely by virtue of that appointment.
 
“Agreement” has the meaning set forth in Recital A.
 
“Applicable Percentage” is Eighty percent (80%) for the Tranche 1 Amount and Eighty percent (80%) for the Tranche 2 Amount.
 
“Arbitration Administrator” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.6(f).
 
“Arbitration Hearing” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.10(a)(iii).
 
“Assets” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
 
“Assuming Institution” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
 
“Bank Closing Date” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
 
“Bank Premises” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
 
“Bid Valuation Date” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
 
“Book Value” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
 
“Business Day” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
 
“Calendar Quarter” means a period of three months in any year, commencing on the first day of each January, April, July or October, and each successive three-month period thereafter, except that the first such period shall commence on the Commencement Date and end on the last day of March, June, September or December, whichever is the first to occur after the Commencement Date.
 
“Capitalized Expenditures” means those expenditures that (a) would be capitalized
 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement
February 21, 2012
C-31
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota


 
 
 
 

under generally accepted accounting principles and (b) are incurred with respect to Shared-Loss Loans, ORE, Additional ORE or Subsidiary ORE, but excluding expenses related to environmental conditions including, but not limited to, remediation, storage or disposal of any hazardous or toxic substances or any pollutant or contaminant.
 
“Charge-Off” means, for any period with respect to a particular Shared-Loss Asset, the amount of a loan or portion of a loan classified as “Loss” under the Examination Criteria as effected by the Assuming Institution and reflected on its Accounting Records for such period, consisting solely of a charge-off of the following:
 
(a)           the principal amount of such Shared-Loss Asset net of unearned interest;
 
(b)           a write-down associated with Shared-Loss Assets, ORE or Additional ORE or loan modification(s);
 
(c)           Accrued Interest for no more than a maximum of ninety (90) days; plus
 
(d)           Capitalized Expenditures.
 
No Charge-Off shall be taken with respect to any anticipated expenditure by the Assuming Institution until such expenditure is actually incurred.
 
Losses incurred on the sale or other disposition of Shared-Loss Assets to any Person shall not constitute Charge-Offs except for: (i) sales duly conducted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 4.1(a) and 4.1(b), (ii) the sale or other disposition of ORE or Additional ORE to a Person other than an Affiliate of the Assuming Institution which was conducted in a commercially reasonable and prudent manner and (iii) other sales or dispositions, if any, with respect to which the Receiver granted prior consent.
 
“Chartering Authority” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
 
“Claimant Party” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.6(a).
 
“Commencement Date” means the first day following the Bank Closing Date.
 
“Commercial Arbitration Rules” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.9.
 
“Commitment” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
 
“Confidential Information” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.19.
 
“Consumer Loans” means loans to individuals for household, family and other personal expenditures, that are not secured by real estate, including but not limited to loans for (a) purchase of private automobiles, pickup trucks, household appliances, furniture, trailers and boats; (b) repairs or improvements to a borrower's residence; (c) educational expenses, including student loans, whether or not guaranteed by the United States or any state; (d) medical expenses; (e) taxes; (f) vacations; (g) personal (non-business) debt consolidation; and (h) purchase of a mobile home to be used as a residence which is not combined with real property. Consumer Loans may be installment loans, demand loans or single payment time loans, regardless of size
 
Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement
February 21, 2012
C-32
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota


 
 
 
 

or maturity and regardless of whether the loans are made by the consumer loan department or by any other department of the Failed Bank. Consumer Loans also include retail installment sales paper purchased by the Failed Bank from merchants or dealers, finance companies and others and extensions of credit pursuant to a credit card plan or debit card plan.
 
“Corporation” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
 
“Covered Gain” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(b).
 
“Covered Loss” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(a).
 
“Credit File” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
 
“Dispute Item” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.1(b).
 
“Environmental Assessment” means an assessment relating to the presence, storage or release of any hazardous or toxic substance, pollutant or contaminant with respect to the collateral securing a Shared-Loss Loan that has been fully or partially charged-off.
 
“Examination Criteria” means the loan classification criteria employed by, and any applicable regulations of, the Assuming Institution's Chartering Authority at the time an action is taken, as such criteria may be amended from time to time.
 
“Failed Bank” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
 
“Failed Bank Charge-Offs” means, with respect to any Asset, an amount equal to the aggregate reversals or charge-offs of Accrued Interest and charge-offs and write-downs of principal effected by the Failed Bank with respect to that Asset as reflected on the Accounting Records of the Failed Bank, excluding any Fully-Charged-Off Assets.
 
“Federal Arbitration Act” has the meaning set forward in Section 7.9.
 
“Final Recovery Certificate” means the Quarterly Certificate for the final Recovery Quarter.
 
“Fixtures” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
 
“FDIC” means the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, in any capacity, as appropriate.
 
“FDIC Party” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.2.
 
“Fully Charged-Off Assets” means Assets subject to Failed Bank Charge-Offs that were completely charged-off by the Failed Bank prior to the Bid Valuation Date.
 
“Holding Company” means any company owning Shares of the Assuming Institution that is a holding company pursuant to the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, 12 U.S.C. 1841 et seq. or the Home Owners' Loan Act, 12 U.S.C. 1461 et seq.
 
“Investment in Subsidiary” means the amount of the Failed Bank's direct and indirect investment in a Shared-Loss Subsidiary, including any amounts due from that Shared-Loss
 
Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement
February 21, 2012
C-33
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota


 
 
 
 

Subsidiary to the Failed Bank that were acquired by the Assuming Institution, calculated as of the Commencement Date.
 
“Intrinsic Loss Estimate” is One Hundred Fifteen Million Six Hundred Seventy Six Thousand Seven Hundred Twelve Dollars ($115,676,712.00).
 
“Legal Balance” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
 
“Loan” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
 
“Management Standards” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1.
 
“Member” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.10.
 
“Net Loss Amount” means the sum of all Covered Losses less all Covered Gains and, if the Purchase and Assumption Agreement includes a Single Family Agreement, the Cumulative Loss Amount under and as defined in the Single Family Agreement.
 
“Net ORE Income” means the extent to which aggregate ORE Income exceeds ORE Expenses, as described in Section 2.9(g)(i) or (ii), as appropriate.
 
“Net ORE Loss Carryforward” means the amount of any ORE Income in any Recovery Quarter that is a negative number.
 
“Net Recoveries” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(c).
 
“Neutral Member” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.10(a)(ii).
 
“New Shared-Loss Loans” means loans that would otherwise be subject to loss sharing under this Agreement that were originated after the Bid Valuation Date and before the Bank Closing Date.
 
“Notice of Dispute” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.3.
 
“Obligor” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
 
“ORE” means the following that (a) are owned by the Failed Bank as of the Bank Closing Date and purchased pursuant to the Purchase and Assumption Agreement or (b) have been acquired subsequent to the Bank Closing Date from the collection or settlement by the Assuming Institution of a Shared-Loss Loan, including, without limitation, any assets which have been fully or partially charged-off on the books and records of the Failed Bank or the Assuming Institution, excluding however any of the following that is ORE resulting from the foreclosure of a Loan insured or guaranteed by any department or agency of any federal, state or local governmental unit:
 
(a) interests in real estate (other than Bank Premises and Fixtures), including but not limited to mineral rights, leasehold rights, condominium and cooperative interests, air rights and development rights; and
 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement
February 21, 2012
C-34
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota



 
 
 
 

(b) other assets (whether real property, furniture, fixtures or equipment and, at the option of the Receiver, other personal property) acquired by foreclosure of ORE or in full or partial satisfaction of judgments or indebtedness..
 
“ORE Expenses” means the aggregate expenses paid to third parties by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution after the final Shared-Loss Quarter to manage, operate and maintain ORE, Additional ORE and Subsidiary ORE, which may include property taxes, insurance and sales commissions, provided that such commissions are of an amount customary for the type and location of the asset.
 
“ORE Income” means income received by or on behalf of the Assuming Institution or its Affiliate(s) from the operation, and any gains recognized by the Assuming Institution on the disposition, of ORE, Additional ORE and Subsidiary ORE.
 
“Party-Appointed Arbitrator” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.10(a)(ii).
 
“Permitted Advance” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.8(a).
 
“Permitted Amendment” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.8(b).
 
“Person” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
 
“Purchase and Assumption Agreement” has the meaning set forth in Recital A.
 
“Quarterly Certificate” means a certificate or certificates, signed by an officer of the Assuming Institution involved in, or responsible for, the administration and servicing of the Shared-Loss Assets, whose name appears on a list provided to the Receiver (as updated by the Assuming Institution as needed from time to time) of servicing officers and the related supporting documentation setting forth in such form and detail as the Receiver may specify from time to time the items listed at Section 5.2(a), in the form set forth in Exhibit 5.2 and delivered as set forth in Article 5 of this Agreement.
 
“Receiver” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
 
“Record” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
 
“Recovery” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.9.
 
“Recovery Quarter” means a Calendar Quarter commencing with and including the first Calendar Quarter following the final Shared-Loss Quarter and ending on the Termination Date.
 
“Reimbursable Expenses” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.7(a).
 
“Related Liability” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
 
“Related Liability Amount” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
 
“Related Loan” means a loan or extension of credit held by the Assuming Institution at
 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement
February 21, 2012
C-35
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota


 
 
 
 

any time on or prior to the end of the final Recovery Quarter that is:
 
(a)           made to the same Obligor with respect to a Loan that is a Shared-Loss
 
Asset or with respect to a Loan from which ORE, Additional ORE or Subsidiary ORE derived; or
 
(b)           attributable to the same primary Obligor with respect to any Loan
 
described at paragraph (a) under the applicable rules of the Assuming Institution's Chartering Authority concerning the legal lending limits of financial institutions organized under its jurisdiction as in effect on the Commencement Date.
 
“Respondent Party” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.6(b).
 
“Review Board” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.10.
 
“Settlement Interest Rate” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement.
 
“Shared-Loss Assets” means Shared-Loss Loans, Subsidiary Shared-Loss Loans, ORE, Additional ORE, Subsidiary ORE and Capitalized Expenditures.
 
“Shared-Loss Loan Commitment” means (a) a Commitment to make a further extension of credit or a further advance with respect to an existing Shared-Loss Loan or (b) a Shared-Loss Loan in respect of which the Assuming Institution has made a Permitted Amendment.
 
“Shared-Loss Loan Commitment Advance” means an advance pursuant to a Shared-Loss Loan Commitment with respect to which the Assuming Institution has not made a Permitted Advance.
 
“Shared-Loss Loans” means the following:
 
(a)           Loans purchased by the Assuming Institution pursuant to the Purchase and Assumption Agreement set forth on Schedule 4.15B thereto;
 
(b)           New Shared-Loss Loans purchased by the Assuming Institution pursuant to the Purchase and Assumption Agreement;
 
(c)           Permitted Advances;
 
(d)           Shared-Loss Loan Commitment Advances, if any; and
 
(e)           Shared-Loss Loans (as described at paragraphs (b) through (d) above) with respect to which the Assuming Institution has made a Permitted Amendment;
 
but does not include:
 
(i)           Consumer Loans;
 
(ii)           Loans, New Shared-Loss Loans, Permitted Advances or Shared-Loss Loan Commitment Advances with respect to which a Shared-Loss
 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement
February 21, 2012
C-36
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota


 
 
 
 

Subsidiary is an Obligor; or
 
(iii)           any Loan that is insured or guaranteed by any department or agency of any federal, state or local governmental unit.
 
“Shared-Loss Quarter” means a Calendar Quarter commencing with the initial Calendar Quarter and ending with and including the Calendar Quarter in which the fifth (5th) anniversary of the Commencement Date occurs.
 
“Shared-Loss Subsidiary” and “Shared-Loss Subsidiaries” mean the Subsidiary or Subsidiaries, if any, listed on Schedule 4.15D , as applicable.
 
“Shares” means common stock and any instrument which by is, or which may become, convertible into common stock.
 
“Single Family Agreement” means, if any, the Single Family Shared-Loss Agreement and the Exhibits thereto attached as Exhibit 4.15A to the Purchase and Assumption Agreement and entered into of even date with this Agreement among the Receiver, the Corporation and the Assuming Institution.
 
“Subsidiary” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement
 
“Subsidiary ORE” means ORE listed on Schedule 4.15D and owned by the Shared-Loss Subsidiary identified on that Schedule 4.15D as the owner of such ORE.
 
“Subsidiary Shared-Loss Loans” means Shared-Loss Loans listed on Schedule 4.15D owned by the Shared-Loss Subsidiary identified on that Schedule 4.15D as the owner of such Shared-Loss Loans.
 
“Termination Date” means the last day of the Calendar Quarter in which the eighth (8th) anniversary of the Commencement Date occurs.
 
“Third Party Servicer” means any servicer appointed from time to time by the Assuming Institution, which may include an Affiliate of the Assuming Institution, to service the Shared-Loss Assets on behalf of the Assuming Institution.
 
“Tranche 1 Amount” means a Net Loss Amount up to and including One Hundred Fifteen Million Six Hundred Seventy Six Thousand Seven Hundred Twelve Dollars ($115,676,712.00).
 
“Tranche 2 Amount” means a Net Loss Amount in excess of the Tranche 1 Amount.
 
“True-Up Date” means the date which is forty-five (45) days after the latest to occur of the Termination Date of this Agreement, the Termination Date of the Single Family Agreement, if applicable, or disposition of all Assets pursuant to this Agreement or the Single Family Agreement, if applicable.
 

Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement
February 21, 2012
C-37
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota



 
 
 
 


 
EXHIBIT 2.5
 
TRUE-UP

Pursuant to Section 2.5 of this Agreement, the following calculation applies to determine any payment due by the Assuming Institution to the Receiver on the True-Up Date. All capitalized terms used in this Exhibit 2.5 have the meanings defined or referenced in Article 8 of this Agreement.

X
=
A-(B+C+D)
   
2

Where:

X = the amount payable to the Receiver pursuant to Section 2.5

A = 20% of the Intrinsic Loss Estimate

B = 20% of the Net Loss Amount

C = 25% of the Asset discount bid, expressed in dollars, of total Shared-Loss Assets on Schedules 4.15A and 4.15B as of the Bank Closing Date

D = 3.5% of total Shared-Loss Assets on Schedules 4.15A and 4.15B as of the Bank Closing Date


















Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement
February 21, 2012
C-38
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota


 
 
 
 

EXHIBIT 2.7
 
EXCLUSION FROM REIMBURSABLE EXPENSES
 
Pursuant to Section 2.7(b)(iii) of this Agreement, the following calculation applies to determine the proportion of the expense attributable, for financial accounting purposes, to the reduction of the Book Value of a Shared-Loss Loan which may not be included as a Permitted Expense. All capitalized terms used in this Exhibit 2.7 have the meanings defined or referenced in Article 8 of this Agreement.
 
X
=
E
*
[1- (A+B+C)]
       
      (A+B+D)

Where:

X = the proportion of expense not allowed as a Permitted Expense pursuant to Section 2.7(b)(iii)

A = the total amount of all Failed Bank Charge-Offs of principal on the Shared-Loss Loan (excluding reversals or charge-offs of Accrued Interest)

B = the total of all Charge-Offs effected by the Assuming Institution of principal on the
Shared-Loss Loan amount (excluding reversals or charge-offs of Accrued Interest)

C = the amount of principal on the Shared-Loss Loan that has not yet been charged-off but has been placed on non-accrual status, all of which occurred during the period in which the expenses represented by E were recognized

D = the total amount of principal indebtedness due from the Obligor on the Shared-Loss Loan after any amendment, modification, renewal, extension, refinance, restructure, commitment, sale or other similar action

E = the portion of the expense attributable, for financial accounting purposes, to the reduction of the Book Value of the Shared-Loss Loan
However, in the event that the portion derived from the calculation represented by:

[1-
(A+B+C)]
 
(A+B+D)

is a negative number, the value of:
(A+B+C)
 
(A+B+D)

shall be deemed to be I and accordingly the value of X shall be zero.





Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement
February 21, 2012
C-39
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota


 
 
 
 


EXHIBIT 2.9
 
INTEREST INCOME AS A RECOVERY
 
Pursuant to Section 2.9(d) of this Agreement, the following calculation applies to determine the proportion of interest income recognized by the Assuming Institution for financial accounting purposes with respect to a Shared-Loss Loan which may be included as a Recovery subject to the limit in Section 2.9(e). All capitalized terms used in this Exhibit 2.9 have the meanings defined or referenced in Article 8 of this Agreement.
 
X = ( (A+ B +C)/D ) * E Where:

X = the allowable proportion of interest income recognized by the Assuming Institution on the Shared-Loss Loan pursuant to Section 2.9(d) provided that such portion may not exceed one hundred percent (100%) of E .

A = the total amount of all Failed Bank Charge-Offs of principal on the Shared-Loss Loan (excluding reversals or charge-offs of Accrued Interest)

B = the total amount of all Charge-Offs effected by the Assuming Institution of principal on the Shared-Loss Loan (excluding reversals or charge-offs of Accrued Interest)

C = the amount of principal on the Shared-Loss Loan that has not yet been charged-off but has been placed on non-accrual status, all of which occurred at any time prior to or during the period in which the interest income represented by E was recognized

D = the total amount of principal indebtedness (including all Failed Bank Charge-Offs and Charge-Offs as described at A and B ) due from the Obligor on the Shared-Loss Loan after any amendment, modification, renewal, extension, refinance, restructure, commitment, sale or other similar action

E = the total amount of interest income recognized by the Assuming Institution for financial accounting purposes with respect to the Shared-Loss Loan








Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement
February 21, 2012
C-40
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota


 
 
 
 

EXHIBIT 5.2
















Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement
February 21, 2012
C-41
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota


 
 
 
 





















Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement
February 21, 2012
C-42
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota


 
 
 
 




















Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement
February 21, 2012
C-43
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota


 
 
 
 



























Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement
February 21, 2012
C-44
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota


 
 
 
 

SCHEDULE 4.15B
 
LOANS SUBJECT TO LOSS SHARING UNDER THE
 
COMMERCIAL SHARED-LOSS AGREEMENT
 
This Schedule will be provided post-closing with data as of the Bank Closing Date.
 




































Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement
February 21, 2012
C-45
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota


 
 
 
 

SCHEDULE 4.15D
 
SHARED-LOSS SUBSIDIARIES
 
None.
 








































Module 1 - Whole Bank w/ Optional Shared Loss Agreements
Version 4.1 - Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement
February 21, 2012
C-46
Inter Savings Bank, FSB
Maple Grove, Minnesota


Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATIONS

 
I, Joseph W. Turner, certify that:
 
1.           I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of Great Southern Bancorp, Inc.;
 
2.           Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
 
3.           Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
4.           The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
 
 
a)           designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
b)           designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
c)           evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
d)           disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and
 
5.           The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
   
 
a)           all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
b)           any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.


Date: May 10, 2012
 
/s/ Joseph W. Turner                                     
Joseph W. Turner
President and Chief Executive Officer


Exhibit 31.2
CERTIFICATIONS

I, Rex A. Copeland, certify that:
 
1.           I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of Great Southern Bancorp, Inc.;
 
2.           Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
 
3.           Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
4.           The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
 
 
a)           designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
b)           designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
c)           evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
d)           disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and
 
5.           The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
   
 
a)           all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
b)           any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

Date: May 10, 2012
 
 
/s/ Rex A. Copeland                             
Rex A. Copeland
Treasurer


Exhibit 32

SECTION 1350 CERTIFICATIONS

Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, each of the undersigned hereby certifies in his capacity as an officer of GREAT SOUTHERN BANCORP, INC. (the "Company") that the quarterly report of the Company on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2012 fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and that the information contained in such report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company as of the dates and for the periods presented in the financial statements included in such report.


Dated: May 10, 2012
/s/ Joseph W. Turner                                
 
Joseph W. Turner
 
President and Chief Executive Officer
   
   
Dated: May 10, 2012
/s/ Rex A. Copeland                                 
 
Rex A. Copeland
 
Treasurer